MVS System Messages Volume 6 (GOS - IEA)
MVS System Messages Volume 6 (GOS - IEA)
SA22-7636-24
Note
Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Notices” on page 915.
This edition applies to version 1, release 13, modification 0 of IBM z/OS (product number 5694-A01) and to all
subsequent releases and modifications until otherwise indicated in new editions.
This edition replaces SA22-7636-23
© Copyright IBM Corporation 1988, 2012.
US Government Users Restricted Rights – Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.
Contents
About this document . . . . . . . . . v Chapter 6. HWI messages . . . . . . 67
Who should use documentation for MVS System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi Chapter 7. HZR messages . . . . . . 77
How to use these documents . . . . . . . . vi
Where to find more information . . . . . . . vi
Chapter 8. HZS messages . . . . . . 85
Where to find the most current message
Message output from DISPLAY parameter of
information . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
MODIFY command or HZSPRMxx . . . . . . 133
Information updates on the web . . . . . . vii
HZS0200I - DISPLAY SUMMARY message
Using LookAt to look up message explanations vii
output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
The z/OS Basic Skills Information Center . . . viii
HZS0201I - DISPLAY DETAIL message output 133
HZS0202I - DISPLAY POLICY DETAIL message
How to send your comments to IBM . . ix output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
If you have a technical problem . . . . . . . . ix HZS0204I - DISPLAY POLICY SUMMARY
message output. . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Summary of changes . . . . . . . . . xi HZS0203I - DISPLAY STATUS message output 135
Changes made in z/OS Version 1 Release 13, as
updated September 2012 . . . . . . . . . . xi Chapter 9. IAR messages . . . . . . 137
Changes made in z/OS Version 1 Release 13, as
updated April 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Chapter 10. IARH messages . . . . . 155
Changes made in z/OS Version 1 Release 13 . . . xi
Changes made in z/OS Version 1 Release 12 . . . xi
Changes made in z/OS Version 1 Release 11 (as Chapter 11. IAZ messages . . . . . . 163
updated April 2010) . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Changes made in z/OS Version 1 Release 11 . . . xii | Chapter 12. ICM messages . . . . . 197
MVS™ System Messages primarily describe messages that are issued to the system
operator at the system console and system messages that are logged. These include
the following messages:
v Operator messages issued by the BCP and DFSMS/MVS.
v Log messages issued by the BCP and DFSMS/MVS.
v Some SYSOUT messages issued by the BCP and DFSMS/MVS. SYSOUT
messages are issued by utilities that normally run in batch, such as SPZAP.
v Batch job messages issued by the BCP. Messages issued by JES2 or JES3 for
batch jobs are in the JES messages documents.
For the most part, messages issued at interactive terminals (like TSO/E and CICS®
terminals) are documented by the specific elements and products that support
those terminals.
The titles of the MVS System Messages indicate the range of message prefixes in
the documents:
v z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 1 (ABA-AOM), SA22-7631
v z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 2 (ARC-ASA), SA22-7632
v z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 3 (ASB-BPX), SA22-7633
v z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 4 (CBD-DMO), SA22-7634
v z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 5 (EDG-GFS), SA22-7635
v z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 6 (GOS-IEA), SA22-7636
v z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 7 (IEB-IEE), SA22-7637
v z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 8 (IEF-IGD), SA22-7638
v z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 9 (IGF-IWM), SA22-7639
v z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 10 (IXC-IZP), SA22-7640
If you do not know which document describes a particular message, try using
LookAt (see “Using LookAt to look up message explanations” on page vii). Here
are some of the other types of messages on that bookshelf:
v z/OS MVS Dump Output Messages, SA22-7590
v z/OS MVS System Codes, SA22-7626
v z/OS and z/VM HCD Messages, SC33-7986
v z/OS JES2 Messages, SA22-7537
v z/OS JES3 Messages, SA22-7552
v z/OS TSO/E Messages, SA22-7786
v z/OS UNIX System Services Messages and Codes, SA22-7807
For a list of message documents sorted by message prefix, see “Message directory”
on page 16.
This document also contains the routing and descriptor codes that IBM assigns to
the messages that z/OS components, subsystems, and products issue. Routing and
descriptor codes are specified by the ROUTCDE and DESC keyword parameters on
WTO and WTOR macros, which are the primary methods that programs use to
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1988, 2012 v
issue messages. The routing code identifies where a message will be displayed. The
descriptor code identifies the significance of the message and the color of the
message on operator consoles with color.
Many message descriptions refer to the following terms. You need to consult the
reference listed below for more information:
v Data areas and control blocks: See z/OS MVS Data Areas in z/OS Internet
Library at http://www.ibm.com/systems/z/os/zos/bkserv/.
v Dumps: For examples of ABEND, stand-alone, and SVC dumps and how to read
them, see z/OS MVS Diagnosis: Tools and Service Aids. For examples of component
output from dumps and how to read and request it, see z/OS MVS Diagnosis:
Reference.
To find the most current edition of a document, you can look on the Web. Point
your browser to the z/OS home page and click on Library:
http://www.ibm.com/systems/z/os/zos/
When you are in the z/OS library area, use the messages and codes database to
search for the message ID you are interested in.
This document is updated weekly and lists documentation changes before they are
incorporated into z/OS publications.
You can use LookAt from these locations to find IBM message explanations for
z/OS® elements and features, z/VM®, z/VSE, and Clusters for AIX® and Linux:
v The Internet. You can access IBM message explanations directly from the LookAt
Web site at www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/zseries/zos/bkserv/lookat/.
v Your z/OS TSO/E host system. You can install code on your z/OS systems to
access IBM message explanations using LookAt from a TSO/E command line
(for example: TSO/E prompt, ISPF, or z/OS UNIX System Services).
v Your Microsoft Windows workstation. You can install LookAt directly from the
z/OS and Software Products DVD Collection (SK3T-4271) and use it from the
You can obtain code to install LookAt on your host system or Microsoft Windows
workstation from:
v The z/OS and Software Products DVD Collection (SK3T-4271).
v The LookAt Web site (click Download and then select the platform, release,
collection, and location that suit your needs). More information is available in
the LOOKAT.ME files available during the download process.
Specifically, the z/OS Basic Skills Information Center is intended to achieve the
following objectives:
v Provide basic education and information about z/OS without charge
v Shorten the time it takes for people to become productive on the mainframe
v Make it easier for new people to learn z/OS.
To access the z/OS Basic Skills Information Center, open your Web browser to the
following Web site, which is available to all users (no login required):
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/zos/basics/index.jsp
IBM or any other organizations will only use the personal information that you
supply to contact you about the issues that you submit.
New, changed, or deleted messages can affect your system's automation routines.
To ensure that your installation's automation routines are current, review the new,
changed, and deleted messages listed in z/OS Summary of Message and Interface
Changes. z/OS Summary of Message and Interface Changes is available on the z/OS
Collection, SK3T-4271 and in the z/OS Internet library at:
http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/zseries/zos/bkserv/
For a comprehensive list of message changes, see z/OS Summary of Message and
Interface Changes.
For a comprehensive list of message changes, see z/OS Summary of Message and
Interface Changes.
For a comprehensive list of message changes, see z/OS Summary of Message and
Interface Changes.
Changed information:
The "Readers' Comments - We'd Like to Hear from You" section at the back of this
publication has been replaced with a new section “How to send your comments to
For a comprehensive list of message changes, see z/OS Summary of Message and
Interface Changes.
For a comprehensive list of message changes, see z/OS Summary of Message and
Interface Changes.
For a comprehensive list of message changes, see z/OS Summary of Message and
Interface Changes.
Messages are sent to different locations to meet some specific needs. For example,
messages routed to a console usually shows the result of an operator command
and sometimes require an operator reply, while messages recorded in the hardcopy
log permanently are often used for auditing. Understanding the locations where
you receive messages can help you manage your message flow.
Console
Messages sent to a multiple console support (MCS) console, an SNA multiple
console support (SMCS) console, or an extended MCS (EMCS) console are
intended for the operators. Operations can control which messages are
displayed. See z/OS MVS Planning: Operations for information about controlling
message display.
The system writes in the hard-copy log all messages sent to a console, whether
the message is displayed or not.
Operations log
The operations log (OPERLOG) records all message traffic from each system in
a sysplex that activates the OPERLOG. The operations log consists of the
following data:
v Messages to and from all consoles
v Commands and replies entered by the operator
© Copyright IBM Corp. 1988, 2012 1
System log
The system log (SYSLOG) is a SYSOUT data set that stores the messages and
commands from the current system. SYSOUT data sets are output spool data
sets on direct access storage devices (DASD) provided by the job entry
subsystem (either JES2 or JES3). An installation usually prints the system log
periodically. The system log consists of:
v All messages issued through WTL macros
v All messages entered by operator LOG commands
v Usually, the hard-copy log
v Any messages routed to the system log from any system component or
program
Job log
Messages sent to the job log are intended for the programmer who submitted a
job. The job log is specified in the system output class on the MSGCLASS
parameter of the JCL JOB statement.
SYSOUT data set
Messages sent to a SYSOUT data set are intended for a programmer. These
messages are issued by an assembler or compiler, the linkage editor and loader,
and an application program. If the SYSOUT data set and the MSGCLASS
parameter on the JCL JOB statement specify the same class, all messages about
a program will appear in the same SYSOUT listing.
Message format
A displayed or printed message can appear by itself or with other information,
such as a time stamp. The following topics show the format of the message body
and the formats of accompanying information when the message is sent to various
locations.
id CCCnnn text
id CCCnnns text
id CCCnnnns text
id CCCnnnnns text
id CCCSnnns text
Note: The following messages have special format for the message body. Refer to
the specific message chapters for details.
v ADR messages
v CNL messages
v EWX messages
v IDA messages
v IEW messages
v IGW01 messages
Chapter 1. Introduction 3
hh.mm.ss
Time stamp: the hour (00-23), minute (00-59), and second (00-59).
sysname
System name for the system that issued the message.
jobname
Job name for the task that issued the message. This field is blank if a job did
not issue the message.
message
Reply identifier, message identifier, and text.
MCS sends messages with routing codes 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, and 10 to the hardcopy log
when display consoles are used or more than one console is active. All other
messages can be routed to the hard-copy log by a system option or a VARY
HARDCPY operator command.
Chapter 1. Introduction 5
Messages sent to hardcopy log in JES3 system
Messages sent to the JESMSG hardcopy log in a JES3 system appear in the format:
hh:mm:sst message
dest
JES3 destination class, which corresponds to the MVS routing code.
console
JES3 or MVS console name, as follows:
blank For a message issued without a console name.
nnnnn The JES3 console name (JNAME) from the JES3 initialization
stream. This applies to remote consoles only.
cnname The MCS console name, as specified on the NAME(cnname)
parameter under the CONSOLE definition in
SYS1.PARMLIB(CONSOLxx).
INTERNAL For a command generated by a problem program or operating
system routine.
NETWORK For a message issued to the network job entry (NJE) console.
yyddd
The Julian date, given as the year (00-99) and the day of the year (000-366).
Note: The above four symbols can be changed by a CONSTD statement in the
JES3 initialization stream.
a Action prefix character, as follows:
blank Normal message.
+ JES3 input command, issued on the global processor.
- MVS input command, issued on the global processor.
Chapter 1. Introduction 7
v When a message is too long to fit into 80% of the Console message cache, the
system truncates the message with the following text:
MESSAGE TRUNCATED FOR CONSOLE MESSAGE CACHE
v When there is a shortage of WTO buffers for display on MCS consoles, the
screen display may be truncated with one of the following lines of text:
NUMBER OF LINES EXCEEDED MLIM - MESSAGE TRUNCATED
STORAGE CONSTRAINT - MESSAGE TRUNCATED
Message description
The following topics describes the different message description items, and in
particular, the routing and descriptor codes.
Description items
The message explanation information is presented by the following items:
Explanation
The meaning of the message, including why the system issued the
message.
System Action
v What the system did as a result of the system condition reported by the
message. A system condition could include running out of storage, a
hardware or software failure, an abend, a wait state.
v What the system did as a result of user input. User input can include a
system command, a job running on the system, a transaction, a query, or
another user-system interaction.
Operator Response
Instructions for the system operator, including, as appropriate, decisions to
make and actions to take. Only provided for messages that could appear at
the operator console.
User Response
Instructions for the end user. Only provided for messages that could
appear at an interactive interface such as a TSO/E terminal or ISPF
application.
Note: Most user messages are explained in other message books, such as
z/OS TSO/E Messages.
Application Programmer Response
Instructions for an application programmer. Only provided for messages
that could appear in SYSOUT produced by a job, for example SPZAP.
System Programmer Response
Instructions for the system programmer. Only provided for messages that
require additional action beyond the operator response, user response, or
application programmer response.
Storage Administrator Response
Instructions for the DFSMSdfp storage administrator.
Security Administrator Response
Instructions for the security administrator. Only provided for
security-related messages.
Problem Determination
Additional instructions for determining the cause of the problem, searching
Routing codes
Routing codes send system messages to the consoles where they are to be
displayed. More than one routing code can be assigned to a message to send it to
more than one console. For more information on message routing, see the
following topics:
v z/OS MVS Programming: Authorized Assembler Services Guide
v z/OS MVS Programming: Authorized Assembler Services Reference SET-WTO
v z/OS MVS Installation Exits
v z/OS MVS Initialization and Tuning Reference
Specification
The routing codes are specified in the ROUTCDE parameter of the WTO or WTOR
macro. If you specify a message which contains no routing codes, MVS may
provide one or more default routing codes, based upon the presence or lack of
other queuing specifications.
If you specify a message containing descriptor codes but no routing codes and no
target console, MVS will not assign any routing codes and will write the message
to the hardcopy log.
Chapter 1. Introduction 9
Routing code meaning
Routing codes appear within the associated message. The routing code field can
contain the following numeric values, special characters, or notes:
Code Meaning
1 Operator Action
The message indicates a change in the system status. It demands
action by a primary operator.
2 Operator Information
The message indicates a change in system status. It does not
demand action; rather, it alerts a primary operator to a condition
that might require action.
This routing code is used for any message that indicates job status
when the status is not requested specifically by an operator
inquiry. It is also used to route processor and problem program
messages to the system operator.
3 Tape Pool
The message gives information about tape devices, such as the
status of a tape unit or reel, the disposition of a tape reel, or a
request to mount a tape.
4 Direct Access Pool
The message gives information about direct access storage devices
(DASD), such as the status of a direct access unit or volume, the
disposition of a volume, or a request to mount a volume.
5 Tape Library
The message gives tape library information, such as a request by
volume serial numbers for tapes for system or problem program
use.
6 Disk Library
The message gives disk library information, such as a request by
volume serial numbers for volumes for system or problem
program use.
7 Unit Record Pool
The message gives information about unit record equipment, such
as a request to mount a printer train.
8 Teleprocessing Control
The message gives the status or disposition of teleprocessing
equipment, such as a message that describes line errors.
9 System Security
The message gives information about security checking, such as a
request for a password.
10 System/Error Maintenance
The message gives problem information for the system
programmer, such as a system error, an uncorrectable I/O error, or
information about system maintenance.
Chapter 1. Introduction 11
Note 7 The message is routed to consoles where one or more of the
following are active:
v MONITOR JOBNAMES
v MONITOR SESSIONS
v MONITOR STATUS
Note 9 The message is issued during the nucleus initialization program
(NIP) processing.
Note 10 The message is issued by the WTL macro.
Note 11 The message is routed to a SYSPRINT data set by data
management.
Note 12 The message is issued by a WTO or WTOR macro with
SYNCH=YES. See z/OS MVS Initialization and Tuning Reference for
more information.
Note 13 The message is routed only to receivers of the hardcopy message
set.
Note 14 The message is routed back to the console that initiated the request
and to all associated consoles.
Note 16 The message is routed to the IPCS print file IPCSPRNT.
Note 17 The message is issued by JES3. A JES3 destination class is specified
either by the initialization stream or by operator commands.
Note 18 The message is sent in response to a command to the console
where the command was entered.
Note 19 The message is written to a data set. If routing and descriptor
codes are also included for the message, the message might also be
displayed according to the specified routing and descriptor codes.
(The descriptor code does not apply to writing the message to the
data set.)
Note 20 JES3 does not issue the message. JES3 sends the message to
another subsystem for processing.
Note 21 This message is a trailer attached to multiple messages previously
issued. It has the same routing and descriptor codes as the first
line of the conglomerate.
Note 22 This message is routed to the transaction program (TP) message
log.
Note 23 This message is issued by the device controller. The routing code
will vary according to the device controller's task.
Note 24 This message is routed to the assembly listing.
Note 25 When this message is issued during IPL, the routing codes are 2
and 10 and the descriptor code is 12. When it is issued after IPL, it
has no routing code and the descriptor code is 5.
Note 26 When this message is issued during NIP processing, the descriptor
code is 12. When it is issued after NIP processing, the descriptor
code is 4.
Note 27 The indicated route codes are used only if this message is issued in
response to a reply of CKPTDEF during a JES2 checkpoint
reconfiguration. This message might be issued to a specific console
Descriptor codes
Descriptor codes describe the significance of messages. They indicate whether the
system or a task stops processing, waits until some action is completed, or
continues. This code also determines how the system will display and delete the
message.
Chapter 1. Introduction 13
v Descriptor codes 1 through 6, 11, and 12 are mutually exclusive. Assign only one
of these codes to a message. If you assign two mutually exclusive codes to one
message, the system uses the most important code and ignores the other.
v Descriptor codes 7 through 10 and 13 can be assigned in combination with any
of the mutually exclusive codes.
v Descriptor code 9 can be used only with descriptor code 8.
Under certain conditions, the system uses a descriptor code other than that
specified in the macro as follows:
v The system assigns descriptor code 6 if the macro specifies a ROUTCDE
parameter, but no DESC parameter.
v The system assigns descriptor code 7 if all of the following are true:
1. A problem program issued the macro.
2. The macro omits both DESC and ROUTCDE parameters, or specifies
descriptor codes 1 or 2.
3. The message is not a multiple-line WTO message.
v The system assigns no descriptor code if all of the following are true:
1. An authorized program issued the macro.
2. The macro omits both DESC and ROUTCDE parameters.
3. The message is not a multiple-line WTO message.
Message deletion
With multiple console support (MCS), action messages with descriptor code 1 or 2
issued by problem programs are assigned descriptor code 7; thus, they are
automatically deleted from the system at task or address space ending.
The system deletes messages issued by any program when that program issues the
DOM macro for a message.
The operator can manually remove all messages from a display console screen or
can set the console to roll messages off the screen.
Message Color
On operator consoles with color, the descriptor code determines the color of the
message. The use of color is explained in z/OS MVS System Commands. Also see the
descriptions of the CONSOLxx and MPFLSTxx parmlib members in z/OS MVS
Initialization and Tuning Reference.
Chapter 1. Introduction 15
The message indicates that the operator must perform an action
eventually, and the action is important enough for the message to
remain on the display screen until the action is completed. The
task does not wait for the operator to complete the action. This
causes the audible alarm to be sounded.
Avoid using this descriptor code for non-critical messages because
the display screen could become filled.
If the task can determine when the operator has performed the
action, the task should issue a DOM macro to delete the message
when the action is complete.
12 Important Information
The message contains important information that must be
displayed at a console, but does not require any action in response.
13 Automation Information
Indicates that this message was previously automated.
14-16 Reserved for future use.
/ The message will have different descriptor codes according to the
task issuing it. For example, 4/6 means the message can describe
system status or job status.
— The message has no descriptor code.
N/A A descriptor code is not applicable for the message.
Note 1 The descriptor code for an IBM Health Checker for z/OS check
exception message might vary, because the installation can override
the descriptor code either using the MODIFY hzsproc command or
in the HZSPRMxx parmlib member. See IBM Health Checker for
z/OS: User's Guide for more information. In addition to the
descriptor code selected by the installation, one of the following
descriptor codes is also included based on the severity of the
check:
v High severity checks use a descriptor code of 11.
v Medium severity checks use a descriptor code of 3.
v Low severity checks use a descriptor code of 12.
Message directory
To use a message prefix to locate the document containing a specific message, see
the following table.
Chapter 1. Introduction 17
Prefix Component Document title - order number
ATB Advanced z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 3 (ASB-BPX), SA22-7633
Program-to-Program
Communications/MVS z/OS MVS Dump Output Messages, SA22-7590
(APPC/MVS)
ATR Resource recovery services z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 3 (ASB-BPX), SA22-7633
(RRS)
z/OS MVS Dump Output Messages, SA22-7590
ATRH Resource recovery services z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 3 (ASB-BPX), SA22-7633
(RRS)
AVM Availability manager z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 3 (ASB-BPX), SA22-7633
AXR System REXX z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 3 (ASB-BPX), SA22-7633
| BCD Batch Runtime z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 3 (ASB-BPX), SA22-7633
BFS IBM LAN server for MVS OS/390 MVS System Messages, Vol. 2, GC28-1785
BLG Information System, The Information/Management Library Messages and Codes, SC34-4459
Information Management
BLM Information System, The Information/Management Library Messages and Codes, SC34-4459
Information Management
BLS Interactive problem control z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 3 (ASB-BPX), SA22-7633
system (IPCS)
z/OS MVS Dump Output Messages, SA22-7590
BLX Information System, The Information/Management Library Messages and Codes, SC34-4459
Information Management
BLW Loadwait/Restart z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 3 (ASB-BPX), SA22-7633
BNH Network Problem NPDA Messages, SC34-2115
Determination Application
(NPDA)
BPX z/OS UNIX System Services z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 3 (ASB-BPX), SA22-7633
Chapter 1. Introduction 19
Prefix Component Document title - order number
®
DSI NetView TME 10 NetView for OS/390 Messages, SC31-8237
DSM Document Composition DCF: Messages, SH35-0048
Facility
DSM Document Library Facility DCF: Messages, SH35-0048
DSN Database 2 DB2 Universal Database™ for OS/390 Messages and Codes, GC26-9011
DZI Overlay Generation IBM Overlay Generation Language/370 User's Guide and Reference,
Language S544-3702
DZJ Print Management Facility Print Management Facility User's Guide and Reference, SH35-0059
EDC C/C++ Run-time Library z/OS Language Environment Debugging Guide, GA22-7560
EDG DFSMSrmm z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 5 (EDG-GFS), SA22-7635
EDGH DFSMSrmm z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 5 (EDG-GFS), SA22-7635
ELM IBM Communications Server z/OS Communications Server: SNA Messages, SC31-8790
— SNA
EQQ OPC/ESA OPC/ESA Messages and Codes, SH19-6719
ERB Resource Measurement z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 5 (EDG-GFS), SA22-7635
Facility™ (RMF)
z/OS RMF Messages and Codes, SC33-7993
ERX Graphical data display GDDM Messages, SC33-0869
manager
EWX LANRES z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 5 (EDG-GFS), SA22-7635
EZA IBM Communication Server z/OS Communications Server: IP Messages Volume 1 (EZA), SC31-8783
— IP
EZB IBM Communication Server z/OS Communications Server: IP Messages Volume 2 (EZB, EZD),
— IP SC31-8784
EZM Application Enabling
Technology (AET)/Auto OS/390 Application Enabling Technology: Administration and Programming,
UNIX System GC28–1993
Chapter 1. Introduction 21
Prefix Component Document title - order number
ICQA Information Center Facility z/OS TSO/E Messages, SA22-7786
administrator messages
ICQC Information Center Facility z/OS TSO/E Messages, SA22-7786
user messages
ICT Programmed Cryptographic z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 6 (GOS-IEA), SA22-7636
Facility
ICU Cryptographic Unit Support z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 6 (GOS-IEA), SA22-7636
IDA Virtual storage access method z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 6 (GOS-IEA), SA22-7636
(VSAM) control block
expansion
IDC Access method devices z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 6 (GOS-IEA), SA22-7636
IEA v Allocation/unallocation z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 6 (GOS-IEA), SA22-7636
v Auxiliary storage manager z/OS MVS Dump Output Messages, SA22-7590
(ASM)
v Contents supervision
v Communications task
(COMMTASK)
v Data Facility Product
(DFP) components
v Generalized trace facility
(GTF)
v Initial program load (IPL)
v Input/output supervisor
(IOS)
v Master scheduler
v Nucleus initialization
program (NIP)
v Program Call authorization
(PC/AUTH) service
routines
v Reconfiguration
v Recovery termination
manager (RTM)
v Supervisor control
v System resources manager
v System trace
v Timer supervision
v Virtual storage
management (VSM)
IEAH SDUMP (SCDMP) z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 6 (GOS-IEA), SA22-7636
IEATH Timer supervision z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 6 (GOS-IEA), SA22-7636
IEAVEH Supervisor Control z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 6 (GOS-IEA), SA22-7636
IEAVTRH Recovery Termination z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 6 (GOS-IEA), SA22-7636
Manager (RTM)
IEB Data Facility Product (DFP) z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 7 (IEB-IEE), SA22-7637
utilities
IEC Data Facility Product (DFP) z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 7 (IEB-IEE), SA22-7637
components
z/OS DFSMSdfp Diagnosis, GY27-7618
Chapter 1. Introduction 23
Prefix Component Document title - order number
IEW v DFSMS z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 8 (IEF-IGD), SA22-7638
v Linkage editor
v Binder
v Transport utility
v Loader
IFA System management facilities z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 8 (IEF-IGD), SA22-7638
(SMF)
z/OS MVS Dump Output Messages, SA22-7590
IFB Input/output environment z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 8 (IEF-IGD), SA22-7638
recording routines: OBR and
SVC 76
IFC IFCDIP00 service aid for the z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 8 (IEF-IGD), SA22-7638
logrec data set
Environmental Record Editing and Printing Program (EREP) User's Guide
IFCEREP0 and IFCEREP1 and Reference, GC28-1378
service aids
IFD Online test executive OS/390 MVS System Messages, Vol. 4, GC28-1787
program (OLTEP)
IFL Network Control Program 3704 and 3705 Control Program Generation and Utilities Guide and
(NCP) Reference Manual, GC30-3008
Chapter 1. Introduction 25
Prefix Component Document title - order number
IST IBM Communications Server z/OS Communications Server: SNA Messages, SC31-8790
— SNA
ISU IBM Communications Server z/OS Communications Server: SNA Messages, SC31-8790
— SNA
ITA TOLTEP for Advanced Advanced Communications Function for VTAM Messages and Codes,
Communications Function SC27-0614, SC27-0470, SC23-0114
for Virtual
Telecommunications Access
Method (ACF/VTAM)
ITT Component trace z/OS MVS System Messages, Vol 9 (IGF-IWM), SA22-7639
Basic documents
Each installation requires at least one copy of each of the MVS System Messages
documents and of z/OS MVS Dump Output Messages. Regardless of the specific
options of your system, you will receive at the console or in listings some subset of
the messages in these documents.
Each installation also requires at least one copy of z/OS MVS System Codes, which
contains the 3-digit hexadecimal system completion codes (abend codes) and the
wait state codes produced by all the components of the system.
Note: 4-digit decimal user completion codes appear in documents for the
component, subsystem, or product that produces the codes. Codes produced by
installation-provided programs do not appear in IBM documents.
All programming and operations personnel need access to the basic documents,
although application programmers might not need to have their own copies.
Optional documents
For information about message changes for multiple z/OS elements including
JES2, JES3, RACF, TCP/IP, and others, see z/OS Summary of Message and Interface
Changes.
Translating messages
Using the MVS message service (MMS), you can translate MVS system messages
into other languages. The following messages cannot be translated:
v Initialization messages
v DFSMS/MVS messages
v JES3 messages
v Some complicated multiple-line messages
See z/OS MVS Planning: Operations and z/OS MVS Programming: Assembler Services
Guide for information about using the MMS.
IBM supplies a data set containing the text of system messages that are translated.
This data set, called SYS1.MSGENU, contains the text of system messages in the
form of message skeletons.
Note that this method will not show changes to messages that are not translated:
Chapter 1. Introduction 27
v MVS system messages that are not translated, such as IPL and NIP messages
(which are issued before the MVS message service is available)
v Other product messages that are not translated, such as DFSMS/MVS messages,
and JES3 messages.
You can compare the new data set with the data set on the system from which you
are migrating. Depending on how you do the comparison, you can get output like
the following.
For new messages, the output might show an I (for Insert) on the left:
I - IEA403I VALUE OF RMAX HAS BEEN CHANGED TO 99
For messages with changed text, the output might show both an I and a D,
indicating that a record in the message file has been replaced:
I - IEE162I 46 &NNN. ROLL &A. MESSAGES (DEL=R OR RD)
D - IEE162I 46 &NNN. ROLL &A. MESSAGES (DEL=R, RD)
This means that, in message IEE162I, (DEL=R, RD) was replaced by (DEL=R OR RD).
Using this information, you can decide if your automation routines need to be
changed.
GOS007I SOM/MVS ssname INPUT COMMAND PREFIX IS NOT VALID. DEFAULT PREFIX USED.
Explanation: A command prefix value that was specified as input to the SOMobjects subsystem ssname is not valid.
The prefix value is either greater than 8 characters, begins with an invalid symbol, or contains an imbedded blank.
In the message text:
ssname
is the name of the SOMobjects subsystem.
System action: SOMobjects subsystem initialization continues. The specified command prefix value is ignored and
as a default, the subsystem name ssname is used as the command prefix.
Operator response: If the default command prefix is unacceptable, enter a CANCEL command prefixed by the
ssname to cancel the SOMobjects subsystem immediately. Then if the bad command prefix was entered by you as a
parameter on the START command when you first started SOMobjects, re-enter the START command to restart the
SOMobjects subsystem with a valid command prefix value.
If the bad command prefix was not specified by you on the START command, notify your system programmer.
System programmer response: If the bad command prefix was specified as a parameter in the job procedure that
was used to start the SOMobjects subsystem, correct the command prefix parameter in the procedure so the next time
the subsystem is started, the desired command prefix will be used.
Source: SOM
GOS019I INITIALIZATION COMPLETE FOR SOM/MVS SERVER server_name WITH ALIAS alias_name
Explanation: A SOMobjects server has completed initialization. The ALIAS for this server is aliasname.
In the message text:
server_name
The name of the SOMobjects server, which is specified on DSOM server utility commands. For a description of
those commands, see OS/390 SOMobjects Configuration and Administration Guide, GC28-1851.
alias_name
The alias of the SOMobjects server.
System action: The SOMobjects server continues processing. It is ready to accept requests from distributed SOM
clients.
Source: SOM
GOS024I SOM/MVS ssname cmdname COMMAND ERROR -- SPECIFIED KEYWORD IS NOT VALID.
Explanation: The command entered, cmdname, specified a keyword that is not supported.
In the message text:
ssname
The name of the SOMobjects subsystem.
cmdname
The name of the command that was entered.
System action: The SOMobjects subsystem stops processing the command.
Operator response: If the keyword was misspelled, enter the command again with the correct keyword specified.
Otherwise, if the keyword should not have been specified, enter the command again without the unsupported
keyword.
Source: SOM
GOS025I MVS/DSOM ssname cmdname COMMAND ERROR -- NOT AUTHORIZED TO ISSUE COMMAND.
Explanation: The operator/console is not authorized to enter the command, cmdname.
In the message text:
ssname
The name of the SOMobjects subsystem.
cmdname
The name of the command that was entered.
System action: The SOMobjects subsystem stops processing the command.
Operator response: Contact your installation's security administrator to ensure both you and the console are
GOS027I hh.mm.ss ssname HELP INFO MVS/DSOM COMMAND SYNTAX: ... STOP DAEMON ... CANCEL
DAEMON ..... Not Supported
Explanation: This message is a multiline message issued in response to the HELP command. It displays a summary
of the syntax for the commands supported by the SOMobjects subsystem shown in the message text.
In the message text:
hh.mm.ss
The time in hours (00-23), minutes (00-59), and seconds (00-59).
ssname
The name of the SOMobjects subsystem.
System action: Processing continues.
Source: SOM
System action: Initialization continues without component tracing for SYSDSOM. The system issues component
trace messages (prefix ITT) explaining the problem.
Operator response: See the operator response for the component trace messages (prefix ITT) accompanying this
message.
System programmer response: See the system programmer response for component trace messages (prefix ITT)
accompanying this message.
Source: SOM
If more than one instance of the DDS host server is started, this message will appear for all instances but the first
one, because the UNIX socket pathname cannot be shared by different servers. In this case, always the first server
will handle incoming UNIX session requests.
This message might be caused by using the old OS/2 version of PM of OS/390 which is not supported anymore.
Please, insure that only the Java™ Edition of RMF PM will be used.
Source: Resource Measurement Facility (RMF) - Distributed Data Server (DDS)
GPM071I REGION SIZE IS TOO SMALL FOR THE SPECIFIED NUMBER OF CACHESLOTS
Explanation: The estimated storage size for the data cache exceeds the virtual storage size for the server address
space. The DDS server calculates the required storage size by multiplying the measured size for the first cache slot
with the number of configured cache entries (see CACHESLOTS parameter in GPMSRVxx). The size of the first cache
slot is shown in the SYSPRINT output file. The most probable cause for this problem is that the REGION size is too
small.
System action: The server is terminated with a fatal error.
System programmer response: Check the following items:
v Increase the REGION size parameter on the JOB or EXEC card.
v Make sure that the requested region size is really available to the server program, for example, check that the
IEFUSI system exit does not reduce the requested region size.
v Reduce the number of cache slots in the GPMSRVxx PARMLIB member (CACHESLOTS option). The default
number of slots is 4 and the minimum number is 3.
Source: Resource Measurement Facility (RMF) - Distributed Data Server (DDS)
| Descriptor Code: -
|
| GSL999I text
| Explanation: This message is for use by the IBM Support Center only.
| System action: The message documents internal processing and should normally be ignored.
| System programmer response: None.
| Source: z/OSMF add storage
| Routing Code: -
| Descriptor Code: -
|
v '
HIS004I MODIFY hisproc COMMAND SYNTAX ERROR. DUPLICATE KEYWORD DETECTED: duplicatekw
Explanation: The system detected a duplicate keyword in the MODIFY hisproc command.
In the message text:
hisproc
The name of the HIS catalogued startup procedure.
duplicatekw
The name of the duplicate keyword.
System action: The system does not complete the command issued.
Operator response: Reissue the MODIFY hisproc command correctly.
System programmer response: None.
Problem determination: None.
Source: Hardware instrumentation services (HIS)
Detecting Module: HISPCMD
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 5
HIS005I MODIFY hisproc COMMAND SYNTAX ERROR. INCORRECT VALUE SPECIFIED FOR KEYWORD
keyword, WHERE ONE OF (goodval1 goodval2 goodval3 goodval4) WOULD BE CORRECT.
Explanation: The system detected an incorrect value for the identified keyword in the MODIFY hisproc command.
The acceptable values for the keyword are displayed.
In the message text:
hisproc
The name of the HIS catalogued startup procedure.
keyword
The name of the keyword with the incorrect value.
goodval1 goodval2 goodval3 goodval4
Acceptable values for the keyword.
System action: The system does not complete the command issued.
Operator response: Reissue the MODIFY hisproc command with an acceptable value for the identified keyword.
HIS006I MODIFY hisproc COMMAND SYNTAX ERROR. INCORRECT VALUE SPECIFIED FOR KEYWORD
keyword. THE ALLOWED RANGE IS min-hex TO max-hex.
Explanation: The system detected an incorrect value for the identified keyword in the MODIFY hisproc command.
The message displays the allowed range for the keyword. The value used in the command must be hexadecimal.
In the message text:
hisproc
The name of the HIS catalogued startup procedure.
keyword
The name of the keyword with the incorrect value.
min-hex
Minimum value allowed, in hexadecimal, for the keyword.
max-hex
Maximum value allowed, in hexadecimal, for the keyword.
System action: The system does not complete the command issued.
Operator response: Reissue the MODIFY hisproc command with an acceptable value for the identified keyword.
System programmer response: None.
Problem determination: None.
Source: Hardware instrumentation services (HIS)
Detecting Module: HISPCMD
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 5
HIS007I MODIFY hisproc COMMAND SYNTAX ERROR. INCORRECT VALUE SPECIFIED FOR KEYWORD
keyword. THE ALLOWED RANGE IS min-number TO max-number textval
Explanation: The system detected an incorrect value for the identified keyword in the MODIFY hisproc command.
The acceptable values for the keyword are listed in the message.
In the message text:
hisproc
The name of the HIS catalogued startup procedure.
keyword
The name of the keyword with the incorrect value.
min-number
Minimum value allowed, in decimal, for the keyword.
max-number
Maximum value allowed, in decimal, for the keyword.
textval
The textval value can be blank, or one of the following:
MINUTES
The specified value is in minutes.
SAMPLES/MINUTE
The specified value is in the number of samples per minute.
PAGES/PROCESSOR
The specified value is in the number of 4096-byte pages per processor unit (CPU).
System action: The system does not complete the command issued.
Operator response: Reissue the MODIFY hisproc command with an acceptable value for the identified keyword.
If the identified keyword is DURATION, you can specify unlimited duration for event counters by omitting the
keyword.
System programmer response: None.
Problem determination: None.
Source: Hardware instrumentation services (HIS)
Detecting Module: HISPCMD
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 5
HIS009I MODIFY hisproc COMMAND FAILED. SPECIFIED PATH INACCESSIBLE. BPX1ACC SERVICE
FAILED with RC=returncode, RSN=reasoncode.
Explanation: The MODIFY hisproc command failed. The specified (or default) file PATH is not accessible. The path
either does not exist, or does not have the required read and write access attributes.
When the system issued the UNIX Systems Services BPX1ACC service to verify the PATH value, it failed and
returned the listed return code and reason code. See the following list for return and reason code meanings:
RC=9C (EMVSINITIAL) and RSN=xxxx00F9
The HIS User ID, hisproc, has not been defined by the security product. When you add user hisproc, you must
create an OMVS segment with a default HOME directory.
RC=81 (ENOENT)
The specified file PATH does not exist.
RC=86 (ENOSYS) or 6F (EACCES)
HIS cannot access the file path specified (or default) on the MODIFY hisproc command. The file path might not
have the appropriate read or write access attributes for HIS to access it.
The ENOSYS error might be caused by HIS not having the correct authority to access the HOME directory.
Other return and reason codes
See z/OS UNIX System Services Messages and Codes for information about the return and reason codes.
See z/OS UNIX System Services Programming: Assembler Callable Services Reference for information about the BPX1ACC
service.
If you did not specify a path on the command, or if a relative path is specified, the system uses the default path
defined by the HOME directory of the OMVS segment when the hisproc user was added to the system (using the
ADDUSER TSO command). You must create an OMVS segment with a default HOME directory when you set up the
hardware instrumentation services (HIS) user. The default file path, if valid, is the path for all the output files of the
MODIFY hisproc command. If you specify a file path on the MODIFY hisproc command, the command overrides the
HOME directory value. For more information about defining OMVS segments, see z/OS UNIX System Services
Planning.
returncode
The return code from BPX1ACC.
reasoncode
The reason code from BPX1ACC.
System action: The system does not complete the command issued.
Operator response: Refer to the return code and reason code in the message for the exact cause of this error.
v If you do not specify a path on the MODIFY hisproc command, verify that there is a default path defined on the
HOME directory keyword in the OMVS segment of the hisproc user.
v If you specify a relative path, verify that the full path (when concatenated with the HOME directory in the OMVS
segment of the hisproc user) exists.
v If the path exists, verify that the path has the proper read and write access attributes.
You can enter the path name in either absolute form (starting with a “/”), or relative form (without a “/”). If you use
the relative form, the system uses the HOME directory of the OMVS segment for the hisproc user.
System programmer response: Ensure your HIS user ID, hisproc, is correctly defined:
v If the HIS user ID, hisproc, has not been defined by the security product, add the hisproc user ID by the following
TSO command, where the UID and HOME values are just examples:
ADDUSER hisproc OMVS(UID(25) HOME(’/user’))
v Specify a HOME directory in the OMVS segment for the added hisproc user. The HOME directory is the default
PATH for the MODIFY hisproc command.
v Add an OMVS segment or HOME directory to the hisproc user by the following TSO command, where the UID
and HOME values are just examples
ALTUSER hisproc OMVS(UID(25) HOME(’/user’))
v Create the HOME directory (or any specific file path) using the mkdir OMVS command. Set up appropriate file
access attributes with the chmod or chown OMVS commands.
If the problem was caused by a path or user ID setup error, you must correct the error and then stop (STOP hisproc)
and restart (START hisproc) the HIS address space before beginning data collection again. If you do not stop and
restart the HIS address space, the error can recur, even if you corrected it. You must restart the HIS address space for
any of the following actions:
v Defining a new path using mkdir
v Modifying the access attributes of an existing path using chmod
v Adding (ADDUSER) or altering (ALTUSER) the hisproc user ID. This includes (but is not limited to) altering the
OMVS segment or the HOME directory
Problem determination: None.
Source: Hardware instrumentation services (HIS)
Detecting Module: HISPCMD
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 5
System action: The system does not complete the command issued.
Operator response: End the ongoing HIS data collection by issuing the MODIFY hisproc,END before issuing a new
MODIFY hisproc,BEGIN request.
System programmer response: None.
Problem determination: None.
Source: Hardware instrumentation services (HIS)
Detecting Module: HISPCMD
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 5
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 5
yyyy/mm/dd
The date in year/month/day format when the MODIFY hisproc command started.
hh:mm:ss
The time in hours (00-23): minutes (00-59):seconds (00-59) format when the MODIFY hisproc command
started.
END TIME: yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
yyyy/mm/dd
The date in year/month/day format when the MODIFY hisproc command ended. If data collection is
still active, the end date will be displayed as ----/--/--.
hh:mm:ss
The time in hours (00-23): minutes (00-59):seconds (00-59) format when the MODIFY hisproc command
ended. If data collection is still active, the end time will be displayed as --:--:--.
COMPLETION STATUS: comp-stat
The command completion status can be:
NORMAL
The Modify hisproc command has completed normally. SMF records and OMVS output files are valid.
ABNORMAL
The Modify hisproc command has abnormally ended. SMF records and OMVS output files might be
incomplete and unusable.
-------- Data collection is still active. Output files are incomplete.
FILE PREFIX: fileprefix
The prefix for all the data collection output files. fileprefix is in the format SYSHISyyyymmdd.hhmmss.
LOST SAMPLES: samplostcnt
SampLostCnt is the cumulative running count of lost samples on all the processors because of buffer overflow
errors.
COUNTER VERSION NUMBER 1: ctr-vers1
ctr-vers1 is the version number for the basic and problem state counter sets that HIS is recording.
Note that the meaning and the number of counters in a counter set might change with a new machine model.
This counter set version number defines the contents of the basic and problem-state counter sets that are
installed on the machine. For more information about these counters for the supported counter version number
for each model, see publications on the Resource Link® home page at http://www.ibm.com/servers/
resourcelink.
COUNTER VERSION NUMBER 2: ctr-vers2
ctr-vers2 is the version number for the crypto-activity and extended counter sets that HIS is recording.
Note that the meaning and the number of counters in a counter set might change with a new machine model.
This counter set version number defines the contents of the basic and problem-state counter sets that are
installed on the machine.For more information about these counters for the supported counter version number
for each model, see publications on the Resource Link home page at http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink.
TITLE= title
title is the text data from the TITLE= parameter on the MODIFY hisproc command.
PATH= pathname
pathname is the name of the path specified on the PATH= parameter of the MODIFY hisproc command.
DDNAME= ddname
ddname is the data definition name specified on the DDNAME= parameter of the MODIFY hisproc command.
COUNTER SET= ctrset-values
ctrset-values displays a list of the counter sets requested in the MODIFY hisproc command.
DURATION= duration-value (MINUTES)
duration-value displays the duration value, in minutes, of this run of HIS data collection.
CTRONLY
Indicates if you specified CTRONLY on the MODIFY hisproc command.
MAPONLY
Indicates if you specified MAPONLY on the MODIFY hisproc command.
BUFCNT= bufcnt
The value of the BUFCNT parameter on the MODIFY hisproc command in number of 4096-byte pages per
processor.
SAMPTYPE= samptype-values
samptype-values displays a list of the sample functions requested in the MODIFY hisproc command.
SAMPFREQ= freq
freq displays the sample frequency requested on the SAMPFREQ parameter on the MODIFY hisproc command in
number of samples per minute.
DATALOSS= datalossact
datalossact displays the action requested on the DATALOSS parameter on the MODIFY hisproc command for
| when data loss occurs during the instrumentation run. The datalossact value is one of the following:
IGNORE
Ignore the condition and continue with data sampling.
STOP
End the data sampling operation.
STATECHANGE= statechange
Displays the action requested in the MODIFY hisproc command if a significant state change is detected.
statechange is one of the following:
SAVE
Save the run data, marking an interval. Start the next interval for the current run.
IGNORE
Continue the current run.
STOP
Stop the run at the state change.
SMFINTVAL= smfintval
If SYNC, the recording is synchronized with the SMF global recording interval. Otherwise, the duration of time
between SMF record type 113, in minutes. For more information, see the topic on SMF global recording interval
in z/OS MVS System Management Facilities (SMF).
MAPASID= xxxx
This field is displayed if you requested load module mapping in the MODIFY hisproc command.
This field displays one or more address space IDs either from those entered on the MAPASID parameter or
derived from the MAPJOB parameter. The MAPASID parameter specifies the address space ID for which you
needed to collect load module mapping data.
Note that the job names in the MAPJOB parameter are converted to address space IDs at the point when load
module mapping data is to be collected, which is at the end of the data collection. No derived address space IDs
are displayed before this point.
MAPJOB= zzzz
This field is displayed if you requested load module mapping in the MODIFY hisproc command.
This field displays job name values from the MAPJOB parameter for which you needed to collect load module
mapping data.
System action: The system continues processing
Operator response: None.
System programmer response: None.
Problem determination: None.
Source: Hardware instrumentation services (HIS)
Detecting Module: HISODSP
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 5
HIS019I
Notes:
1. Each processor has its own set of event counters.
2. The END TIME will not be available for a processor that was once configured offline during the run.
3. The meaning and the number of counters in a counter set might change with a new machine model. Two counter
set version numbers are provided to identify the contents of the installed counter sets that are being recorded. For
information about the counters for the supported counter version number for each model, see publications on the
Resource Link home page at http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink.
This counter set version number defines the contents of the basic and problem-state counter sets that are
installed on the machine.
ctr-vers2
ctr-vers2 is the version number for the crypto-activity and extended counter sets that HIS is recording.
This counter set version number defines the contents of the crypto-activity and extended counter sets that are
installed on the machine.
ctrset-type
The counter set type. The counter values of each counter set will be displayed separately. ctrset-type is one of the
following:
BASIC The Basic counter set.
PROBLEM-STATE
The Problem-State counter set.
CRYPTO-ACTIVITY
The Crypto-activity counter set.
EXTENDED
The Extended counter set.
ctrnum
The counter number.
ctr-desc
The name of the counter identified by ctrnum. The counters in the Extended counter set depend on the machine
model.
yyyy/mm/dd
The date in year, month, and day when the instrumentation started or ended (or for this interval if a state
change occurred).
hh:mm:ss
The time in hours (00-23), minutes (00-59), and seconds (00-59) when the instrumentation started or ended (or for
this interval if a state change occurred).
hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhh
The time-of-day (TOD) value in hexadecimal format to show the time when the MODIFY hisproc command
started or ended (or for this interval if a state change occurred). If the TOD is not available, the end date will be
displayed as ----------------.
cpunum
The processor number (CPU) from which the event counters are collected.
cpuspeed
The processor speed (decimal) from which the event counters are being collected, in cycles/microsecond.
ctrnum1
Beginning event counter number of the listed range.
ctrnum2
Ending event counter number of the listed range.
yyy
One or more event counter values that are accumulated during the time period between the start time and end
time.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None.
System programmer response: None.
Problem determination: None.
Source: Hardware instrumentation services (HIS)
Detecting Module: HISPCTR
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 4
Note: The jobs being measured in the data collection run must stay active for the mapping function to be performed.
If jobs end before the load module mapping is finished, (as indicated by system message HIS012I), the data collection
run might not include private load module information.
In the message text:
hisproc
The name of the HIS cataloged startup procedure.
fileprefix
fileprefix is the prefix for data collection output files in the UNIX System Services file format. The format for
fileprefix is , SYSHISyyyymmdd.hhmmss. The system generates the output files in the HOME directory that is
specified in the OMVS segment of the hisproc user, or in a user-specified directory.
title
Text data specified in the TITLE keyword in the MODIFY hisproc,BEGIN command. This helps you identify the
MODIFY command that started the data collection. If the TITLE keyword was not specified on the MODIFY
hisproc,BEGIN command, the message displays a null TITLE value.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None.
System programmer response: None.
Problem determination: None.
Source: Hardware instrumentation services (HIS)
Detecting Module: HISINIT
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4
HIS024I NO ACTIVE ADDRESS SPACES MATCHED BY THE MAPJOB LIST. PRIVATE LOAD MODULE
INFORMATION NOT MAPPED.
Explanation: During a data collection run initiated by the MODIFY hisproc command with parameter MAPJOB (but
not MAPASID), the system found that it could not match any active address spaces from the list specified on the
MAPJOB parameter. HIS will not produce any private load module information, but will produce mappings of the
LPA and the nucleus.
The system issues this informational message only if it is unable to match any active address spaces from the
information specified on the MAPJOB parameter (but not MAPASID) or if no MAPASID parameter has been
specified.
Note: The jobs being mentioned identified in the data collection run must stay active for the mapping function to be
performed. If the jobs end before the load module mapping is finished, (as indicated by system message HIS012I) the
data collection run might not include private load module information for the ended jobs.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Issue the command again if necessary, specifying one or more active address spaces on the
MAPJOB parameter. If private load module map information is not needed, you can let the current data collection
continue proceeding.
System programmer response: None.
Problem determination: None.
Source: Hardware instrumentation services (HIS)
Detecting Module: HISPCMD
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4
through the support element (SE) console, see Support Element Operations Guide for IBM System z10™ machine on
the Resource Link home page at http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink.
System programmer action: Avoid changing the authorization of the sampling facilities or counter sets during
the HIS data collections runs.
EVENT COUNTERS AUTHORIZATION CONTROL CHANGED
Meaning: The authorization for the counter sets supported on this CPU changed while data collection was
active. Data collection results are unpredictable. The .CNT output file might not be available.
Operator action: You must get authorized to the counter sets through the support element (SE) console before
starting the HIS data collection. If you change the authorization of either the sampling facilities or counter sets
that are in used while data collection is active, data collection ends prematurely. For information about how to
set up the authorization of the counter sets through the support element (SE) console, see Support Element
Operations Guide for IBM System z10 machine on the Resource Link home page at http://www.ibm.com/
servers/resourcelink.
System programmer action: Avoid changing the authorization of the sampling facilities or counter sets during
the HIS data collection runs.
MACHINE REPORTED SAMPLING DATA LOSS
| Meaning: The MODIFY command specified DATALOSS=STOP, and sampling data might be lost because of
| hardware internal busy conditions.
Operator action: If sampling data is lost because of internal hardware conditions, retry the operation. Report the
error to the system programmer if the error persists.
System programmer action: If sampling data is lost because of internal hardware busy conditions, search
problem reporting databases for solving the problem. If you cannot solve the problem, contact the IBM Support
Center.
MACHINE REPORTED COUNTER DATA LOSS
| Meaning: The MODIFY command specified DATALOSS=STOP, and counter data might be lost because of
| hardware internal busy conditions.
Operator action: If counter data is lost because of internal hardware conditions, retry the operation. Report the
error to the system programmer if the error persists.
System programmer action: If counter data is lost because of the internal hardware busy conditions, search
problem reporting data bases for solving the problem. If you cannot solve the problem, contact the IBM Support
Center.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: See the operator action in the explanation for the particular failure text displayed.
System programmer response: See the System programmer action in the explanation for the particular failure text
displayed.
Problem determination: None.
Source: Hardware instrumentation services (HIS)
Detecting Module: HISPWRK, HISINIT
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4
The CTRSET parameter specifies the counter sets you use to collect data on a run:
v B (basic) and P or PROB (problem state) counter sets may be used if they are installed on the IBM System z10 or
later machines. You must first get authorized to use these counter sets explicitly through the SE console.
v C (Crypto) and E (extended) counter set availability is model dependent and installation is optional. These counter
sets also require explicit authorization through the SE console.
For information about how to set up the authorization of the counter sets, see Support Element Operations Guide for
IBM System z10 machine on the Resource Link home page at http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink.
The SAMPTYPE specifies the sampling facility types you want to collect on a data run:
v The B (basic) sampling facility is installed and available on all the IBM System z10 or later machines. However,
you must authorize the sampling facility through the SE console explicitly.
v The D (diagnostic) sampling facility availability is CPU model dependent and installation is optional. This
sampling facility also requires explicit authorization through the SE console.
For information about how to set up the authorization of the sampling facilities, see Support Element Operations Guide
for System z10 machine on the Resource Link home page at http://www.ibm.com/servers/resourcelink.
System action: The system does not process the command issued.
Operator response: Ensure that all the specified counter sets (CTRSET parameter) or sampling facility types
(SAMPTYPE parameter) are installed and authorized on this system.
System programmer response: See the System programmer action in the explanation for the particular failure text
displayed.
Problem determination: None.
Source: Hardware instrumentation services (HIS)
Detecting Module: HISPCMD
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 5
Descriptor Code: 5
Descriptor Code: 5
If running concurrently on multiple LPARS with a shared file system, and the failed service is BPX1OPN with RC=75
(EEXIST), the error might be caused by an incorrect configuration. A unique path for the output file must be created
for each LPAR sharing the file system. Correct the z/OS UNIX file problem and try the operator command again.
Otherwise, search the problem reporting databases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support
Center.
System programmer response: See the error messages or dumps from the failed service, if any.
Problem determination: None.
Source: Hardware instrumentation services (HIS)
Detecting Module: HISPCTR, HISPWRK
Routing Code: 1,2
Descriptor Code: 4
Descriptor Code: 5
Descriptor Code: 4
HWI008I BCPII FAILED TO CONNECT TO THE LOCAL CENTRAL PROCESSOR COMPLEX (CPC). RC=rc,
RSN=rsn. BCPII INITIALIZATION IS HALTED.
Explanation: BCPii initialization cannot connect to the host CPC.
In the message text:
rc The return code received from the internal invocation of the HWICONN API call made to the local CPC by
BCPii.
rsn
The reason code received from the diagnostic area of the HWICONN API call.
System action: BCPii initialization is stopped.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer.
Application Programmer Response: None.
User response: None.
System programmer response:
v Consult the topic about BCPii in z/OS MVS Programming: Callable Services for High-Level Languages and determine
the cause of the rc and rsn values returned from this message.
v Consult the topic about BCPii setup and installation in z/OS MVS Programming: Callable Services for High-Level
Languages for possible installation errors, omissions, or both.
Detecting Module: HWIAMIN2
Routing Code: 1,2
Descriptor Code: 4
HWI009I BCPII WAS UNABLE TO LOAD PART loadmod DURING INITIALIZATION. LOAD ABEND
CODE=abendcode, RSN=rsn. BCPII INITIALIZATION IS HALTED.
Explanation: BCPii initialization could not load the required module.
In the message text:
loadmod
The load module name that failed to load.
abendcode
The LOAD abend code.
rsn
The LOAD abend reason code.
System action: BCPii initialization is stopped.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer.
Application Programmer Response: None.
User response: None.
System programmer response: Validate that this loadmod name exists in the configuration and is accessible through
LPA or LNKLST.
If the loadmod identified is CELHV003, the required Language Environment (LE) loadmods for BCPii are not
installed properly. To determine which libraries BCPii requires to be accessible, see the topic about BCPii in z/OS
MVS Programming: Callable Services for High-Level Languages.
Detecting Module: HWIAMIN1,HWIAMIN2
Routing Code: 1,2
Descriptor Code: 4
HWI012I BCPII WAS UNABLE TO ESTABLISH ITS RECOVERY ENVIRONMENT IN modname. RC=rc. BCPII
INITIALIZATION IS HALTED.
Explanation: A BCPii initialization module could not establish a recovery environment.
System action: BCPii initialization is stopped.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer.
Application Programmer Response: None.
User response: None.
System programmer response: Try to restart the BCPii address space. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix
for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center, supplying the name of the module and the return
code as returned on the message.
Detecting Module: HWIAMIN1,HWIAMIN2
Routing Code: 1,2
Descriptor Code: 4
HWI014I THE SNMP COMMUNITY NAME DEFINED FOR BCPII IN THE SECURITY PRODUCT FOR THE
LOCAL CPC IS NOT CORRECT.
Explanation: BCPii cannot connect to the local CPC because a valid SNMP community name has not been defined
correctly in the security product.
System action: BCPii initialization is stopped.
Operator response: Report this termination to the system programmer.
Application Programmer Response: None.
User response: None.
System programmer response: If you require BCPii to be active on this z/OS image, confirm that an SNMP
community name is defined correctly in the security product for the local processor and that it matches the
community name specified in the support element (SE) for the local processor. This error can also result if the
community name definition on the SE is not specified exactly as instructed (community name naming rules, netmask,
read/write permissions, etc...).
For additional information about the required BCPii community name that must be set up before BCPii is initialized,
see the topic about BCPii in z/OS MVS Programming: Callable Services for High-Level Languages.
Detecting Module: HWIAMIN2
Routing Code: 1,2
Descriptor Code: 4
HWI015I BCPII IS WAITING FOR THE PRIMARY SUBSYSTEM TO BECOME ACTIVE TO ALLOW THE
BCPII COMMUNICATION RECOVERY ENVIRONMENT TO BE ESTABLISHED.
Explanation: BCPii is waiting for the BCPii communication recovery environment to be established to handle
unexpected errors during communication processing using the z/OS Language Environment. While BCPii is waiting
for the primary subsystem to become active, if a severe error occurs while processing a BCPii communications
request and a CEEDUMP is requested, one will not be taken. The CEEDUMP processing of BCPii requires the
primary subsystem to be active to write the dump to SYSOUT.
System action: BCPii initialization continues.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer if the primary subsystem does not become active in a timely
manner.
Application Programmer Response: None.
User response: None.
System programmer response: None.
Detecting Module: HWICMCON,HWIAMCMR
Routing Code: 1,2
Descriptor Code: 4
HWI051I BCPII COMPONENT TRACE HAS NOT BEEN STARTED. PARMLIB MEMBER member WAS NOT
FOUND, OR THE PARMLIB TRACEOPTS ARE IN ERROR OR SET OFF. RC=rc, RSN=rsn.
Explanation: BCPii cannot activate its component trace using the parmlib member name.
In the message text:
member
The CTIHWI00 parmlib member name that contains SYSBCPII component trace options.
rc The return code from the CTRACE DEFINE macro.
rsn
The reason code from CTRACE DEFINE macro.
System action: BCPii continues initialization processing, attempting to come up without CTRACE active.
Operator response: None.
System programmer response: Verify that the specified parmlib member exists and contains no syntax errors. For
explanation of the return and reason codes, see the description of the CTRACE macro in z/OS MVS Programming:
Authorized Assembler Services Reference ALE-DYN. Activate component trace by manually using the TRACE system
command if tracing options are required. If the parmlib member is correct, provide this message text to your IBM
Support Center.
Detecting Module: HWIVMINT
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 12
| HZR0106I THE JOBNAME FOR RUNTIME DIAGNOSTICS IS NOT CORRECT. JOB jobname IS IGNORED.
| Explanation: The job name for the Runtime Diagnostics is HZR. The address space is not started.
| In the message text:
| jobname
| The name of the batch job.
| System action: The system ignored the request to start Runtime Diagnostics.
| Operator response: Issue START HZR to start Runtime Diagnostics.
| System programmer response: None.
| Source: Runtime Diagnostics
| Detecting Module: HZRINIT, HZRMIMST
| Routing Code: -
| Descriptor Code: 5
HZR0107I RUNTIME DIAGNOSTICS WAS NOT STARTED UNDER THE MASTER SUBSYSTEM.
Explanation: The operator attempted to start the Runtime Diagnostics address space (HZR) under a subsystem other
than MASTER.
System action: Runtime Diagnostics fails to initialize.
| Operator response: HZR is not specified correctly in IEFSSNxx parmlib member. Contact the system programmer to
| fix the error.
| System programmer response: Ensure HZR is specified correctly in IEFSSNxx, and then start the subsystem by
| either:
| v Starting the Runtime Diagnostics address space (HZR) S HZR,SUB=MSTR
| v Dynamically adding the HZR subsystem, and then starting Runtime Diagnostics address space (HZR) using
| SETSSI,ADD,NAME=HZR and then S HZR
Source: Runtime Diagnostics
Detecting Module: HZRINCRE
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 5
HZR0108I THE STARTED TASK ID FOR RUNTIME DIAGNOSTICS IS NOT CORRECT. startid IS IGNORED.
Explanation: The started task ID for Runtime Diagnostics is HZR. Issue START HZR to restart it. In the message
text:
startid
The name of the started task ID that was ignored.
System action: The system ignored the request to start Runtime Diagnostics.
Operator response: Issue START HZR to start Runtime Diagnostics.
System programmer response: None.
Source: Runtime Diagnostics
SUMMARY: text
REQ: RequestId SYSTEM: SystemName HOME: SystemHome hh:mm:ss - yyyy/mm/dd
INTERVAL: text
EVENTS: text
FOUND: nn - PRIORITIES: HIGH=nn MED=nn LOW=nn
TYPES: I/O=nn USS=nn XCF=nn CF=nn XES=nn
OPERLOG=nn LATCH=nn ASID=nn
RESULTS: text
ErrorData
RC=nn
RS=nn
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Explanation: This message displays the Runtime Diagnostic results. For complete information about Runtime
Diagnostics, see the topic on Runtime Diagnostics symptoms in z/OS Problem Management. If additional
component-specific messages follow, see the explanation for that message.
In the message fields:
SUMMARY: text
The text field contains one of the following:
v SUCCESS - Runtime Diagnostics completed successfully.
v QUALIFIED SUCCESS - SOME PROCESSING FAILED - Runtime Diagnostics completed with some failures.
v FAILED - ALL PROCESSING FAILED - Runtime Diagnostics did not complete. It failed.
v SUCCESS - NO EVENTS FOUND - Runtime Diagnostics completed successfully.
v QUALIFIED SUCCESS - SOME PROCESSING BYPASSED - Runtime Diagnostics completed successfully.
REQ: RequestId
The unique number that identifies this instance of Runtime Diagnostics.
SYSTEM: SystemName
The name of the system diagnosed by Runtime Diagnostics.
HOME: systemhome
The name of the home system on which Runtime Diagnostics is running.
hh:mm:ss - yyyy/mm/dd
The date and local time of Runtime Diagnostics output. The date is represented as year/month/day, and the
time is represented as hours (00–23), minutes (00–59), and seconds (00–59).
INTERVAL: Interval
The number of minutes back from request time that diagnosis starts.
EVENTS:
A list of the events that were found and diagnosed by Runtime Diagnostics.
FOUND: nn
The number of events that were found and diagnosed by Runtime Diagnostics.
PRIORITIES: HIGH=nn MED=nn LOW=nn
v HIGH= The number of high priority events that were diagnosed by Runtime Diagnostics.
v MED= The number of medium priority events that were diagnosed by Runtime Diagnostics.
v LOW= The number of low priority events that were diagnosed by Runtime Diagnostics.
TYPES:
The type and number of events found and diagnosed by Runtime Diagnostics.
I/O=nn
I/O error events diagnosed.
USS=nn
z/OS UNIX System Services error events diagnosed.
XCF=nn
Cross-system coupling facility (XCF) error events diagnosed.
CF=nn
Coupling facility (CF) error events diagnosed.
XES=nn
Cross-system extended services (XES) error events diagnosed.
OPERLOG=nn
Operations log (OPERLOG) error events diagnosed.
LATCH=nn
Latch error events diagnosed.
ASID= nn
Address space error events diagnosed.
RESULTS: text
The text field contains one the following results of Runtime Diagnostics processing:
PROCESSING BYPASSED: type
Runtime Diagnostics processing bypassed one or more of the following events:
PROCESSING FAILURES: type
Runtime Diagnostics failed processing one or more of the following type of events:
I/O
Failure occurred processing I/O events.
USS
Failure occurred processing z/OS UNIX System Service events.
XCF
Failure occurred processing XCF events.
CF Failure occurred processing CF events.
XES
Failure occurred processing XES events.
OPERLOG
Failure occurred processing OPERLOG events.
LATCHES
Failure occurred processing LATCH events.
ASID
Failure occurred processing ASID events.
PAGERATE
Failure occurred processing PAGING events.
HIGHCPU
Failure occurred processing HIGHCPU events.
STORAGE
Failure occurred processing STORAGE events.
DUMP
Failure occurred processing DUMP events.
SYSTEM
Failure occurred processing SYSTEM events.
CONS
Failure occurred processing CONSOLE events.
LOOP
Failure occurred processing LOOP events.
ENQ
Failure occurred processing ENQ events.
LOCK
Failure occurred processing LOCK events.
ErrorData
Text which describes an error being reported by internal processing.
RC=nn
The return code.
RS=nn
The reason code
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: If a condition exists, follow the recommended action.
System programmer response: If a condition exists, follow the recommended action.
Reference Documentation: For return codes, see the topic on Runtime Diagnostics messages and return codes in
z/OS Problem Management.
Source: Runtime Diagnostics
Detecting Module: HZRODISP
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 5, 8, 9
Check messages are documented in the messages or codes book for each element.
HZS0001I CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
Explanation: An exception message was found by the specified check. The severity and wtotype attributes of the
check indicated to write a low-severity message. A component-specific message follows. Refer to the documentation
for that message for additional information. Additional information might be present in the message buffer for the
check.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer.
System programmer response: Fix the condition that is referenced by the exception message and then rerun the
check to verify that the exception has been fixed.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS0002E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
Explanation: An exception message was found by the specified check. The severity and wtotype attributes of the
check indicated to write a medium-severity message. A component-specific message follows. Refer to the
documentation for that message for additional information. Additional information might be present in the message
buffer for the check.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer.
System programmer response: Fix the condition that is referenced by the exception message and then rerun the
check to verify that the exception has been fixed.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS0003E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
Explanation: An exception message was found by the specified check. The severity and wtotype attributes of the
check indicated to write a high-severity message. A component-specific message follows. Refer to the documentation
for that message for additional information. Additional information might be present in the message buffer for the
check.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer.
System programmer response: Fix the condition that is referenced by the exception message and then rerun the
check to verify that the exception has been fixed.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS0004I CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
Explanation: An exception message was found by the specified check. The severity and wtotype attributes of the
check indicated to write a message to the hardcopy log only. A component-specific message follows. Refer to the
documentation for that message for additional information. Additional information might be present in the message
buffer for the check.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer.
System programmer response: Fix the condition that is referenced by the exception message and then rerun the
check to verify that the exception has been fixed.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
System programmer response: Refer to the message buffer for this check to see the additional messages.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS0012E HZSPDATA DATA SET IS FULL. DATA SET NEEDS ROOM FOR n 4096-BYTE RECORDS
Explanation: The system attempted to write the persistent data but there was not enough room in the data set. The
message text provides information about the size of the data set needed to hold all the data.
In the message text:
n the number of records
System action: The system writes message HZS0013A or HZS0019A
Operator response: Allocate and initialize a new data set using the HZSALLCP job and provide that data set in
response to message HZS0013A or HZS0019A.
System programmer response: None
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSTKPD
HZS0014E THE HZSPDATA DATA SET CONTAINS DATA THAT IS NOT VALID. DIAG=diag
Explanation: The data read from the HZSPDATA data set is not valid. Either the data set was corrupted or you
specified the wrong data set. This data set was specified by the HZSPDATA DD statement or in response to message
HZS0013A or HZS0019A. Some checks rely on data that is saved from a prior IPL, to be useful. These checks cannot
be performed.
In the message text:
diag
Diagnostic information
System action: IBM Health Checker for z/OS processing continues. Checks that do not rely on information from a
prior IPL are not affected.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer.
System programmer response: Determine how the data set was corrupted. If you want IBM Health Checker for
z/OS to continue with a new data set create a new empty data set using the HZSALLCP job and specify that data set
in response to HZS0013A or HZS0019A. If you need IBM Health Checker for z/OS to use a different already-existing
data set that has valid data, stop IBM Health Checker for z/OS and then restart it, providing that other data set.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSTKPD
Routing Code: 1,2,10
Descriptor Code: 7,11
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4,7
HZS0021E PERSISTENT DATA OVERLAY HAS BEEN DETECTED. NO MORE WRITING OF PERSISTENT
DATA WILL BE DONE
Explanation: An overlay of the data to be written to the HZSPDATA data set has been detected. In order to avoid
corrupting the data on the data set, no further writes of persistent data will be done.
System action: The system no longer attempts to write the persistent data.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer.
System programmer response: Consider stopping and restarting the IBM Health Checker for z/OS in order to have
the system use the valid persistent data that is in the HZSPDATA data set.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSTKPD
Routing Code: 1,2,10
Descriptor Code: 7,11
HZS0102I IBM HEALTH CHECKER FOR Z/OS MUST BE STARTED AS A STARTED TASK. JOB jobname
TERMINATES
Explanation: The named batch job attempted to start IBM Health Checker for z/OS. It must be started as a
STARTED task.
In the message text:
jobname
The name of the batch job
System action: The system ends the job.
Operator response: Enter a START operator command to start IBM Health Checker for z/OS.
System programmer response: None
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSINIT
Routing Code: 1,2,10
Descriptor Code: -
memname
The name of the parmlib member containing the error
line-number
The number of the line containing the error
position-number
The position of the error in the line. The position number is the number of columns from the left.
statement
The statement type
input-line
The text of the line containing the PARMLIB statement
System action: The system ignores the erroneous statement. The system continues processing the rest of the parmlib
member
Operator response: None
System programmer response: Correct the error in the parmlib member before using it again.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSIPMU1
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 5
HZS0107I THE LOG STREAM NAME logstream DOES NOT BEGIN WITH HZS
Explanation: The name of the log stream provided by the LOGSTREAM parameter of the MODIFY hzsproc
command does not begin, as required, with the letters 'HZS'.
In the message text:
logstream
The log stream name
System action: The system ignores the erroneous command.
Operator response: None
System programmer response: Provide a log stream name that begins with 'HZS'.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSIPMU1
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 5
System programmer response: Provide a log stream name that begins with 'HZS'.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSIPMU1
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 5
Descriptor Code: 5
HZS0120I IBM HEALTH CHECKER FOR Z/OS IS ENDING DUE TO EXCESSIVE ERRORS
Explanation: IBM Health Checker for z/OS ends.
System action: The system runs without IBM Health Checker for z/OS.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer.
System programmer response: Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact
the IBM Support Center.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSINIT
Routing Code: 1,2,10
Descriptor Code: -
EXCEPTION-LOW
The check found SEVERITY(LOW) exception(s) the last time that it ran.
EXCEPTION-MED
The check found SEVERITY(MEDIUM) exception(s) the last time that it ran.
EXCEPTION-HIGH
The check found SEVERITY(HIGH) exception(s) the last time that it ran.
PARAMETER ERROR
The parameters contain an incorrect value.
ABEND
The check ABENDed the last time that it ran.
UNEXP ERROR
The check encountered an unexpected error.
INIT ERROR
The check encountered an error during check initialization.
DELETE ERROR
The check encountered an error during check delete.
SCHEDULED
The specified check is currently scheduled to run.
USS NOT AVAIL
The specified check requires Unix System Services but those services are not currently available.
RAN ELSEWHERE
The last time an attempt was made to run the specified check, it was active on another system. The check is
no longer active on any system in the sysplex, and will become active on the first system that tries to run
the check
DELETE PENDING
The check is being deleted.
DELETED
The check was deleted.
UNSUCCESSFUL
The remote check did not process successfully. The pause token that it had provided was not valid so the
check routine could not be given control.
| MISSING DOM
| A check added with DOM(CHECK) did not DOM exception WTOs from a previous check iteration when the
| current iteration ended without check exception.
STATE column 2 d
DISABLED: The specified check was disabled becase it was active on another system in the sysplex
STATE column 3 g
GLOBAL: The specified check is global, and therefore may only be active on one system in the sysplex
sysname
The name of the system on which this check is active. If 'SYS=*NONE' is displayed, the check is no longer active
on any system in the sysplex, and will become active on the first system that tries to run the check. If
'SYS=*UNKNOWN' is displayed, the system on which this check is active can not be determined at this time.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None
System programmer response: None
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSTKDIS
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
EXCEPTION-NONE
The specified SEVERITY(NONE) check ran at least one time. SEVERITY(NONE) exception(s) were found
during the last iteration of the check.
EXCEPTION-LOW
The specified check ran at least one time. SEVERITY(LOW) exception(s) were found during the last iteration
of the check.
EXCEPTION-MED
The specified check ran at least one time. SEVERITY(MEDIUM) exception(s) were found during the last
iteration of the check.
EXCEPTION-HIGH
The specified check ran at least one time. SEVERITY(HIGH) exception(s) were found during the last
iteration of the check.
PARAMETER ERROR
The specified check was disabled because the user parameters contain an invalid value. The check will not
be run again until the user parameters have been updated.
ABEND
The specified check ended abnormally during the last iteration of the check.
UNEXP ERROR
The specified check reported an unexpected error.
INIT ERROR
The specified check was stopped because an error was reported by the check during check initialization.
DELETE ERROR
The specified check was stopped because an error was reported by the check during check delete.
SCHEDULED
The specified check is currently scheduled to run.
USS NOT AVAIL
The specified check requires Unix System Services but those services are not currently available.
RAN ELSEWHERE
The last time an attempt was made to run the specified check, it was active on another system. The check is
no longer active on any system in the sysplex, and will become active on the first system that tries to run
the check
REXX NOT AVAIL
REXX TOO BUSY
UNSUCCESSFUL
The remote check did not process successfully. The pause token that it had provided was not valid so the
check routine could not be given control.
| MISSING DOM
| A check added with DOM(CHECK) did not DOM exception WTOs from a previous check iteration when the
| current iteration ended without check exception.
sysname
The name of the system on which this check is active. If 'SYS=*UNKNOWN' is specified, the system on which
this check is active can not be determined at this time.
date
The date and time the check was deleted. Format: mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm
diag1
The diagnostic data
diag2
The last 4 characters of the check diagnostic data
exitrtn
The name of the HZSADDCHECK dynamic exit routine that was used to add the check
lastdate
The date and time the check last ran. Format: mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm
nextdate
The date and time the check is next scheduled to run. Format: mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm
nextsched
One of the following:
(INACTIVE)
The check is currently inactive.
(DISABLED)
The check is currently disabled. Note: checks that are global and are active on another system in the sysplex
may still have a next scheduled time on this system. When the next scheduled time is reached, if the check
is not active on another system in the sysplex, the check will run on this system.
(NOT SCHEDULED)
The check is not scheduled to run again.
LAST RAN: (N/A)
The check was not run.
(N/A)
The check was not run.
hhh
The hours part of the time from one check run to the next.
mm The minutes part of the time from one check run to the next.
SYSTEM
Apply system rules - use the interval value.
HALF
Apply system rules - If the interval is not ONETIME, use half the interval value.
| SYNCVAL: {SYSTEM|hh:mm|*:mm}
| SYSTEM
| Apply system rules - the check gets scheduled, as soon as possible after is has been added and the system
| uses the last check run end time to calculate any subsequent check run start times.
| hh:mm
| The time of day in hours and minutes that the check should be scheduled to run for the first time as well as
| for subsequent iterations, synchronized with the current INTERVAL (or, EXCEPTION INTERVAL) value.
| *:mm
| The minute of the current hour (or the next hour if the minute has already passed for the current hour) that
| the check should to be scheduled to run at for the first time, as well as for subsequent iterations,
| synchronized with the current INTERVAL (or, EXCEPTION INTERVAL) value.
severity
One of the following:
NONE
The specified check is currently defined as "SEVERITY(NONE)".
LOW
The specified check is currently defined as "SEVERITY(LOW)".
MEDIUM
The specified check is currently defined as "SEVERITY(MEDIUM)".
HIGH
The specified check is currently defined as "SEVERITY(HIGH)".
| DYNAMIC SEVERITY ALLOWED: {YES | NO}
| Displays whether or not the check is allowed to specify a dynamic severity. The dynamic severity can be
| different than and take precedence over the current severity defined for the check. See the ALLOWDYNSEV
| parameter in Syntax and parameters for HZSPRMxx and MODIFY hzsproc in IBM Health Checker for z/OS: User's
| Guide for details.
wtotype
One of the following:
NONE
The updated WTO value is defined not to be issued as WTOs.
HARDCOPY
The updated WTO value is defined to be issued to the system hardcopy log only.
INFORMATIONAL
The update WTO value is defined to be issued as informational messages.
EVENTUAL ACTION
The update WTO value is defined to be issued as eventual action messages.
CRITICAL EVENTUAL ACTION
The update WTO value is defined to be issued as a critical eventual action messages.
| DOM: {SYSTEM | CHECK}
| Displays whether the check or the system delete the write to operator (WTO) messages from previous check
| iterations using delete operator message (DOM) requests. See the DOM parameter in Syntax and parameters for
| HZSPRMxx and MODIFY hzsproc in IBM Health Checker for z/OS: User's Guide for details.
sysdesccode
The system descriptor code used to write any exception messages issued by this check
adddesccodes
The list of additional descriptor codes used to write any exception messages issued by this check
routcodes
The list of routing codes used to write any exception messages issued by this check
polstmt
The name of the policy statement that deleted the check
jobname
The name of the job that issued the HZSCHECK macro request to delete this check
parmlib
The name of the parmlib member that contained the request to delete this check
modby
One of the following:
N/A
The check was not modified.
MODIFY COMMAND
The last time the check was modified, it was done through the MODIFY command.
parmtype
One of the following:
DEFAULT PARAMETERS:
The parameters defined by the PARMS keyword of the HZSADDCK macro that added the check
USER SUPPLIED PARAMETERS:
The parameters defined by an UPDATE or POLICY statement UPDATE request
parms
The parameters
reasonfor
One of the following:
REASON FOR CHECK:
The reason specified by the REASON keyword of the HZSADDCK macro that added the check
category
The category to which the check belongs
token
An internal token representing the check
checkmod
For a non-remote check, the name of the load module that is the check.
check_addr
For a non-remote check, the address of the load module within IBM Health Checker for z/OS.
msgtable
The name of the message table used by this check
msgtable_addr
The address of the message table within IBM Health Checker for z/OS
func
The current function for the check routine func is one of the following:
N/A
Not within the check routine
INIT
The INIT function
CHECK
The CHECK function
CLEANUP
The CLEANUP function
DELETE
The DELETE function
INITRUN
The INITRUN function
RUN
The RUN function
DEACTIVATE
The DEACTIVATE function
asid
For a remote not-REXX check, the ASID in which the check runs
lastcpu
The number of seconds of CPU time used the last'time the check function ran, in format'ss.ttt
maxcpu
The maximum number of seconds of CPU time used 'by the check routine, in format ss.ttt
reqtoken
The REXX ReqToken of the scheduled or running check.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None
System programmer response: None
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSTKDIS
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
checkname
The name of the check(s) that are the target of this policy statement
cattype
One of the following:
(ANY):
The target must already belong to at least one of the specified categories before the policy statement is
applied.
(EVERY):
The target must already belong to all of the specified categories before the policy statement is applied.
(ONLY):
The target must already belong to only the specified categories before the policy statement is applied.
(EXCEPT):
The target must already belong to only the specified categories before the policy statement is applied.
category
The policy statement category value
exitrtn
The name of the HZSADDCHECK that must be matched before the policy statement is applied
reason
The update reason
text
is one of the following:
ACTIVE
INACTIVE
hhh
The hours part of the time from one check run to the next
mm The minutes part of the time from one check run to the next
SYSTEM
Apply system rules - use the interval value
HALF
Apply system rules - If the interval is not ONETIME, use one-half of the interval value
| SYNCVAL: {SYSTEM|hh:mm|*:mm}
| SYSTEM
| Apply system rules - the check gets scheduled, as soon as possible after is has been added and the system
| uses the last check run end time to calculate any subsequent check run start times.
| hh:mm
| The time of day in hours and minutes that the check should be scheduled to run for the first time as well as
| for subsequent iterations, synchronized with the current INTERVAL (or, EXCEPTION INTERVAL) value.
| *:mm
| The minute of the current hour (or the next hour if the minute has already passed for the current hour) that
| the check should to be scheduled to run at for the first time, as well as for subsequent iterations,
| synchronized with the current INTERVAL (or, EXCEPTION INTERVAL) value.
severity
One of the following:
NONE
The update severity value is defined as "SEVERITY(NONE)".
LOW
The update severity value is defined as "SEVERITY(LOW)".
MEDIUM
The update severity value is defined as "SEVERITY(MEDIUM)".
HIGH
The update severity value is defined as "SEVERITY(HIGH)".
wtotype
One of the following options:
NONE
The updated WTO value is defined not to be issued as WTOs.
HARDCOPY
The updated WTO value is defined to be issued to the system hardcopy log only.
INFORMATIONAL
The update WTO value is defined to be issued as informational messages.
EVENTUAL ACTION
The update WTO value is defined to be issued as eventual action messages.
CRITICAL EVENTUAL ACTION
The update WTO value is defined to be issued as a critical eventual action messages.
desccodes
The list of additional descriptor codes used to write any exception messages issued by this check
routcodes
The list of routing codes used to write any exception messages issued by this check
parms
The updated user parameters
debug
One of the following:
OFF
The specified check is not running in DEBUG mode.
ON The specified check is running in DEBUG mode. Additional messages might be written to the message
buffer and may help to diagnose problems with the check.
verbose
One of the following options:
NO The specified check is not running in VERBOSE mode.
YES
The specified check is running in Verbose mode. Additional messages might be written to the message
buffer.
catoper
One of the following:
REPLACE
The specified categories will replace the categories to which the target check(s) belong.
ADD
The target check(s) will be added to the specified categories.
REMOVE
The target check(s) will be removed from the specified categories
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None
System programmer response: None
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSTKDIS
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
DISCONNECTED
The log stream is currently not connected to IBM Health Checker for z/OS.
CONNECTING
IBM Health Checker for z/OS is connecting to the specified log stream.
CONNECTED
IBM Health Checker for z/OS is connected to the specified log stream.
SUSPENDED
IBM Health Checker for z/OS is trying to connect to the specified log stream. Log stream processing has
been temporarily suspended because of a transient error in the log stream.
ERROR
IBM Health Checker for z/OS was connected to the specified log stream. Log stream processing has been
suspended because of a permanent error in the log stream.
NOT DEFINED
The log stream is currently not defined to IBM Health Checker for z/OS.
writerate
The number of writes per hour to the log stream (when logger support is active) and the number of writes per
hour that were bypassed (when logger support was not active).
bufsize
The average size of buffers that were written to the log stream (when logger support was active) or that were
bypassed (when logger support was not active).
dsname
The name of the HZSPDATA data set when provided in response to message HZS0013A or HZS0019A.
numpdata
The number of records that were last written to the HZSPDATA data set or that would be written if the write
were to be done now.
parmlib
The suffixes of the current HZSPRMxx parmlibs that have been processed for the current POLICY statements
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None
System programmer response: None
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSTKDIS
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
polstmt
The policy statement name
pol_op
One of the following:
UPD
This is a POLICY UPDATE statement.
DEL
This is a POLICY DELETE statement.
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None
System programmer response: None
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSTKDIS
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS0400I CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
operation PROCESSING HAS BEEN COMPLETED
Explanation: The system processed the request.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
operation
One of the following:
ACTIVATE
The ACTIVATE request
DEACTIVATE
The DEACTIVATE request
DELETE
The DELETE request
REFRESH
The REFRESH request
RUN
The RUN request
UPDATE
The UPDATE request
ADD
The ADD CHECK request
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None
System programmer response: None
Problem determination: None
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSINPRM
Routing Code: 2,11
Descriptor Code: 5
SET PARMLIB
The SET PARMLIB request
LOGGER
The LOGGER request
ADDNEW
The ADDNEW request
REPLACE PARMLIB
The REPLACE PARMLIB request
ACTIVATE POLICY
The ACTIVATE POLICY request
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None
System programmer response: None
Problem determination: None
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSINPRM
Routing Code: 2,11
Descriptor Code: 5
HZS0404I CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
REFRESH DELETE PROCESSING HAS COMPLETED. NO CHECKS WERE ADDED
Explanation: Refresh processing consists of deleting the requested checks and then calling the HZSADDCHECK
dynamic exit to re-add the checks. The first part of the processing completed successfully. No dynamic exit routine
added a new or already-deleted check
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer.
System programmer response: If this result is unexpected, issue the following command to check the exit routines:
DISPLAY PROG,EXITS,EXITNAME=HZSADDCHECK,DIAG
If the exit routine that had originally added this check is no longer associated with the exit, consult
component-specific documentation for that exit routine to re-add it. If the exit routine is still associated with the exit,
search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center.
Problem determination: None
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSINPRM
Routing Code: 2,11
Descriptor Code: 5
HZS0405I CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
DELETE FORCE=YES PROCESSING HAS COMPLETED
Explanation: The system processed the request.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None
System programmer response: None
Problem determination: None
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSINPRM
Routing Code: 2,11
Descriptor Code: -
HZS0406I CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
ADD PROCESSING WAS NOT SUCCESSFUL.
problem
Explanation: The system processed the request.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
problem
One of the following:
COULD NOT LOAD CHECK ROUTINE
The check routine could not be loaded.
COULD NOT LOAD MESSAGE TABLE
The msgtable could not be loaded.
CHECK ALREADY EXISTS
A check or a check description, with the same owner and name already exists.
CHECK DATE IS OLD
The date is older than the date of an existing check with the same owner and name.
BAD OWNER NAME
The owner contains characters that are not valid.
BAD CHECK NAME
The check name contains characters that are not valid.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None
System programmer response: None
Problem determination: None
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
HZS0410I CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
operation PROCESSING FOUND NO MATCH
Explanation: The system processed the request.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
operation
One of the following:
ACTIVATE
The ACTIVATE request
DEACTIVATE
The DEACTIVATE request
DELETE
The DELETE request
REFRESH
The REFRESH request
RUN
The RUN request
UPDATE
The UPDATE request
ADD
The ADD CHECK request
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None
System programmer response: None
Problem determination: None
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSINPRM
Routing Code: 2,11
Descriptor Code: 5
HZS0413I POLICY STATEMENT(polstmt): ADD NOT DONE, POLICY STATEMENT ALREADY EXISTS
Explanation: The system found that a policy statement of that name already exists
In the message text:
polstmt
The name of the policy statement
System action: The POLICY ADD was not done.
Operator response: None
System programmer response: None
Problem determination: None
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSINPRM
Routing Code: 2,11
Descriptor Code: 5
| HZS0420E n CHECKS HAVE BEEN FOUND FOR WHICH AT LEAST ONE MATCHING POLICY
| STATEMENT HAD A CONFLICT WITH THE CHECK VALUES. THE POLICY STATEMENTS
| WERE NOT APPLIED TO THOSE CHECKS. THE FIRST CASE IS CHECK(checkowner,checkname),
| MATCHED BY POLICY STATEMENT polstmt
| THIS CHECK HAD A {DATE | SYNCVAL} CONFLICT.
| Explanation: A policy statement was not applied to a check because one of the following situations was detected:
| v The date in a policy statement is older than the date of a matching check. The check date is the date specified by
| the DATE keyword of the HZSADDCK macro that added the check or the DATE parameter of the ADD or
| ADDREPLACE statement of the HZSPRMxx parmlib member that added the check.
| v A SYNCVAL value was specified and an INTERVAL or EXCEPTIONINTERVAL value did not obey the following
| rules:
| – for SYNCVAL(hh:mm) and INTERVAL OR EXCEPTIONINTERVAL(hhh:mm) the (exception-) interval duration in
| total minutes hhh*60 + mm has to be a divisor or a multiple of 1440 minutes (24 hours).
| – for SYNCVAL(*:mm) and INTERVAL OR EXCEPTIONINTERVAL(hhh:mm) the (exception-) interval duration
| value in total minutes hhh*60 + mm has to be a divisor or a multiple of 60 minutes (one hour).
| Note that a conflict can occur when any of the following occur:
| v The policy statement specifies a SYNCVAL that is in conflict with the checks INTERVAL OR
| EXCEPTIONINTERVAL
| v The policy statement specifies an INTERVAL OR EXCEPTIONINTERVAL that is in conflict with the checks
| SYNCVAL
| v The policy statement specifies a SYNCVAL that is in conflict with an INTERVAL OR EXCEPTIONINTERVAL in
| the policy
| HZS0421I CHECK(checkowner,checkname)
| UPDATE NOT PROCESSED DUE TO {DATE | SYNCVAL} CONFLICT
| Explanation: A check was not processed because one of the following situations was detected:
| v The specified date on the UPDATE request is older than the date of the matching check. The check date is the
| date specified by the DATE keyword of the HZSADDCK macro that added the check or the DATE parameter of
| the ADD or ADDREPLACE statement of the HZSPRMxx parmlib member that added the check.
| v A SYNCVAL value was specified and an INTERVAL or EXCEPTIONINTERVAL value did not obey the following
| rules:
| – for SYNCVAL(hh:mm) and INTERVAL OR EXCEPTIONINTERVAL(hhh:mm) the (exception-) interval duration in
| total minutes hhh*60 + mm has to be a divisor or a multiple of 1440 minutes (24 hours).
| – for SYNCVAL(*:mm) and INTERVAL OR EXCEPTIONINTERVAL(hhh:mm) the (exception-) interval duration
| value in total minutes hhh*60 + mm has to be a divisor or a multiple of 60 minutes (one hour).
| Descriptor Code: 5
HZS1001E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
AN INSTALLATION PARAMETER ERROR WAS DETECTED.
Explanation: The check routine detected an error in the parameters supplied to the check.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
System action: The check will no longer run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1003E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
THE CHECK IS NOT APPLICABLE IN THE CURRENT SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT.
Explanation: The check is not applicable in this system.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
System action: The system will not run the check.
Operator response: None
System programmer response: None
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1201E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETER key IS REQUIRED BUT WAS NOT SPECIFIED
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This should be followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
key
The parameter in error
System action: The check will no longer run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1202E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETER key WAS SPECIFIED BUT IS NOT ALLOWED
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This might be followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
key
The parameter in error
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1203E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETER keyn' IS NOT VALID
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
key
The parameter in error
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1204E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
UNEXPECTED END OF PARAMETER STRING
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
System action: The check will no longer run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1205E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
A PARAMETER WAS EXPECTED BUT 'parm' WAS FOUND INSTEAD
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
parm
The parameter in error
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1206E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
A DELIMITER WAS EXPECTED BUT 'parm' WAS FOUND INSTEAD
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
parm
The parameter in error
System action: The check will no longer run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1207E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETER parm HAS TOO MANY VALUES, numvalues
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
parm
The parameter in error
numvalues
The number of values
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
HZS1208E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETER parm HAS TOO FEW VALUES, numvalues
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
parm
The parameter in error
numvalues
The number of values
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1209E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETER parm IS NOT RECOGNIZED
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. The indicated parameter was not processed might be
incorrect. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check.
checkname
The name of the check.
parm
The parameter in error. The parameter is up to a length of 17 characters.
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
HZS1210E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETER parm IS MISSING ITS VALUE
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
parm
The parameter in error
System action: The check will no longer run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1211E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETER parm VALUE 'value' IS TOO LARGE
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
parm
The parameter in error
value
The value in error
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1212E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETER parm VALUE 'value' IS TOO SMALL
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
parm
The parameter in error
value
The value in error
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1213E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETER parm VALUE 'value' IS TOO LONG
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
parm
The parameter in error
value
The value in error
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1214E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETER parm VALUE 'value' IS TOO SHORT
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
parm
The parameter in error
value
The value in error
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1215E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETER parm VALUE 'value' IS NOT DECIMAL
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
parm
The parameter in error
value
The value in error
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1216E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETER parm VALUE 'value' IS NOT HEXADECIMAL
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
parm
The parameter in error
value
The value in error
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1217E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETERS WERE SPECIFIED BUT NONE ARE ALLOWED
Explanation: The check requires that no parameters be specified, but there are parameters.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1218E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
PARAMETER NUMBER n WAS NOT PROCESSED
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. The indicated parameter was not processed and might be
incorrect. This should be followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
n The number of the positional parameter in error
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error.
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1219E CHECK(checkowner,checkname):
MIXING POSITIONAL AND KEYWORD FORMATS IS NOT ALLOWED
Explanation: The check parameter has a syntax error. At least one keyword was of keyword format (for example,
key(value) or key=value) and another was of positional format (for example, value). The two formats cannot be
mixed. This is followed by message HZS1001E.
In the message text:
checkowner
The owner of the check
checkname
The name of the check
System action: The check will not run.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the error. You might have an extra comma within the parameter string that
could result in a null (positional) parameter (for example, key=value,key2=value)
Problem determination: Refer to component documentation.
Destination: IBM Health Checker for z/OS
Detecting Module: HZSPKMGB
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
HZS1302I CHECK COULD NOT BE STARTED. {AXREXX ! IEAVRLS} RC: rc REASON: rsn
Explanation: The system attempted to initiate the check but could not.
In the message text:
AXREXX
The AXREXX service used to start a PubItemIgnore REXX check
IEAVRLS
The IEAVRLS (release) service used to start a remote check
rc The return code from the service
rsn
The reason code from the service
System action: This iteration of the check is treated as "unsuccessful."
IAR003W AN INVALID SEGMENT TABLE ENTRY WAS FOUND FOR THE area AREA
Explanation: During system initialization, the real storage manager (RSM) attempted to page protect an area. RSM
found an incorrect segment table entry (SGTE) for this area.
In the message text, area identifies the area to be page protected and is one of the following:
IAR006A INVALID {VRREGN|REAL|RSU} PARM - RESPECIFY OR PRESS ENTER FOR THE DEFAULT
Explanation: The VRREGN, REAL, or RSU parameter contains a value that is not valid.
System action: The system waits for the operator to reply.
Operator response: Reenter the VRREGN, REAL, or RSU parameter with a valid value.
Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
Detecting Module: IARMU, IARMS, IARMT, IAXMU, IAXMS, IAXMT
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 2
System programmer response: Depending on the value of text, do one of the following:
ENVIRONMENTAL ERROR or THE RSM TRACE DATA SPACE COULD NOT BE CREATED
An unexpected error occurred during trace initialization. Contact the IBM Support Center.
INSUFFICIENT STORAGE FOR TRACE BUFFERS
There is not enough fixed common service area (CSA) storage for trace buffers. First, ensure that the size
specified on the BUFF option is correct. If the BUFF option was specified correctly, then either reduce the amount
specified or increase the amount of CSA available to the system.
INSUFFICIENT STORAGE FOR TRACE INITIALIZATION
There is not enough system queue area (SQA) virtual or central storage available for trace initialization; a request
failed for a relatively small amount of SQA storage. Increase the size of SQA virtual or central storage.
TOTAL SIZE OF BUFFERS EXCEEDS TRACE DATA SPACE SIZE
The size of the trace buffers that reside in fixed CSA storage is larger than the size of the trace data space. The
size of the fixed trace buffers must be smaller than the data space size so they can be copied to the data space.
Respecify the size of the fixed buffers and the size of the trace data space.
Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
Detecting Module: IARQC
Routing Code: 5
Descriptor Code: -
IAR009I RSM COMPONENT TRACE HAS LOST AN ENTRY BECAUSE ALL BUFFERS WERE FULL.
Explanation: The operator started the real storage manager (RSM) component trace and requested that a trace data
space be used to contain the trace data. RSM lost some of the trace entries because it was creating trace entries faster
than it could copy them from central storage to the trace data space.
System action: The RSM component trace continues. Trace entries continue to be lost until RSM finishes copying the
trace buffers to the data space. RSM then re-uses the buffers for newer trace entries.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: If the RSM trace successfully captured enough data to diagnose the problem, the
message indicates no problem. When the trace is turned off, examine the trace entries in the dump. The trace data
gives the number of entries lost.
If the trace did not capture enough data to diagnose the problem, re-create the problem and ask the operator to start
the trace again and either:
v Increase the size of the central storage trace buffers, using the BUFF option
v Decrease the need for buffers by specifying fewer RSM trace functions and events
Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
Detecting Module: IARQZ, IAXQZ
IAR011I RSM COMPONENT TRACE EXTERNAL WRITER MAY HAVE LOST ENTRIES
Explanation: The operator started the real storage manager (RSM) component trace and requested that the system
write the trace entries to a trace data set through the external writer. The system could not write the trace entries to
the data set for one of the following reasons:
v The operator did not start the external writer before connecting the RSM component trace to the external writer.
v RSM reused the full trace buffer before the system could write the trace entries out to the trace data set. Some
older trace entries have been lost.
System action: The system continues processing the RSM component trace.
System programmer response: Do one of the following:
v If you did not start the external writer, start it before connecting the RSM component trace to the external writer,
v Use IPCS to examine the trace entries that the system collected. If the trace did not collect enough data to
successfully diagnose the problem, start the trace again and either:
– Use more trace buffers.
– Increase the size of the trace buffers.
Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
Detecting Module: IARQZ, IAXQZ
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 4
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 1
IAR014I MORE CENTRAL STORAGE IS AVAILABLE TO THE SYSTEM THAN SUPPORTED. THE MAX
OF 128G OF STORAGE WILL BE USED.
Explanation: The operating system supports a maximum of 128 gigabytes of central storage, but more than that is
available in the current hardware configuration. The additional storage will not be used.
System action: The system continues processing. However, the excess storage is not used.
Operator response: None.
System programmer response: None.
Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
Detecting Module: IAXMN
Routing Code: 12
IAR015I THE SYSTEM WAS IPLED IN ESA/390 MODE WITH MORE THAN 2 GIGABYTES OF CENTRAL
STORAGE.
Explanation: In ESA/390 mode, the system supports a maximum of 2 gigabytes of central storage, but more than
that is available in the current hardware configuration. The additional storage will not be used.
System action: The ability to reconfigure storage has been disabled. Any excess storage is not used. The system
continues processing.
Operator response: None. However, to take full advantage of the storage available in the configuration, the
additional storage should be configured as expanded storage and the system re-IPLed.
System programmer response: None.
Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
Detecting Module: IARMI
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
IAR016I THE SYSTEM WAS IPLED IN ESAME MODE WITH EXPANDED STORAGE DEFINED. THIS
STORAGE WILL NOT BE USED BY THE SYSTEM
Explanation: In z/Architecture mode, the system does not support expanded storage. However, the storage may be
defined as central storage and made available to the system for use.
System action: The system continues processing. However, the expanded storage is not used.
Operator response: None. However, to take full advantage of the storage available in the configuration, the
expanded storage should be configured as central storage and the system re-IPLed.
System programmer response: None.
Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
Detecting Module: IAXMN
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 12
| IAR019I text
| Explanation: Where text is one of the following message responses:
| The message is in response to the DISPLAY VIRTSTOR command.
| hh.mm.ss DISPLAY VIRTSTOR
| SOURCE ={xx|(OP)|DEFAULT}
| TOTAL LFAREA = aaaaaaaaaaaM
| LFAREA AVAILABLE = bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbM
| LFAREA ALLOCATED (1M) = cccccccccccccccM
| LFAREA ALLOCATED (4K) = dddddddddddddddM
| LFAREA ALLOCATED (PAGEABLE1M) = gggggggggggggggM
| MAX LFAREA ALLOCATED (1M) = eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeM
| MAX LFAREA ALLOCATED (4K) = fffffffffffffffM
| MAX LFAREA ALLOCATED (PAGEABLE1M) = hhhhhhhhhhhhhhhM
| UNABLE TO PROCESS COMMAND DUE TO LARGE PAGE REQUEST IN PROGRESS
IAR020I THE LFAREA WAS SPECIFIED BUT LARGE PAGE SUPPORT IS NOT AVAILABLE
Explanation: The LFAREA parameter was specified but large page support is not available.
System action: The system ignores the LFAREA parameter.
Operator response: Ensure that the right IEASYSxx member is used for this IPL. If the right IEASYSxx member is
used, but large page support is not available, contact your system programmer.
System programmer response: If the use of large pages is required, ensure that the right level of the z/OS
operating system is installed and that you are running on a machine that has the enhanced DAT facility installed.
Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
Detecting Module: IAXMT
IAR021I THE LFAREA WAS SPECIFIED BUT SUFFICIENT STORAGE IS NOT AVAILABLE
Explanation: The LFAREA parameter was specified but sufficient storage is not available.
System action: The LFAREA parameter is ignored.
Operator response: Ensure that the right IEASYSxx member is used for this IPL. If the right IEASYSxx member is
being used, but large page support is not available, contact your system programmer.
System programmer response: If the use of large pages is required, ensure that enough storage is installed for the
z/OS image. Large pages cannot be backed below 2 GB, so you need more than 2 GB of real storage in order to use
large page support. Also, if (80% of the online storage at IPL) minus 2 GB is less than 1MB, the LFAREA specification
is ignored.
Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
Detecting Module: IAXMN
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 12
IAR025I THE LFAREA WAS NOT COMPLETELY SATISFIED - SIZE IS SET TO YYYYYYM
Explanation: The LFAREA parameter was specified but the amount specified could not be completely satisfied.
System action: The LFAREA parameter is ignored. Only the amount indicated in this message is used for Large
Page Support.
Operator response: Ensure that the right IEASYSxx member is used for this IPL. If the right IEASYSxx member is
being used, but the request could not be satisfied, contact your system programmer.
System programmer response: If the use of large pages is required, search problem reporting databases for a fix for
this problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
Detecting Module: IAXMT
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 12
IAR026I THE RSU VALUE SPECIFIED EXCEEDS THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF REAL STORAGE AVAILABLE
| ON THIS SYSTEM: yyyyyyyyM|G|T
Explanation: The RSU value was specified, but the amount specified exceeds the amount of real storage in the
system.
In the message text:
| yyyyyyyyM|G|T
| Amount of real storage, in MB, GB or TB, available in the system.
System action: The RSU parameter value is not accepted. The system issues message IAR006A to prompt for a
re-specification of the RSU value, or hit enter to accept the default. The default RSU value is 0.
Operator response: Reply with an RSU value that does not exceed the maximum amount of real storage, or hit
enter to accept the default. The RSU value must be chosen very carefully, because a large RSU value can ultimately
cause system performance problems and degradation.
System programmer response: Ensure that an appropriate RSU value is specified. For information about valid
specification of the RSU parameter, see z/OS MVS Initialization and Tuning Reference. For information about how to
choose the correct RSU value, see RSU Parameter Specification section and Specifying the RSU parameter section in
z/OS MVS System Commands.
Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
Detecting Module: IAXMT
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 12
IAR028I THE LFAREA SPECIFICATION RESULTED IN xxxxxxxx 1MB PAGES BEING RESERVED IN THE
LARGE FRAME AREA
Explanation: The LFAREA parameter was specified and resulted in the specified number of 1 MB pages to be
reserved in the large frame area.
In the message text:
xxxxxxxx
The number of 1 MB pages to be reserved.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None.
System programmer response: Use the information in this message to verify that the correct IEASYSxx member is
in use. If the LFAREA size is not what is desired, IPL z/OS with a corrected IEASYSxx member. For IEASYSxx, see
z/OS MVS Initialization and Tuning Reference.
Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
Detecting Module: IAXMT
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 12
| IAR030I PAGESCM VALUE IS NOT VALID – AT THE FOLLOWING PROMPT RESPECIFY OR PRESS
| ENTER FOR PAGESCM=ALL.
| Explanation: The value specified for the PAGESCM parameter is not valid.
| System action: The PAGESCM value is not accepted. The system issues message IEA341A to prompt for a new
| PAGESCM value.
| Operator response: Reply with a valid PAGESCM value, or press Enter to use the default PAGESCM=ALL value.
| System programmer response: Determine the PAGESCM value to use.
| Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
| Detecting Module: IAXMT
| Routing Code: 1
| Descriptor Code: 12
| IAR037A xxxxxxxxM OF STORAGE-CLASS MEMORY (SCM) IN ERROR. REPLY C TO CONTINUE THE IPL
| WITH yyyyyyyyM SCM ONLINE.
| Explanation: The system determined that a portion of storage-class memory (SCM) is in the permanent error state.
| The SCM in error cannot be used for paging and was left logically offline. xxxxxxxxM is the amount of SCM that was
| found to be in the permanent error state. yyyyyyyyM is the amount of SCM that was brought online and is available
| for paging.
| System action: The system waits for confirmation to continue the IPL.
| Operator response: Check with the system programmer.
| System programmer response: Determine if there is enough paging space for the system to function. The paging
| space is the amount of SCM that is online, plus any paging data sets. If sufficient paging space exists, then reply C to
| let the system IPL normally. Otherwise, add more SCM or page data sets and then IPL the system.
| Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
| Detecting Module: IAXBI
| Routing Code: 1
| Descriptor Code: 2
| Note: This message is issued regardless of whether the LFAREA parameter was specified.
| System action: The IPL continues.
| IAR041I LFAREA=(specification) WAS SPECIFIED BUT [2GB PAGE SUPPORT | 1MB PAGE SUPPORT IS
| AND 2GB PAGE SUPPORT ARE] NOT AVAILABLE.
| Explanation: The LFAREA parameter was specified using xM, xG, xT, or x% syntax or 1M= or 2G= syntax, but the
| required hardware support is not available.
| System action: If xM, xG, xT, or x% syntax was specified, the LFAREA specification is ignored and zero 1MB and
| zero 2GB pages are reserved in the large frame area.
| If 1M= or 2G= syntax was specified:
| v If a minimum amount of zero was specified for the page size or sizes that are not supported (for example,
| LFAREA=(1M=(4096,0),2G=(8,0)) or LFAREA=(1M=(4096,0),2G=(0) ), no pages are reserved in the large frame area
| for the unsupported page size or sizes and the IPL continues.
| v If a nonzero minimum amount was specified for the page size or sizes that are not supported (for example,
| LFAREA=(1M=(4096,1024),2G=(8,2)) or LFAREA=(1M=4096),2G=(8)) ), and PROMPT was specified explicitly or by
| default, the system prompts for reentry of the LFAREA parameter.
| v If a nonzero minimum amount was specified for the page size or sizes that are not supported, and NOPROMPT
| was specified, the LFAREA specification is ignored and zero 1MB and zero 2GB pages are reserved in the large
| frame area.
| Operator response: Ensure that the correct IEASYSxx member is used for this IPL. If the correct IEASYSxx member
| is used, but sufficient storage is not available, contact your system programmer.
| System programmer response: If 1MB or 2GB pages are required, ensure that the required hardware support is
| installed. Using 1MB pages requires installation of the enhanced DAT facility. Using 2GB pages requires installation
| of the enhanced DAT facility 2.
| Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
| Detecting Module: IAXMT
| Routing Code: 1
| Descriptor Code: 12
| IAR042I LFAREA=(specification) WAS SPECIFIED WHICH RESULTS IN A REQUEST FOR ZERO 1MB AND
| ZERO 2GB PAGES.
| Explanation: The LFAREA parameter specified a nonzero percentage, which resulted in a request for zero 1MB and
| zero 2GB pages. This can occur if the specified percentage is small, or if there is a small or insufficient amount of
| available online storage. If xM, xG, xT, or x% syntax is specified, a percentage request is calculated by first
| multiplying the percentage by the online real storage, and then subtracting 2G: (percentage * online real storage) – 2G.
| However, if 1M= or 2G= syntax is specified, a percentage request is calculated by first subtracting 4G from the online
| real storage, and then multiplying that by the percentage: (online real storage – 4G) * percentage. The result is then
| rounded down to the nearest respective 1MB or 2GB page boundary, which could result in a zero value.
| For example, on a 13G system, a request for LFAREA=(2G=10%) is calculated as 0.10 * (13G – 4G) = 0.9G, which
| rounded down to the nearest 2G page boundary becomes zero. In this example, a request for at least 23% is required
| to reserve at least one page, which is calculated as 0.23 * (13G – 4G) = 2.07G which is then rounded down to 2G. This
| message is issued when either a nonzero target percentage or a nonzero minimum percentage results in a request for
| zero target or zero minimum pages.
| System action: The system issues message IAR045I for each area with the amount of available storage and the
| minimum percentage required for at least one page. In addition, the system responds as follows if a nonzero
| percentage results in a request for zero pages because of insufficient storage:
| v If xM, xG, xT, or x% syntax was specified, the system reserves zero 1MB and zero 2G= pages and continues the
| IPL.
| v If 1M= or 2G= syntax was specified:
| – If PROMPT was specified, either explicitly or by default, the system prompts for reentry of the LFAREA
| parameter.
| – If NOPROMPT was specified, the LFAREA specification is ignored and zero 1MB or 2GB pages are reserved in
| the large frame area and IPL continues.
| Operator response: Ensure that the correct IEASYSxx member is used for this IPL. If the correct IEASYSxx member
| is used, but sufficient storage is not available, contact your system programmer.
| System programmer response: If 1MB or 2GB pages are required, ensure that enough storage is installed for the
| z/OS image and that the requested percentage is large enough to reserve the intended number of pages.
| Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
| Detecting Module: IAXMT
| Routing Code: 1
| Descriptor Code: 12
| IAR043I LFAREA=(specification) WAS SPECIFIED WHICH TOTALS [xxxxxxxM | xxxxG | xT] AND EXCEEDS
| THE SYSTEM LIMIT OF [yyyyyyyM | yyyyG | yT].
| Explanation: The LFAREA parameter specified for real storage to be reserved in the large frame area for 1MB or
| 2GB pages, but the request exceeds the system limit. If xM, xG, xT, or x% syntax is specified, the percentage request
| is calculated by first multiplying the percentage by the online real storage, and then subtracting 2G: (percentage *
| online real storage) – 2G. If 1M= or 2G= syntax is specified, the percentage request is calculated by first subtracting 4G
| from the online real storage, and then multiplying that by the percentage: (online real storage – 4G) * percentage. For
| 1M= and 2G= syntax, when both a target and a minimum amount are provided, the minimum amount is applied
| toward the limit and is used in the total amount indicated.
| System action: The system issues message IAR045I with the amount of available storage. In addition, the system
| responds as follows if a nonzero percentage results in a request for zero pages because of insufficient storage:
| v If xM, xG, xT, or x% syntax was specified, the system prompts for reentry of the LFAREA parameter.
| v If 1M= or 2G= syntax was specified:
| – If PROMPT was specified, either explicitly or by default, the system prompts for reentry of the LFAREA
| parameter.
| – If NOPROMPT was specified, the LFAREA specification is ignored and zero 1MB and zero 2GB pages are
| reserved in the large frame area and IPL continues.
| Operator response: Ensure that the correct IEASYSxx member is used for this IPL. If the correct IEASYSxx member
| is used, but sufficient storage is not available, contact your system programmer.
| System programmer response: If 1MB or 2GB pages are required, ensure that enough storage is installed for the
| z/OS image such that the requested amount of storage is not over the limit. Refer to the output of message IAR040I
| for the system limits.
| Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
| Detecting Module: IAXMT
| Routing Code: 1
| Descriptor Code: 12
| IAR044I LFAREA=(specification) WAS SPECIFIED WHICH EXCEEDS THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE IN THE
| LARGE FRAME AREA.
| Explanation: The LFAREA parameter specified for real storage to be reserved in the large frame area for 1MB or
| 2GB pages, but the request exceeds the online storage that is available for the large frame area. If the total amount of
| online real storage appears to be sufficient, storage fragmentation caused by offline storage can result in an
| insufficient number of 2GB pages being formed. For 1M= or 2G= syntax, when both a target and a minimum amount
| are provided, the minimum amount is compared against the available amount.
| System action: The system issues message IAR045I with the amount of available storage:
| v If xM, xG, xT, or x% syntax was specified, the system attempts to satisfy the request at a lesser amount and
| continue the IPL.
| v If 1M= or 2G= syntax was specified:
| – If PROMPT was specified, either explicitly or by default, the system prompts for reentry of the LFAREA
| parameter.
| – If NOPROMPT was specified, the LFAREA specification is ignored and zero 1MB and zero 2GB pages are
| reserved in the large frame area and IPL continues.
| Operator response: Ensure that the correct IEASYSxx member is used for this IPL. If the correct IEASYSxx member
| is used, but sufficient storage is not available, contact your system programmer.
| System programmer response: If 1MB or 2GB pages are required, ensure that enough contiguous storage is installed
| for the z/OS image. Refer to the output of message IAR040I for the number of 2GB pages that can be reserved.
| Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
| Detecting Module: IAXMT
| Routing Code: 1
| Descriptor Code: 12
| IAR045I VALID RANGE FOR LFAREA [xM, xG, xT | 1M= | 2G=] IS 0[M] TO xxxxxxx[M], OR 0% TO xx%.
| A MINIMUM OF yy% MUST BE SPECIFIED TO RESERVE AT LEAST ONE [1MB | 2GB] PAGE.
| Explanation: This message is issued after an error is detected in the LFAREA specification. This message is issued
| three times:
| 1. Once for 1MB pages using xM, xG, xT, or x% syntax.
| 2. Once for 1MB pages using 1M= syntax.
| 3. Once for 2GB pages using 2G= syntax.
| The message describes the valid values or ranges that can be specified for the 1MB and 2GB pages, and the
| minimum percentage that must be specified to reserve at least one 1MB or one 2GB page. The values indicate the
| amounts that can be specified as if only 1MB pages or only 2GB pages will be requested; when both 1MB and 2GB
| pages are requested, the sum of the requested amounts must not exceed the system limit.
| If the xM, xG, xT, or x% syntax is used, the system limit is calculated by first taking 80% of the online real storage at
| IPL, and then subtracting 2G: (80% * online real storage at IPL) - 2G. If the 1M= and 2G= syntax is used, the system
| limit is calculated by first subtracting 4G from the online real storage at IPL, and then multiplying that by 80%:
| (online real storage at IPL – 4GB) * 80%. Message IAR043I is issued if the requested amount is greater than the system
| limit.
| The range of percentages is included to reflect the valid range of pages, but there can be percentage values within the
| range that are between pages or less than a full page. Percentage requests are rounded down to the nearest 1MB or
| 2GB page boundary, which results in a request for zero pages if the calculation is less than one page. The minimum
| percentage required to reserve at least one page is provided in this message. Message IAR042I is issued if the
| requested percentage is not enough to reserve at least one page.
| A valid value of zero is indicated when the required hardware support is not available, or when there is not enough
| storage available for the large frame area, which is typically a result of fragmentation caused by offline storage.
| System action: The system continues and might prompt for reentry of the LFAREA value, depending on the error
| IAR047I AT THE FOLLOWING PROMPT, SPECIFY THE COMPLETE LFAREA PARAMETER OR PRESS
| ENTER FOR ZERO 1MB AND ZERO 2GB PAGES
| Explanation: The LFAREA specification has one or more errors and the system will prompt for reentry of the
| LFAREA parmater. If the ENTER key is pressed instead of reentering the LFAREA specification, the system will
| reserve zero 1MB and zero 2GB pages.
| System action: The system continues and issues message IEA341A to prompt for reentry of the LFAREA parameter.
| Operator response: Contact the system programmer for a valid LFAREA specification to reenter.
| System programmer response: Provide a valid LFAREA specification when prompted. The LFAREA specification
| must include 1M= and 2G= if 1MB and 2G= pages are required. If no 1MB or 2G= pages are required, a specification
| of LFAREA=(1M=0,2G=0) provides a clear record of that intent. Refer to z/OS MVS Initialization and Tuning Reference
| for details on specifying the LFAREA parameter.
| Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
| Detecting Module: IAXMT
| Routing Code: 1
| Descriptor Code: 12
| IAR048I [LFAREA=(specification) WAS PROCESSED | LFAREA WAS NOT SPECIFIED | LFAREA WAS
| CANCELED] WHICH RESULTED IN xxxxxxx 1MB PAGE[S] AND yyyyyyy 2GB PAGE[S] [.
| REQUEST REDUCED DUE TO: | DUE TO: NOPROMPT SPECIFIED AND]
| [INSUFFICIENT STORAGE.]
| [OVER SYSTEM LIMIT.]
| [NO HARDWARE SUPPORT.]
| [INSUFFICIENT STORAGE AND OVER SYSTEM LIMIT.]
| [INSUFFICIENT STORAGE AND NO HARDWARE SUPPORT.]
| [OVER SYSTEM LIMIT AND NO HARDWARE SUPPORT.]
| Explanation: The LFAREA parameter was correctly specified, or was not specified, or was canceled and which
| resulted in the indicated number of 1MB and 2GB pages being reserved in the large frame area. The additional text is
| provided when the indicated conditions resulted in a reduced amount or zero pages. pages.
| System action: The system continues. If 1MB or 2GB pages were reserved in the large frame area, these pages are
| available for use.
| Operator response: None.
| System programmer response: Review this message to determine whether the intended number of 1MB and 2GB
| pages were reserved. Refer to the output of message IAR040I to determine whether the online storage at IPL is as
| expected.
| Source: Real storage manager (RSM)
| Detecting Module: IAXMT
| Routing Code: 1
| Descriptor Code: 12
IARH101I No V=R storage has been defined in this system. This is the IBM suggestion if no V=R jobs will be
executed.
Explanation: n/a
System action: n/a
Operator response: n/a
System programmer response: n/a
Problem determination: n/a
Source: n/a
IARH102I No reconfigurable storage (RSU) has been defined on this system. This is the IBM suggestion if
storage is not required to be reconfigurable.
Explanation: n/a
System action: n/a
Operator response: n/a
System programmer response: n/a
Problem determination: n/a
Source: n/a
Reference Documentation: n/a
Automation: n/a
Detecting Module: RSM
Routing Code: n/a
Descriptor Code: n/a
IARH108I The current number of in use CADS entries is current, which represents pct% of the total allowed
CADS entries of total. The highest usage of CADS entries during this IPL is hwmpct%, or hwm total
entries. This is below the current checkowner_or_installation supplied threshold of threshold%.
Explanation: n/a
System action: n/a
Operator response: n/a
System programmer response: n/a
Problem determination: n/a
Source: n/a
Reference Documentation: n/a
Automation: n/a
Detecting Module: RSM
Routing Code: n/a
Descriptor Code: n/a
IARH109I The current setting of MEMLIMIT in SMFPRMxx is current bytes. For more information on this
value, consult z/OS MVS Initialization and Tuning Reference.
Explanation: n/a
System action: n/a
Operator response: n/a
System programmer response: n/a
Problem determination: n/a
Source: n/a
Reference Documentation: n/a
Automation: n/a
Detecting Module: RSM
Routing Code: n/a
Descriptor Code: n/a
IARH110I The current setting of HVSHARE in IEASYSxx is current bytes. This matches the
checkowner_or_installation suggested value of HVSHARE. pct% of the high virtual shared area is
currently allocated. The highest allocation during this IPL has been hwmpct%, or hwm. A warning
will be generated if the allocation of shared high virtual surpasses threshold%.
Explanation: n/a
System action: n/a
Operator response: n/a
System programmer response: n/a
Problem determination: n/a
Source: n/a
Reference Documentation: n/a
Automation: n/a
Detecting Module: RSM
Routing Code: n/a
Descriptor Code: n/a
IARH500L check_name module debugstr Entry Code: entrycode Function Code: functioncode
Explanation: check_owner error detected.
System action: n/a
Operator response: n/a
System programmer response: n/a
Problem determination: n/a
Source: n/a
Reference Documentation: n/a
Automation: n/a
Detecting Module: RSM
Routing Code: n/a
Descriptor Code: n/a
IARH501L A failure was detected by modname, service RC: retcode RSN: reason
Explanation: An internal error occurred. Contact the owner for problem assistance.
System action: n/a
Operator response: n/a
System programmer response: n/a
IARH502L check_name was entered with unexpected checker function code. Entry Code entry code, Function code
function code.
Explanation: An internal error occurred. Contact the owner for problem assistance.
System action: n/a
Operator response: n/a
System programmer response: n/a
Problem determination: n/a
Source: n/a
Reference Documentation: n/a
Automation: n/a
Detecting Module: RSM
Routing Code: n/a
Descriptor Code: n/a
IARH503L check_name was entered with unexpected checker entry code. Entry Code entry code, Function code
function code.
Explanation: An internal error occurred. Contact the owner for problem assistance.
System action: n/a
Operator response: n/a
System programmer response: n/a
Problem determination: n/a
Source: n/a
Reference Documentation: n/a
Automation: n/a
Detecting Module: RSM
Routing Code: n/a
Descriptor Code: n/a
IARH901I
IAZ0003I server_name Storage for IAZCMTCB data area could not be obtained
Explanation: The NETSERV initialization could not complete because storage could not be obtained for the MTCB.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
System action: The NETSERV is terminated with an X'EC8' abend. The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Try to start the NETSERV again. If the problem persists, notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: NETSERV server initialization
IAZ0004I server_name Client ID could not be obtained for NETSERV server, rc:rc
Explanation: The NETSERV initialization could not be completed because the server task could not retrieve a client
id from TCP/IP. This message is preceded by message IAZ0545I, which provides additional diagnosis information.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
rc The error value from the __getclientid() service.
System action: The NETSERV is terminated with an X'EC8' abend. The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Try to start the NETSERV again. If the problem persists, notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: NETSERV server initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0006I server_name Socket chain could not be created for the NETSERV server
Explanation: The NETSERV initialization failed.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
System action: The NETSERV is terminated with an X'EC8' abend. The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Try to start the NETSERV again. If the problem persists, notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Try to restart the server. If the problem persists, obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and
other relevant documentation, and contact the IBM Support Center.
IAZ0009I server_name device_name SCB value found not valid while decompressing NJE data
Explanation: The decompression routine on the receiving side of the connection encountered an error while
decompressing received data on the socket.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or the socket name if the device name does not exist.
System action: The X'EC8' abend is issued after the message and the corresponding socket connection is terminated.
The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: NETSERV processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0010I server_name device_name Transmitter issued a Terminate and ABEND link command
Explanation: The transmitter sub-device has detected an error and requested that the socket connection be
terminated.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or the socket name if the device name does not exist.
System action: The X'EC8' abend with is issued after the message and the corresponding socket connection is
terminated. The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center. JES2 ($HASP) or JES3 (IAT) messages preceding this message might be useful for problem
determination.
Source: Data transmission on the socket
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0011I server_name device_name Receiver issued a Terminate and ABEND link command
Explanation: An error was detected in the data passed to a JES specific processing routine associated with sending
or receiving data for a sub-device. The processing routine requested that the socket connection be terminated and
that a dump be taken.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or the socket name if the device name does not exist.
System action: The X'EC8' abend with is issued after the message and the corresponding socket connection is
terminated. The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center. JES2 ($HASP) or JES3 (IAT) messages preceding this message might be useful for problem
determination.
IAZ0012I server_name device_name NRQ chain element not valid in socket NRQ chain
Explanation: An internal error occurred processing the NRQ chain.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or the socket name if the device name does not exist.
System action: The X'EC8' abend with is issued after the message and the corresponding socket connection is
terminated. The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: Process NRQ chain for the connection
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0013I server_name device_name Attempt to send Job data on the transmitter before the stream is active
Explanation: The transmitter sub-device attempted to send NJE data on the socket connection while it was not in an
active state.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or the socket name if the device name does not exist.
System action: The X'EC8' abend is issued after the message and the corresponding socket connection is terminated.
The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: Process NRQ chain for the connection
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0014I server_name device_name Transmitter buffer status not marked inprogress when being sent to TCP/IP
Explanation: An internal error occurred while attempting to send data on the TCP/IP socket connection.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or the socket name if the device name does not exist.
System action: The X'EC8' abend is issued after the message and the corresponding socket connection is terminated.
The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: Data transmission on the socket connection
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0015I server_name IAZCMTST pointer not valid in socket subtask parameter list
Explanation: The address of the IAZCMTST data area passed to the socket connection subtask from the NETSERV
server main task in its parameter list is corrupted.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
System action: The X'EC8' abend is issued after the message and the corresponding socket connection is terminated.
The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
If the address space only has problems when the level of activity reaches a certain level and the problem goes away
when the number of active sockets is kept low, it is mostly likely that installation exits require significant amounts of
storage. You may need to use an additional NETSERV address space to handle the number of connections.
Source: NETSERV server processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0018I server_name NRQ chain element not valid in Server IAZYTNRQ chain
Explanation: An internal error was encountered processing JES commands.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
System action: Depending on when the error was encountered, either the socket connection or the NETSERV is
terminated with an X'EC8' abend. The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: NJETCP server work processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
msgtext
One of the following:
v Internal error while resolving IP address of remote peer
v Internal error during NJETCP Signon
v Internal error while transmitting data on socket
v Internal error while receiving data on socket
retcode
Possible return codes, which are as listed in the table:
Value Description
1 JES input validation Error
2 Storage Allocation Error - Storage shortage condition
System action: The X'EC8' abend is issued after the message and the corresponding socket connection is terminated.
The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0020I server_name Storage not obtained for IAZYTSCT data area. Connection terminated
Explanation: Private storage for the main data area associated with a socket connection subtask (mapped by
IAZYTSCT) could not be obtained. This probably resulted from a shortage of above the line private storage.
The NETSERV address space limits the number of connections allowed in a single address space based on the size of
the available private storage region when the address space starts. When installation exits that get control in the
NETSERV address space use significant amounts of private storage or fail to free storage after it is no longer needed,
this condition can result in a storage shortage.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
System action: The NETSERV socket connection is terminated. The X'EC8' abend is issued after the message and the
corresponding socket connection is terminated. The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: If the address space only has problems when it has run for a long time and the
number of socket connections remains constant, the problem is most likely to be related to storage leaks. Examine the
dump for storage leaks associated with data areas obtained in installation exits. If the problem appears to be related
to a storage leak in IBM code or the NETSERV allowing more connections than the address space can support, obtain
the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the IBM Support Center.
If the address space only has problems when the level of activity reaches a certain level and the problem goes away
when the number of active sockets is kept low, it is mostly likely that installation exits require significant amounts of
storage. You may need to use an additional NETSERV address space to handle the number of connections.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0021I server_name device_name NJETCP Signon error: Record not valid - Expecting DLE ACK0
Explanation: An internal error occurred.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or the socket name if the device name does not exist.
System action: NETSERV socket connection is terminated. The X'EC8' abend is issued after the message and the
corresponding socket connection is terminated. The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0022I server_name device_name NJETCP Signon error: Record not valid - Expecting SYN NAK or SOHENQ
Explanation: An internal error occurred.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or the socket name if the device name does not exist.
System action: NETSERV socket connection is terminated. The X'EC8' abend is issued after the message and the
corresponding socket connection is terminated. The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0023I server_name device_name Call again processing failed for receiver: rcvno
Explanation: An unexpected error was received while calling a JES specific processing routine. The error occurred
when attempting to reprocess a record that had been previously passed to the JES specific processing routine.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or the socket name if the device name does not exist.
rcvno
The receiver number.
System action: NETSERV socket connection is terminated. The X'EC8' abend is issued after the message and the
corresponding socket connection is terminated. The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: NETSERV socket processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0024I server_name device_name Call again processing failed for transmitter: xmtno
Explanation: An unexpected error was received while calling a JES specific processing routine. The error occurred
when attempting to obtain a record to process from the JES specific processing routine.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or the socket name if the device name does not exist.
xmtno
The transmitter number.
System action: NETSERV socket connection is terminated. The X'EC8' abend is issued after the message and the
corresponding socket connection is terminated. The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: NETSERV socket processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0025I server_name device_name Attempt to send data on the stream with pending transmitter cancel
Explanation: Data transmission was attempted while a cancel is pending. This is an internal error.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or socket name if the device name does not exist.
System action: NETSERV socket connection is terminated. The X'EC8' abend is issued after the message and the
corresponding socket connection is terminated. The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: JOB/SYSOUT transmitter processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0026I server_name user security profile missing or OMVS segment not defined
Explanation: The network server is not authorized to OMVS and therefore cannot be started.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
System action: The server address space is ended and the network server device is brought down.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Ensure that the userids associated with the JES and network server address spaces
are defined with an OMVS segment.
Source: NETSERV server initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
System action: The X'EC8' abend is issued after the message and the corresponding socket connection is terminated.
The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Restart the connection. If the problem persists, notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the
IBM Support Center.
Source: JES Common
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0029I server_name device_name Storage was not obtained for XRB buffers. Connection terminated
Explanation: A malloc() for the XRB failed when starting a connection. Processing cannot continue.
The NETSERV address space limits the number of connections allowed in a single address space based on the size of
the available private storage region when the address space starts. When installation exits that get control in the
NETSERV address space use significant amounts of private storage or fail to free storage after it is no longer needed,
this condition can result in a storage shortage.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or socket name if the device name does not exist.
System action: The X'EC8' abend is issued after the message and the corresponding socket connection is terminated.
The system writes an abend dump so that storage utilization can be analyzed.
Operator response: Start additional NETSRV servers to handle the connections.
System programmer response: If the address space only has problems when it has run for a long time and the
number of socket connections remains constant, the problem is most likely to be related to storage leaks. Examine the
dump for storage leaks associated with data areas obtained in installation exits. If the problem appears to be related
to a storage leak in IBM code or the NETSERV allowing more connections than the address space can support, obtain
the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation, and contact the IBM Support Center.
If the address space only has problems when the level of activity reaches a certain level and the problem goes away
when the number of active sockets is kept low, it is mostly likely that installation exits require significant amounts of
storage. You may need to use an additional NETSERV address space to handle the number of connections.
Source: JES Common
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
System programmer response: See z/OS Communications Server: IP Sockets Application Programming Interface Guide and
Reference for the description of the socket() service and the possible return codes.
Source: NETSERV SOCKET INITIALIZATION
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0501I server_name Bind for the server socket failed TCP/IP rc: rc
Explanation: The bind for either the server socket or a client socket failed. This message is preceded by message
IAZ0545I, which provides additional diagnosis information.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
rc The TCP/IP return code.
System action: None.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: See z/OS Communications Server: IP Sockets Application Programming Interface Guide and
Reference for the description of the bind() service and the possible return codes.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0502I server_name Listen for the server socket failed, TCP/IP rc: rc
Explanation: The NETSERV initialization could not be completed because the server task could not prepare for
incoming client requests.
This message is preceded by message IAZ0545I, which provides additional diagnosis information.
In the message text:
server_name
NJETCP server name
rc The errno value from the TCP/IP listen() service.
System action: The NETSERV is terminated.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: See z/OS Communications Server: IP Sockets Application Programming Interface Guide and
Reference for the description of the listen() service and the possible return codes.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0503I server_name Host processor name could not be obtained, TCP/IP rc: rc
Explanation: The NETSERV initialization could not be completed because the host processor name could not be
obtained.
This message is preceded by message IAZ0545I, which provides additional diagnosis information.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
rc The errno value from the TCP/IP gethostname() service.
System action: The NETSERV is brought down.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: See z/OS Communications Server: IP Sockets Application Programming Interface Guide and
Reference for the description of gethostname() service and the possible return codes.
Source: NETSERV server initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0504I server_name Local host IP address could not be resolved, TCP/IP rc: rc
Explanation: The NETSERV initialization could not be completed because the host IP address could not be resolved.
This message is preceded by message IAZ0545I, which provides additional diagnosis information.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
rc The return code from the TCP/IP service getaddrinfo().
System action: The NETSERV is brought down.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: See z/OS Communications Server: IP Sockets Application Programming Interface Guide and
Reference for the description of the getaddrinfo() service and the possible return codes.
Source: NETSERV server initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
protocol TCP. You can either correct the TCP/IP definition for the service name or associate an numeric port number
with your NETSERV.
Source: NETSERV server initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0507I server_name Client ID could not be obtained for NETSERV server, TCP/IP rc: rc
Explanation: The NETSERV initialization could not be completed because the NETSERV client id could not be
obtained.
This message is preceded by message IAZ0545I, which provides additional diagnosis information.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
rc The errno value from __getclientid() service.
System action: The NETSERV is brought down.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: See z/OS Communications Server: IP Sockets Application Programming Interface Guide and
Reference for the description of __getclientid() service and the possible return codes. Check for any TCP/IP related
problems that can be traced from the return code. If cannot be traced, report the problem to the IBM Support Center.
Source: NETSERV server initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0510I server_name NJETCP server bringing down all TCP/IP socket connections
Explanation: The message is issued as a result of a Reset server command (to the NETSERV server) and the
NETSERV is currently bringing down all the TCP/IP socket connections that are active.
This process may take some time depending on the state of the socket connections. Eventually all the socket
connections are closed and the server is in a state that it was when it was initially started without any socket
connections.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
System action: All the active TCP/IP socket connections on the NJETCP server are closed after this message is
issued.
Operator response: None.
System programmer response: None.
Source: NETSERV server reset
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0511I server_name Server port number could not be resolved, DEFAULT assumed: portno
Explanation: When a non-numeric TCP/IP service name was provided instead of a numeric port number, and the
NETSERV was not able to resolve the service name to a port number, a default port number was assumed.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
portno
The default port number is assumed as follows:
v For JES2,
– If SECURE=YES is specified on the socket statement that is used for starting the NETSERV, the default port
number assumed is 2252.
– If SECURE=YES is not specified or if SECURE=NO is specified the default port number is 175.
v For JES3, the default port number is 175.
System action: None.
Operator response: None.
System programmer response: None.
Source: NETSERV server initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8,43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0512I server_name NJETCP Server cannot accept inbound requests due to storage shortage condition
Explanation: A storage shortage condition existed. New inbound connections on the server could not be accepted
until the storage shortage condition is relieved.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
System action: IAZ0539I will be issued once the storage shortage condition is relieved.
Operator response: None.
System programmer response: None.
Source: NETSERV server processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0516I server_name device_name Error while closing client socket, TCP/IP rc: rc
Explanation: The close() service failed.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or socket name if the device name does not exist.
rc The errno issued by the TCP/IP close() service.
System action: The NETSERV socket connection is terminated after this message is issued. This message does not
influence the termination of the connection.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: See z/OS Communications Server: IP Sockets Application Programming Interface Guide and
Reference for the description of the close() service and the possible return codes.
Source: NETSERV socket close
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK, IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0518I server_name device_name Error sending data on the socket, TCP/IP rc: rc
Explanation: An attempt to send data on a socket failed.
This message is preceded by message IAZ0545I, which provides additional diagnostic information.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or socket name if the device name does not exist.
rc The errno value from the TCP/IP send() service.
System action: The NETSERV socket connection is terminated.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: See z/OS Communications Server: IP Sockets Application Programming Interface Guide and
Reference for the description of the send() service and the possible return codes.
Source: NETSERV socket processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0520I server_name NJETCP Signon error: OHOST value not valid in rcdtype
Explanation: In the IPv4 TCP/IP NJE, TCP/IP signon processing, OPEN/OPEN SSL and ACK records are
exchanged by either of the connecting nodes. If the connection is secured by SSL, an OPEN SSL record is exchanged
instead of an OPEN. If the OHOST value in the OPEN , OPEN SSL or ACK records is not valid (that is expected by
the node receiving the record), the error message is issued.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
rcdtype
The rcdtype can be any one of OPEN or OPEN SSL or ACK. See operator response for more details.
System action: The socket connection is brought down after issuing this message.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: If this message is issued for an inbound connection and the rcdtype is OPEN/OPEN
SSL, the remote node probable specified an incorrect node name on the socket statement. Contact that node and
verify that the correct node name or number is associated with the IP address it is attempting to connect to.
If this message is issued for an outbound connection and the rcdtype is ACK, the remote node accepted the OPEN
/OPEN SSL sent by the local node, however sent the OHOST incorrectly in the ACK record. Contact the remote node
and verify that it has correctly defined the local node.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization - TCP/IP signon
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0521I server_name NJETCP Signon error: RHOST value not valid in rcdtype
Explanation: In the IPv4 TCP/IP NJE, TCP/IP signon processing, OPEN/OPEN SSL and ACK records are
exchanged by either of the connecting nodes. If the connection is secured by SSL, an OPEN SSL record is exchanged
instead of an OPEN record. If the RHOST value in the OPEN , OPEN SSL or ACK records is not valid (that is
expected by the node receiving the record), the error message is issued.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
rcdtype
The rcdtype can be any one of OPEN or OPEN SSL or ACK. See system programmer response for more details.
System action: The socket connection is brought down after issuing this message.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: If this message is issued for an inbound connection and the rcdtype is OPEN/OPEN
SSL, the remote node probably filled in its node name or its IP address incorrectly in the OPEN/OPEN SSL record.
Contact that node and verify that the correct node name or number is associated with the IP address it is attempting
to connect to.
If this message is issued for an outbound connection and the rcdtype is ACK, the remote node accepted the
OPEN/OPEN SSL sent by the local node, however sent its RHOST (its node name or its IP address) incorrectly in the
ACK record. Contact the remote node and verify that it has correctly defined the local node.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization - TCP/IP signon
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0522I server_name NJETCP Signon error: NAK received for OPEN, rsn: rsn
Explanation: An NAK record is received as a response to the TCP/IP Signon record OPEN/OPEN SSL.
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
rsn
The NAK reason code.
System action: The NETSERV socket connection is terminated after this message.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: See Network Job Entry (NJE) Formats and Protocolsfor the description of NAK reason
codes and the possible reasons.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization - TCP/IP signon
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0523I server_name device_name Error return from Subtask Init routine. Connection terminated. rc: rc
Explanation: The socket connection did not initialize because of an error in the socket subtask initialization routine.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or socket name if the device name does not exist.
rc The return code from the JES specific subtask initialization routine. This is an internal return code whose
meaning depends on the JES being used.
System action: NETSERV socket connection is terminated.
Operator response: Notify your system programmer.
System programmer response: Look for any HASP or IAT messages (depending on the JES in use) which preceded
this message. Additionally, in the case of JES2, check if an active line device is available for starting the connection. If
the problem persists, contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0524I server_name TCP/IP Signon record not valid: ACK or NAK expected
Explanation: During signon of a node using TCP/IP protocol, a signon record was detected that contained neither
ACK nor NAK. Possible causes of this condition are:
v Corruption of the signon record.
v The remote node IP address and port values are not valid on the socket statement.
IAZ0525I server_name device_name Inbound BCB count not valid in received buffer
Explanation: The BCB count for the buffer received on the socket connection is not the expected value for the
connection. The receive buffer is processed in spite of the message. In TCP/IP NJE, BCB counts are ignored. The
message is for informational purposes only.
If the buffers are not sent in the correct order by the transmitting side, other messages are issued indicating so and
the job stream is discarded.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or socket name if the device name does not exist.
System action: The NETSERV socket connection is terminated. The X'EC8' abend is issued after the message and the
corresponding socket connection is terminated. The system writes an abend dump.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Obtain the X'EC8' abend dump and other relevant documentation and contact the
IBM support center.
Source: NETSERV socket processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0527I server_name Duplicate socket found in socket chain with same IP address and Port, current outbound
request terminated
Explanation: While initializing a socket for a TCP/IP NJE connection, a socket was found containing the same name
as that of the outbound socket to be initialized. A possible cause of this is that a socket connection to the same
remote node with the same IP address and port was not active in TCP/IP but the status was not updated in the
NETSERV.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
System action: The current outbound NETSERV socket connection is not established.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Close the existing connection using relevant JES commands and start the new socket
connection.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization for outbound requests
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0528I server_name IP address of remote peer could not be resolved, TCP/IP rc: rc
Explanation: During a start socket request, the NETSERV was unable to establish a connection to the requested IP
address (or host name) and port. This error is preceded by message IAZ0545I, which reports a return code from the
failing TCP/IP service.
If the connection is defined using an IP address, the most likely cause of this message is that the IP address and port
combination does not exist on the internet. If the connection is defined using a host name, a possible cause of this
problem is that the host name and/or port are not correctly defined in TCP/IP.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
rc The return code from the TCP/IP service getaddrinfo().
System action: NETSERV socket connection is not established.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: See z/OS Communications Server: IP Sockets Application Programming Interface Guide and
Reference for the description of the failing TCP/IP service and the possible return codes.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0529I server_name Port number of remote peer could not be resolved by getservbyname() service
Explanation: An error occurred during a call to the getservbyname() service.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
System action: The NETSERV socket connection is brought down after this message is issued.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: If a service name (port name) is associated with the target SOCKET statement
instead of a numeric port number, make sure that the service name specified is resolvable. If not, specify the port
number to which the server can connect to.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0530I server_name NJETCP Signon error: ONODE value not valid in rcdtype
Explanation: When a TCP/IP NJE signon is attempted using an IPv6 IP address, OPENNJE and ACKNJE records
are exchanged by either of the connecting nodes. This message is issued if the ONODE value in the "OPENNJE" or
"ACKNJE" records does not have a valid value as seen by the node receiving the record.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
rcdtype
The rcdtype can be either OPENNJE or ACKNJE. See system programmer response for more information.
System action: The socket connection is brought down after this message is issued.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: If this message is issued for an inbound connection and the rcdtype is OPENNJE,
verify that the remote node specified a correct node name on the SOCKET statement.
If this message is issued for an outbound connection and the rcdtype is ACKNJE, the remote node accepted the
OPENNJE sent by the local node but sent the ONODE incorrectly in the ACKNJE record.
If no definition errors are found and this problem persists, use the appropriate JES commands to collect NETSERV
trace data for JES and COMMON trace points. Traces from the remote node can also be required using the
appropriate trace commands for that operating system. Use the trace information collected to search problem
reporting databases for a fix to this problem. More information on NJE and NETSERV tracing can be found in the
Diagnosis manuals for the corresponding JES. An explanation of the expected data flows can be found in Network Job
Entry (NJE) Formats and Protocols. If no fix is found, contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization- TCP/IP signon
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0533I server_name NJETCP Signon error: NAKNJE received for OPENNJE, rsn: rsn
Explanation: A NAKNJE record is received as a response to the TCP/IP Signon record OPENNJE.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
rsn
The NAKNJE reason code.
System action: The NETSERV socket connection is terminated after this message is issued.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: See Network Job Entry (NJE) Formats and Protocols for the description of NAKNJE
reason codes (same as NAK reason codes) and the possible reasons.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization- TCP/IP signon
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0534I server_name TCP/IP Signon record not valid: ACKNJE or NAKNJE expected
Explanation: During signon of a node using TCP/IP protocol, a signon record was detected that contained neither
ACKNJE nor NAKNJE. Possible causes of this condition are:
v Corruption of the signon record.
v The remote node IP address and port values are not valid on the socket statement.
IAZ0535I server_name NJETCP Signon error: RNODE value not valid in rcdtype
Explanation: When a TCP/IP NJE signon is attempted using an IPv6 IP address, OPENNJE and ACKNJE records
are exchanged by either of the connecting nodes. This message is issued if the RNODE value in the OPENNJE or
ACKNJE records does not have a valid value as seen by the node receiving the record.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
rcdtype
The rcdtype can be any either OPENNJE or ACKNJE. See operator response for more information.
System action: The socket connection is brought down after this message is issued.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: If this message is issued for an inbound connection and the rcdtype is OPENNJE,
the remote note may have specified its node name incorrectly in the OPENNJE record.
If this message is issued for an outbound connection and the rcdtype is ACKNJE, the remote node accepted the
OPENNJE sent by the local node but sent the RNODE incorrectly in the ACKNJE record.
If no definition errors are found and this problem persists, use the appropriate JES commands to collect NETSERV
trace data for JES and COMMON trace points. Traces from the remote node can also be required using the
appropriate trace commands for that operating system. Use the trace information collected to search problem
reporting databases for a fix to this problem. More information on NJE and NETSERV tracing can be found in the
Diagnosis manuals for the corresponding JES. An explanation of the expected data flows can be found in Network Job
Entry (NJE) Formats and Protocols. If no fix is found, contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: NETSERV socket initialization- TCP/IP signon
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
when the number of active sockets is kept low, it is mostly likely that installation exits require significant amounts of
storage. You may need to use an additional NETSERV address space to handle the number of connections.
Source: NETSERV server processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 2, 7, 8
v Stop the NETSERV server and change the appropriate TCP/IP-related parameters on the associated SOCKET or
NETSERV statements.
v Correct the TCP/IP configuration. See z/OS Communications Server: IP Configuration Guide for customization
information.
Source: NETSERV server processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 2, 7, 8
IAZ0543I server_name device_name TCP/IP connection with IP Addr: ipaddr Port: port msgtext
Explanation: The message is issued to indicate the various stages of NETSERV socket connection processing.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or socket name if the device name does not exist.
ipaddr The IP address of the remote peer
port The port number of remote peer.
msgtext One of the following:
Initiated
Successful
ended due to TCP/IP error, rc: rc (TCP/IP error code)
ended due to stop connection request
ended due to NJETCP Server request
ended due to failure of NJETCP Signon to complete within allotted time
reset due to TLS session configuration error
reset due to halt connection request
reset due to TLS session initiation failure
reset by remote peer
System action: Processing continues if the message text indicates that the connection was initiated or successful. In
all other cases the socket connection is either not established or brought down.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: If this message was issued because of a failure to establish a connection, or because
of a connection ending due to an error, this message is preceded by message IAZ0545I, which provides additional
diagnostic information.
Source: NETSERV socket processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0544I server_name device_name NJE connection with IP Addr: ipaddr Port: port msgtext
Explanation: The messages is issued to indicate the NJE status of the NETSERV socket connection with a peer node.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or socket name if the device name does not exist.
ipaddr The IP address of the remote peer.
port The port number of remote peer.
msgtext One of the following:
successful
ended due to TCP/IP error
ended on receiving a signoff record from the remote node
System action: Processing continues. If this message was issued because of a failure to establish a connection, or
because of a connection ending due to an error, this message is preceded by message IAZ0545I, which provides
additional diagnosis information.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Proceed as directed by the message IAZ0545I.
Source: NETSERV socket processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
error_text
The text of the C run-time message EDCnnnnI, corresponding to the run-time error that occurred.
System action: None.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: See z/OS Communications Server: IP Sockets Application Programming Interface Guide and
Reference for the description of the service indicated by other messages issued with this one, and the possible return
codes of that service. Using the information from the indicated return code and other IAZ messages issued with this
one, determine if the problem is with your definitions. If no definition problem is found, search problem reporting
databases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: NETSERV socket processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP / IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0547I server_name Server shutting down. TCP receive buffer size could not be set to the minimum value of
512
Explanation: The server could not set the minimum buffer size to 512, which is the minimum buffer size for the NJE
protocol.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
System action: The server address space is ended and the network server is brought down.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Ensure that the MAXRCVBUFRSIZE and RECVBUFRSIZE on the TCPCONFIG
statements in the TCP/IP configuration data set are at least 512 (and ideally, at least 32768).
Source: NETSERV processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0548I server_name device_name Connection denied. TCP receive buffer size could not be set to the minimum
value of nnnnn
Explanation: The value of MAXBUFRSIZE on the TCPCONFIG statement has been changed since the network
server was started with the value below nnnnn.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
device_name
The device name associated with the socket, or socket name if the device name does not exist.
nnnnn The minimum buffer size for the connection.
System action: The new connection is not allowed.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Ensure that the MAXRCVBUFRSIZE and RECVBUFRSIZE on the TCPCONFIG
statements in the TCP/IP configuration data set are at least nnnnn (and ideally, at least 32768). Or, restart the network
server to allow it to use the newly configured value.
Source: NETSERV socket processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJSTK
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0549I server_name Server shutting down. TCP receive buffer size could not be set to the previous value of
nnnnn
Explanation: All TCP/IP stacks that were being used by this NETSERV device were brought down, and restarted
with a new receive buffer size that is smaller than the previous receive buffer size. When the message is issued, there
are no active subdevices because TCP/IP had been stopped.
In the message text:
server_name
The NJETCP server name.
nnnnn The previous receive buffer size for the connection.
System action: The NETSERV is drained.
Operator response: Restart the NETSERV to allow it to use the new smaller buffer size.
System programmer response: None.
Source: NETSERV socket processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
IAZ0550I server_name NJETCP Server socket closed because socket limit of nnn reached
Explanation: The number of connections that can be supported in a NETSRV address space is limited by the
amount of available extended private storage. Once the limit has been reached, the server socket is closed, preventing
any new connections from being established to this NETSRV.
If there are other NETSRV address spaces that are listening to the same IP addresses and port, new connections will
be directed to those other address paces by TCP/IP. Otherwise, connections will fail.
msgtext
The verbose message issued from the NETSERV main task IAZNJTCP.
System action: None.
Operator response: None.
System programmer response: If this level of tracing is not wanted, use the appropriate JES command to turn off
VERBOSE tracing for this device.
Source: NETSERV server processing
Detecting Module: IAZNJTCP
Routing Code: 8, 43
Descriptor Code: 4
ICP050D SHOULD jobname WRITE TO LEVEL xx IOCDS? REPLY ‘YES’, ‘NO’, OR ‘CANCEL’
Explanation: A job processed the input/output configuration program (IOCP) with a WRTCDS option other than
NO on the PARM parameter of an EXEC statement.
In the message text:
jobname The jobname.
xx The specified level.
Note: If the CBD.CPC.IOCDS resource of the FACILITY class exists in an installed security product (for example,
RACF), IOCP does not issue this message to the system operator. IOCP determines your authorization to write an
input/output configuration data set (IOCDS) from your authorization to update the CBD.CPC.IOCDS resource. If the
security administrator has authorized you to update this resource, IOCP writes the IOCDS. If you are not authorized
to update the resource, IOCP does not write the IOCDS.
System action: IOCP issues this message to request permission from the system operator for the job to write to the
specified level IOCDS in the support element. If two or more jobs are allowed to update concurrently the specified
level IOCDS, the outcome could be an IOCDS that is logically inconsistent with the input from any one job. Using
this IOCDS at power-on reset or SYSIML CLEAR could produce undesirable results.
Operator response: A reply of ‘YES’ allows the job to continue processing and, if no errors are encountered, to
replace the input/output configuration data in the specified level IOCDS in the support element with the
input/output configuration data generated by this job. The operator should use the Input/Output Configuration
panel to ensure the level IOCDS is not write-protected.
A reply of ‘NO’ allows the job to continue generating input/output configuration data in storage and to produce
reports, but does not permit the job to replace the input/output configuration data in the level IOCDS in the support
element.
A reply of ‘CANCEL’ ends the job immediately with system completion code X'222'.
Source: Input/output configuration program (IOCP)
Routing Code: 1,11
Descriptor Code: 7
ICP056I IOCP JOB jobname FAILED. DID NOT BUILD LEVEL xx IOCDS.
Explanation: A job was processing the input/output configuration program (IOCP) with a WRTCDS option other
than NO on the PARM parameter of an EXEC statement.
In the message text:
jobname The jobname.
xx The specified level.
System action: IOCP ends the job with return code 8. IOCP issues this message to inform the programmer and the
system operator, if the operator previously responded to message ICP050D, that this job failed to build the level
indicated input/output configuration data set (IOCDS).
One of the following occurred:
v An error was found in the IOCP input statements
v The system operator previously replied 'NO' to message ICP050D
v The CBD.CPC.IOCDS resource of the FACILITY class has been defined to an installed security product and you
have not been authorized by the security administrator to update access to the CBD.CPC.IOCDS resource.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer that the job failed.
System programmer response: Review the messages on the job listing, and take the necessary actions.
Source: Input/output configuration program (IOCP)
Routing Code: 2,11,Note 32
Descriptor Code: 6
Note: The security administrator must ensure that an authorized person was running the key generator utility
program. More information about the requester is recorded in SMF record type 82.
System action: Key generator utility processing continues.
Source: Programmed Cryptographic Facility (PCF)
Routing Code: 9
Descriptor Code: 4
Note: The security administrator must ensure that an authorized person was running the key generator utility
program. More information about the requester is recorded in SMF record type 82.
System action: Key generator utility processing continues.
Source: Programmed Cryptographic Facility (PCF)
Routing Code: 9
Descriptor Code: 4
Note: The security administrator must ensure that an authorized person was running the key generator utility
program. More information about the requester is recorded in SMF record type 82.
System action: Key generator utility processing ends.
Application Programmer Response: Respond to the problem identified by the message appearing in the data set
defined by the SYSPRINT DD statement.
Source: Programmed Cryptographic Facility (PCF)
Routing Code: 9
Descriptor Code: 4
caused the error, move the volume containing the CKDS to an alternate device. To change the volume or device, stop
the Programmed Cryptographic Facility (via IPL or an operator STOP command) and restart it (via an operator
START command), specifying an alternate data set name on the START command, if required. Rerun the job.
To ensure that you have all the messages issued for this problem, specify MSGLEVEL=(1,1) for the job.
Source: Programmed Cryptographic Facility (PCF)
Routing Code: 2,9,10
Descriptor Code: 4
ICT021I VIOLATION ON RETKEY BY text text is USER (userid) GROUP (groupid) JOB (jjj) STEP (sss)
Explanation: An unauthorized program has issued the RETKEY SVC requesting that a data-encrypting key
enciphered under a cross key be enciphered again under the host master key. The RACF (Resource Access Control
Facility) user (userid) and group name (groupid) are given if they are available. Otherwise, the job name (jjj) and step
name (sss) are supplied. The REMKEY field in SMF record type 82 contains the label of the cross key.
Note: The security administrator must determine if an attempted security violation occurred. Follow the security
procedures established by your installation.
System action: Key manager processing ends.
Operator response: Notify the security administrator.
Source: Programmed Cryptographic Facility (PCF)
Routing Code: 9
Descriptor Code: 4
the other when setting the host master key in the CKDS that was used to initialize storage.
If the listings indicate that the host master key values are not the same, do one of the following:
v Replace the CKDS on the system with a CKDS that contains the same host master key as the one in storage. To
replace the data set, stop the Programmed Cryptographic Facility and restart it with an operator START command
that specifies the name of the CKDS that contains the correct value for the host master key. Rerun the job that
failed.
v Reinitialize storage so that the value of the host master key in storage matches the value in the CKDS currently on
the system. To reinitialize storage, you can re-IPL the system and restart the Programmed Cryptographic Facility
with an operator START command that specifies the name of the CKDS currently on the system. Or, you can
reinitialize storage with the key generator utility program, using the CHGM function and specifying a host master
key value that matches the value on the current CKDS. To run the key generator utility program, stop the
Programmed Cryptographic Facility, run the utility when there are no cryptographic sessions or jobs running on
the system, and restart the facility. Rerun the job that failed.
If host master keys are identical, or if the CKDS was not replaced, use a backup copy of the CKDS. Stop the
Programmed Cryptographic Facility and restart it specifying the name of the backup CKDS in the START command.
Do not use the original data set again. Rerun the job that failed.
Source: Programmed Cryptographic Facility (PCF)
Routing Code: 9
Descriptor Code: 4
Descriptor Code: 4
Then, use this listing to determine which control statements were processed successfully and rerun the key generator
utility program using the CHGK option to process the remaining control statements.
For information on defining and reorganizing the CKDS, see “Defining Storage for the CKDS and MKDS” in OS/VS1
and OS/VS2 MVS Programmed Cryptographic Facility: Installation Reference Manual. The commands needed to define,
reorganize and copy the data set are described in your VSAM catalog administration books.
To ensure that you have all the messages issued for this problem, specify MSGLEVEL=(1,1) for the job.
Source: Programmed Cryptographic Facility (PCF)
Detecting Module: ICTMKG00, ICTMKG01
An error was encountered when the key generator utility program attempted to read the time-of-day (TOD) clock,
the TOD clock was inoperative, or a seed value was not supplied on the EXEC statement. Processing continues;
however, no keys can be generated.
System action: Key generator utility processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: If the problem involves the TOD clock, contact your service representative. If a
seed value was not supplied, ignore this message unless message ICT1025 also appears. If message ICT1025 appears,
see the description of message ICT1025.
Source: Programmed Cryptographic Facility (PCF)
Detecting Module: ICTMKG00, ICTMKG01
An incorrect value was specified for the SETM, CHGM, or SEED parameter in the PARM field of the EXEC statement
for the key generator utility program.
System action: Key generator utility processing ends.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the value in the PARM field of the EXEC statement. A valid value
consists of 16 hexadecimal digits. (Valid hexadecimal digits are 0 through 9 and A through F.) Rerun the key
generator utility program.
To ensure that you have all the messages issued for this problem, specify MSGLEVEL=(1,1) for the job.
Source: Programmed Cryptographic Facility (PCF)
Detecting Module: ICTMKG00
Rerun the key generator utility program specifying the CHGK function on the EXEC statement and providing the
control statement that was being processed when the problem occurred.
Source: Programmed Cryptographic Facility (PCF)
Detecting Module: ICTMKG01
ICT1027 SYSTEM MASTER KEY PREVIOUSLY SET; INVALID KEY GENERATOR REQUEST
Explanation: An attempt was made to use the SETM function of the key generator utility program to set host
master key, but the host master key has already been set. Any change to it must be requested using the CHGM
function of the utility program.
System action: Key generator utility processing ends.
Application Programmer Response: If you want to change the host master key and secondary key-encrypting keys,
rerun the key generator utility program specifying CHGM on the EXEC statement. If you want to change secondary
key-encrypting keys only, rerun the utility program specifying CHGK on the EXEC statement.
Source: Programmed Cryptographic Facility (PCF)
Detecting Module: ICTMKG00
ICT1030 INVALID SMF DATA LENGTH FROM INSTALLATION EXIT; PROCESSING TERMINATES
Explanation: The key generator installation exit routine returned the SMF buffer with a value greater than 64 in the
length field.
System action: The key generator utility program does not include the installation-defined data in the SMF record.
The program writes the SMF record to the SMF data set and stops processing.
Application Programmer Response: Check the installation exit routine to determine if there are any problems in the
module and make any necessary corrections. Link edit the key generator utility program with the corrected exit
routine. (See “Adding User-Written Exit Routines” in OS/VS1 and OS/VS2 MVS Programmed Cryptographic Facility:
Installation Reference Manual.) Rerun the key generator utility program as follows. If the SETM or CHGM function was
requested and the host master key was not set (message ICT010I was not issued), rerun the entire job. Otherwise, use
this listing to determine which control statements were processed successfully. Then rerun the utility program using
the CHGK function to process the remaining control statements. Notify the security administrator.
To ensure that you have all the messages issued for this problem, specify MSGLEVEL=(1,1) for the job.
Source: Programmed Cryptographic Facility (PCF)
Detecting Module: ICTMKG00, ICTMKG01
Application Programmer Response: The valid delimiters are comma, right and left parentheses, and blank. Correct
the error and rerun the key generator utility program.
To ensure that you have all the messages issued for this problem, specify MSGLEVEL=(1,1) for the job.
Source: Programmed Cryptographic Facility (PCF)
Detecting Module: ICTMKG00
Note: The security administrator must ensure that an authorized person was running the key generator utility
program. More information about the requester is recorded in SMF record type 82.
System action: Key generator utility processing continues.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
Routing Code: 9
Descriptor Code: 4
ICU011I CRYPTOGRAPHY KEY UPDATE STARTED IN KEY GENERATOR UTILITY job name
Explanation: The key generator utility program, identified by jobname, has successfully updated the cryptographic
key data set (CKDS) to reflect a new, changed, or deleted secondary key-encrypting key. This message is issued only
for the first update to the CKDS for a secondary key-encrypting key although the job may contain several update
requests.
Note: The security administrator must ensure that an authorized person was running the key generator utility
program. More information about the requester is recorded in SMF record type 82.
System action: Key generator utility processing continues.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
Routing Code: 9
Descriptor Code: 4
Note: The security administrator must ensure that an authorized person was running the key generator utility
program. More information about the requester is recorded in SMF record type 82.
System action: Key generator utility processing ends.
Application Programmer Response: Respond to the problem identified by the message appearing in the data set
defined by the SYSPRINT DD statement.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
Routing Code: 9
Descriptor Code: 4
Note: The security administrator must ensure that an authorized person was running the key generator utility
program. More information about the requester is in SMF record type 82.
System action: Key generator utility processing continues.
Note: The security administrator must ensure that an authorized person was running the key generator utility
program. More information about the requester is in SMF record type 82.
System action: Key generator utility processing ends.
Application Programmer Response: Respond to any error messages that were issued.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
Routing Code: 9
Descriptor Code: 4
An unauthorized program has issued the RETKEY SVC requesting that a data-encrypting key enciphered under a
cross key be enciphered again under the host master key. The RACF (Resource Access Control Facility) user (userid)
and group name (groupid) are given if they are available. Otherwise, the job name (jobname) and step name (stepname)
are supplied. The REMKEY field in SMF record type 82 contains the label of the cross key.
Note: The security administrator must determine if an attempted security violation occurred. Follow the security
procedures established by your installation.
System action: Key manager processing ends.
Operator response: Notify the security administrator.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
Routing Code: 9
Descriptor Code: 4
ICU051I KEY USED TO CREATE DATA SET ddname AND DEVICE device-addr KEY DO NOT MATCH
Explanation: The host master key installed in the cryptographic unit, identified by device-addr, is not the same value
as the host master key whose variants were used to encipher entries on the cryptographic key data set (CKDS),
identified in the message by ddname.
System action: If another cryptographic unit is available, processing continues. Otherwise, processing ends.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Ensure that the CKDS, defined by the specified ddname, is the current version of the
data set. If a cryptographic unit was not available to continue processing, rerun the key generator utility program.
Notify the security administrator.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
Routing Code: 2,9
Descriptor Code: 4
ICU052I DATA SETS ddname-1 AND ddname-2 NOT CREATED WITH SAME MASTER KEY
Explanation: The entries on the cryptographic key data set (CKDS), identified in the message by ddname-1, were not
enciphered under the host master key variants that are stored on the master key variant data set (MKDS), identified
in the message by ddname-2.
System action: Key generator utility processing ends.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Ensure that the CKDS and MKDS that are defined on the specified DD statements
are the current versions of the data sets. Rerun the key generator utility program. Notify the security administrator.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
Routing Code: 2,9
Descriptor Code: 4
ICU053I USER-SUPPLIED KEY AND KEY USED TO CREATE ddname DO NOT MATCH
Explanation: The value supplied to the key generator as the old host master key (for a CHGM request) is not the
value whose variants were used to encipher the entries on the cryptographic key data set (CKDS), identified in the
message by ddname.
System action: Key generator utility processing ends.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Ensure that the CKDS that is defined on the specified DD statement is the current
version of the data set. Ensure that the value supplied to the key generator is the value that was in the cryptographic
unit just before the most recent change. Rerun the key generator utility program. Notify the security administrator.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
Routing Code: 2,9
Descriptor Code: 4
of the error code. Correct the problem and reissue the START command or rerun the key generator utility.
To ensure that you have all the messages issued for this problem, specify MSGLEVEL=(1,1) for the job.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
Routing Code: 2,9,10
Descriptor Code: 4
One or more messages that explain the error precede this message.
System action: START command or key generator processing ends.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Respond to the problem described by the preceding message.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
Routing Code: 2,9,10
Descriptor Code: 4
Note: An open failure can also occur if the SYSCKDS or SYSNCKDS data set was defined without the proper
parameters on the access method services DEFINE CLUSTER command.
Correct the problem and rerun the key generator utility program as follows. If the SETM or CHGM function was
requested and the host master key was not set, (message ICU010I was not issued), rerun the entire job. Otherwise,
use this listing to determine which control statements were processed successfully. Then rerun the utility program
using the CHGK function to process the remaining control statements.
To ensure that you have all the messages issued for this problem, specify MSGLEVEL=(1,1) for the job.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
cryptographic sessions or jobs running in the system, rerun the key generator utility program to change the host
master key. Restart the Cryptographic Unit Support by entering an operator START command.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
text is
TOD CLOCK ERROR
SEED NOT SUPPLIED
Explanation: An error was encountered when the key generator utility program attempted to read the time-of-day
(TOD) clock, the TOD clock was inoperative, or a seed value was not supplied on the EXEC statement. Processing
continues; however, no keys can be generated.
System action: Key generator utility processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: If the problem involves the TOD clock, contact your service representative. If a
seed value was not supplied, ignore this message unless message ICU1025 also appears. If message ICU1025 appears,
see the description of message ICU1025.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
Rerun the key generator utility program specifying the CHGK function on the EXEC statement and providing the
control statement that was being processed when the problem occurred.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
ICU1030 INVALID SMF DATA LENGTH FROM INSTALLATION EXIT; PROCESSING TERMINATES
Explanation: The key generator installation exit routine returned the SMF buffer with a value greater than 64 in the
length field.
System action: The key generator utility program does not include the installation-defined data in the SMF record.
The program writes the SMF record to the SMF data set and stops processing.
Application Programmer Response: Check the installation exit routine to determine if there are any problems in the
module and make any necessary corrections. Link edit the key generator utility program with the corrected exit
routine. See z/OS DFSMS Using Data Sets Rerun the key generator utility program as follows. If the SETM or CHGM
function was requested and the host master key was not set (message ICU010I was not issued), rerun the entire job.
Otherwise, use this listing to determine which control statements were processed successfully. Then rerun the utility
program using the CHGK function to process the remaining control statements. Notify the security administrator.
To ensure that you have all the messages issued for this problem, specify MSGLEVEL=(1,1) for the job.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
corrected, rerun the key generator utility program as follows. If the SETM or CHGM function was requested and the
host master key was not set (message ICU010I was not issued), rerun the entire job. Otherwise, use this listing to
determine which control statements were processed successfully. Then rerun the utility program using the CHGK
function to process the remaining control statements.
To ensure that you have all the messages issued for this problem, specify MSGLEVEL=(1,1) for the job.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
CKDS entry. That is, to update or delete a local key, use a LOCAL control statement; to update or delete a remote
key, use a REMOTE control statement; and to update or delete cross keys, use a CROSS control statement. The
control statement containing the error precedes this message.
System action: Processing ends for this control statement. Processing continues for any other control statements.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the control statement in error. Rerun the key generator utility program,
specifying the CHGK function on the EXEC statement and providing the corrected control statement.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
Then, use this listing to determine which control statements were processed successfully and rerun the key generator
utility program using the CHGK option to process the remaining control statements.
For information on defining and reorganizing the CKDS, see z/OS DFSMS Access Method Services for Catalogs.The
commands needed to define, reorganize, and copy the data set are described in z/OS DFSMS Access Method Services
for Catalogs and z/OS DFSMS Macro Instructions for Data Sets.
To ensure that you have all the messages issued for this problem, specify MSGLEVEL=(1,1) for the job.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
ICU1046 INVALID SYNTAX FOR {OLD MASTER KEY | NEW MASTER KEY | SEED}
Explanation: An incorrect value for the SETM, CHGM, or SEED parameter was found in the PARM field of the
EXEC statement for the key generator utility program.
System action: Key generator utility processing ends.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the value in the PARM field of the EXEC statement. A valid value
consists of 16 hexadecimal digits. (Valid hexadecimal digits are 0 through 9 and A through F.) Rerun the key
generator utility program.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
ICU1048 INCORRECT VALUE SPECIFIED ON PARM CARD FOR OLD SYSTEM MASTER KEY
Explanation: When attempting to change the host master key (CHGM), the key generator utility encountered a
incorrect old host master key value in the PARM field on the EXEC statement.
System action: Key generator utility processing ends.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the value of the old host master key in the EXEC statement and rerun
the key generator utility program.
To ensure that you have all the messages issued for this problem, specify MSGLEVEL=(1,1) for the job.
Source: Cryptographic Unit Support Program (CUSP)
Some messages have asterisks (*) before or after the message identifier. Two
asterisks after the message identifier for IDC messages indicates a second-level
message that further explains a preceding message.
Descriptor Code: -
IDA008 INCOMPATIBLE SUBLIST ITEMS. xxx AND yyy, FOR keyword KEYWORD
Explanation: The sublist items specified for the keyword are incompatible.
In the message text:
xxx
yyy The specified sublist names.
keyword The keyword.
System action: The system does not expand the macro.
Application Programmer Response: Remove one of the incompatible sublist items. Run the job again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the program listing, the
assembly listing, and the source input for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Routing Code: Note 11
Descriptor Code: -
keyword2
The specified keywords.
System action: The system does not expand the macro.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the error by specifying compatible keywords. Run the job again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the program listing, the
assembly listing, and the source input for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDA0192V
Routing Code: Note 11
Descriptor Code: -
IDA020 VTAM SUBLIST ITEM, xxx, SPECIFIED FOR keyword KEYWORD WITHOUT SPECIFYING
AM=VTAM
Explanation: The VTAM sublist item specified for the keyword is not valid because AM=VTAM was not specified.
In the message text:
xxx The specified sublist item.
keyword The keyword.
System action: The system does not expand the macro.
Application Programmer Response: Specify AM=VTAM. Run the job again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the program listing, the
assembly listing, and the source input for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDA0200T
IDA021 keyword1 AND keywd2 KEYWORDS MUST BE SPECIFIED TOGETHER BUT ONE IS MISSING
Explanation: The keywords specified in the message text form a pair. One cannot be specified without the other.
In the message text:
keyword1
keyword2
The keywords.
System action: The system does not expand the macro.
Application Programmer Response: Supply the missing keyword or remove the one specified. Run the job again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the program listing, the
assembly listing, and the source input for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Routing Code: Note 11
Descriptor Code: -
IDA025 www, xxx, yyy CONFLICTING SUBPARAMETERS IN keyword KEYWORD, www ASSUMED
Explanation: More than one subparameter was specified for the indicated keyword. This is an error.
In the message text:
www
xxx
yyy The specified subparameters.
keyword The keyword.
System action: The system expands the macro using www as the default.
Application Programmer Response: Specify one of the conflicting subparameters for the keyword. Run the job
again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the program listing, the
assembly listing, and the source input for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Routing Code: Note 11
Descriptor Code: -
keyword2
The specified keywords.
System action: The macro expands, using keyword2.
Application Programmer Response: Remove one of the keywords from the macro. Run the job again.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Routing Code: Note 11
Descriptor Code: -
IDA027 ALL FOUR PARAMETERS: keyword1, keywd2, keywd3, AND keywd4 MUST BE SPECIFIED.
Explanation: The indicated keywords must be specified in the macro.
System action: The request ends unsuccessfully.
Application Programmer Response: Probable user error. All of the listed keywords must be specified. Check the
spelling.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDAMDVRP
Routing Code: Note 11
Descriptor Code: -
Rename and save the corrupted data set in case IBM service needs additional documentation.
Source: DFSMS VSAM
Reference Documentation: z/OS DFSMSdfp Diagnosis.
Detecting Module: IDAM19R3
Routing Code: 2 and 11
Descriptor Code: 2
IDAI1002E PUT FAILED, ERROR FOUND WHILE UPDATING THE INDEX DSN:catalog_index_name
REASON:error_description
Explanation: VSAM index trap has detected an error in the current catalog index record being updated. The current
PUT will fail with a logical error, RPL feedback X'xx08006D'. Subsequent attempts to access this data with this control
block structure will fail with logical error RPL feedback X'xx08006E' until the data set is closed and reopened.
In the message text:
Rename and save the corrupted data set in case IBM service needs additional documentation.
Source: DFSMS VSAM
Reference Documentation: z/OS DFSMSdfp Diagnosis.
Detecting Module: IDAM19R3
Routing Code: 2 and 11
Descriptor Code: 2
System programmer response: System programmer should correct the trace entry in the PARMLIB member if the
error is related to the entry in the PARMLIB.
Problem determination: The functions and error_reason in the message can be use to determine why the current
function failed.
Source: DFSMS VSAM
Reference Documentation: For additional information on the VSAM dynamic trace, see z/OS DFSMSdfp Diagnosis.
Detecting Module: IDAVDTRA and IDA019SB
IDAT0004I MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM OF EIGHT ENTRIES HAVE BEEN SPECIFIED
Explanation: IDAVDT READIN function completed successfully with more than eight entries were specified in the
PARMLIB member. Only the first eight trace entry defined will be store into the dynamic trace save area and the rest
of the trace entry will be ignored.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Operator should verify whether the needed trace entries were stored into the dynamic trace
area.
System programmer response: System programmer should make changes to the parmlib member according to the
need.
Source: DFSMS VSAM
Reference Documentation: For additional information on the VSAM dynamic trace, see z/OS DFSMSdfp Diagnosis.
Detecting Module: IDAVDTRA
IDC0014I LASTCC=cde
Explanation: The system issues this message when a nonzero condition code is returned by any functional
command upon its completion. If the condition code is greater than 0, error messages precede this message.
In the message text:
cde The condition code, as follows:
4 Attention message. The system will complete processing.
The values specified for the VOLUME and NEWSERIAL parameters depend upon how the volume record is
recorded in the Inventory data set. If the cartridge labels have been updated, the volume record will be identified
by the new volume serial number, as follows:
– For the VOLUME parameter, specify the volume serial number as recorded in the cartridge labels and the
volume record.
– For the NEWSERIAL parameter, specify the desired volume serial number. Note that the security check for
non-VSAM status and password protected data sets is bypassed only if the NEWSERIAL parameter specifies the
same volume serial number as recorded in the Inventory data set for the volume label.
If ADDV, MODIFYV, or STOREV abnormally ends without indicating the status of the rename operation, run
LISTMSVI to determine if the volume is flagged for recovery purposes. If the mismatch flag is set in the volume
record, LISTMSVI not only lists the standard information for the volume but also highlights the volume report
with a note that a rename operation failed for the preceding volume and that the serial number is recorded in the
volume label of the volume.
v If a rename operation failed for MODIFYV, recover from a MODIFYV rename failure by:
– If the volume is inactive and has no volume serial mismatch condition, run ADDV to activate the volume.
– If the volume is inactive and has a volume serial mismatch condition, run ADDV to activate the volume and to
complete the rename operation.
– If the volume is active and has a mismatch condition, run MODIFYV to complete or retry the rename operation.
– If the volume is active and a duplicate volume serial number is desired, run STOREV to complete or retry the
rename operation.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the job control language (JCL), the SYSOUT output, and all output data sets related to
the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01, IDCMV01
The volume serial number, the owner name, or both was updated in the label of the data cartridges assigned to the
Mass Storage Volume and in the volume record in the Inventory data set. However, the data may not yet be updated
in the software volume label.
System action: The command continues processing.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01, IDCMV01, IDCSR01
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCCO01, IDCMV01
The volume serial number, the owner name, or both was changed in the volume label.
System action: The command continues processing.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01, IDCMV01, IDCSR01
grpname
The group name.
System action: If any groups remain to be processed, the system continues processing with the next group.
Otherwise, the system abnormally ends the command.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCLD01, IDCSD01
IDC0144I VOLUME SERIAL FOR catname DURING EXPORT DISCONNECT WAS volser
Explanation: This is an informational message indicating the volume serial number for the volume that contains the
catalog being disconnected.
In the message text:
catname The name of the catalog being disconnected.
volser The volume serial number.
System action: The system continues processing.
Source: DFSMSdfp
For each specific command, the value of the construct may differ from that of the construct name. Any difference
between the two constructs resulted from automatic class selection processing.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the calling program is not in error, search problem reporting
data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the SYSOUT output for
the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRI01
on the IDCAMS completion message, IDC0002I. Perform the programmer response from message IDC0002I.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Routing Code: Note 11
Descriptor Code: -
If the error still exists, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM
Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSA07
If the data set was not scratched from the VTOC, do one of the following:
v Run the SCRDSET command again.
v Specify DELETE in the DISP parameter on the DD statement to scratch the data set.
v Run the DELETE command to scratch the data set.
v Run the IEHPROGM utility to scratch and uncatalog the data set.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Run the LIST service aid with the following control statements:
v LISTOBJ: to obtain an object module listing
v LISTLOAD OUTPUT=BOTH: to obtain a formatted listing of the load module with its module map and cross
references
If the error cannot be determined, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists,
contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSA07
IDC0397I DATA SET CATALOGED IN VSAM CATALOG THAT DOES NOT OWN VOLUME
Explanation: The data set identified in the subsequent message was located in a virtual storage access method
(VSAM) catalog that does not own the volume. VSAM catalog management does not support altering device type
and volume serial number in VSAM catalogs other than the owning catalog.
System action: The command continues processing.
Application Programmer Response: Use the access method services LISTCAT, DELETE, and DEFINE commands to
determine the fields defined in the entry. Delete the entry and redefine the entry with the new device type.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Issue the access method services LISTCAT command to list catalog entries and information
about objects defined in the catalog.
If the error cannot be determined, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists,
contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSA07
System action: An associated message accompanies this message indicating why the member was not deleted. The
system continues processing.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDL01
IDC0552I THE ENTRY IS NOT A USERCATALOG WHILE THE REQUEST WAS TO DELETE A
USERCATALOG
Explanation: The system writes this message to indicate that the request was rejected, because user asked to delete a
USERCATALOG entry, and the entry specified in the request is not a USERCATALOG.
System action: The named entry is not deleted.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the cause of the error.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, see the messages in the job log for
more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM
Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDL01, IDCDL02
System action: An accompanying message contains the information required to correct the error. The system
continues processing.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCCC01
IDC0659I SORT PRODUCT MESSAGE DATA SET NOT ALLOCATED: REASON CODE IS reason-code
Explanation: DFSORT (or an equivalent product) was unable to allocate the DFSORT (or equivalent product)
message data set.
In the message text, reason-code is:
04 Allocation failed
08 Insufficient virtual storage to perform allocation
System action: BLDINDEX will process the command using DFSORT (or an equivalent product) but no messages
will be written to the DFSORT (or equivalent product) message data set.
Application Programmer Response: For reason code 04, supply a DD statement for the DFSORT (or equivalent
product) message data set (see the SORTMESSAGEDD parameter).
For reason code 08, increase the virtual storage region size and resubmit the job.
Detecting Module: IDCBI01
IDC0711I ** VOLUME volser1 RESTORED FROM COPY VOLUME volser2, COPY DATE yyddd
Explanation: The designated volume was successfully restored using either the latest backup copy or a user
designated copy created on the date indicated. However, if the target volume serial number is different than the copy
volume, the target volume serial number was overwritten during the copy operation and must be restored. The target
volume is currently flagged as an incomplete copy in the Inventory data set. The command restores the volume label
and clears the incomplete copy flag from the Inventory data set before processing of the command ends.
In the message text:
volser1 The volume serial number of the restored volume.
volser2 The volume serial number of the restoring volume.
yyddd The date, in year and days.
System action: The system continues processing.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRV01
For the DD statement requirements, the proper VOLUME and NEWSERIAL parameter values, and use of
LISTMSVI, refer to the description above for an ADDV rename failure.
v For a Rename Operation failure for STOREV, run STOREV again or run MODIFYV to either backout or retry the
rename operation.
For the DD statement requirements, the proper VOLUME and NEWSERIAL parameter values, and use of
LISTMSVI, refer to the description above for an ADDV rename failure.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSR01
For conversion from a 3336 Model 1 Disk Pack to a mass storage volume the incomplete copy flag is set in the
Inventory data set for any of the following cases:
v The FROM and TO volume serial numbers are not the same, and processing ended during the copy operation.
v The FROM and TO volume serial numbers are not the same, and processing ended before the VTOC and volume
label were updated.
v The TO volume is VSAM and processing ended before the VSAM recataloging was completed.
System action: The command abnormally ends with an error message indicating the severity of the problem.
Application Programmer Response: If the incomplete copy flag is on in the Inventory data set, run the CONVERTV
command again. Recover from a copy volume using the RECOVERV command, or scratch the Mass Storage Volume
using the SCRATCHV command. Otherwise, decide whether to run the CONVERTV command again or complete the
functions not performed by CONVERTV using other access method services commands or utility programs. The
owner in the volume label can be updated by the MODIFYV command for Mass Storage Volumes. Data sets can be
recataloged using access method services DELETE and DEFINE commands or IEHPROGM utility. Data sets can be
scratched using the access method services DELETE command or IEHPROGM utility.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCCN01
IDC0813I nnn CATALOGED GDG TYPE DATA SETS WERE NOT SCRATCHED
Explanation: The number of cataloged generation data group (GDG) type data sets that were not scratched is
specified. The SCRDSET command does not scratch cataloged data sets with names that end in name.GnnnnVnn.
In the message text:
nnn The number of the data sets that were not scratched.
System action: The system continues processing with the next volume.
Application Programmer Response: If the data sets must be scratched, use one of the following methods to scratch
them:
grpname
The group name.
System action: If any groups remain to be processed, the system continues processing with the next group. If no
groups remain to be processed, the system abnormally ends the command.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSD01
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDL01
IDC0974I ** LAST USE DATE NOT CHANGED FOR DATA SET(S) ON VOLUME volser
Explanation: An attempt to set or clear the date-last-used field for one or more data sets failed on the indicated
volume. This message is preceded by a message that specifies the error.
In the message text:
volser The volume serial number.
System action: The system continues processing.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the error specified in the previous message. Run the command again to
set or clear the date-last-used field.
If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no
fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output
and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCVS03
either the COPYV, CREATEV, or SCRATCHV command detected the error, issue the MODIFYC command with the
DIRECTEJECT parameter to move the failing cartridge or cartridges to the exit station. Then issue the NULLIFYC
SCRC CSN command to eliminate the records for the ejected cartridges from the Mass Storage Facility.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC01122I SUM=nnn OF INDIVIDUAL counts FROM table NOT EQUAL TO TOTAL VALUE
Explanation: The sum of the individual counts or value counts obtained from the specified table does not match the
field that should contain the total of the counts or values. A secondary message identifies the total value, and the
table and table indices to locate the entry containing the total.
In the message text:
nnn The sum of individual counts.
counts The specified counts.
table The specified table.
System action: The system continues processing.
Application Programmer Response: Investigate the inconsistency. Issue the DUMPMSS, LISTMSF, or LISTMSVI
command to obtain dumps of the table with the inconsistency. If there is any doubt whether the inconsistency is
temporary or not, run the CHECKMSS command again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide all printed output and output
data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCCH04
IDC1543I NEW KEYS AND/OR RECORDSIZE VALUES EQUAL TO PRIOR DEFAULT VALUES.
Explanation: The ALTER command specified the KEYS or maximum RECORDSIZE parameter with values equal to
the default values chosen by the DEFINE command. The DEFINE defaults are KEYS (64 0) and RECORDSIZE (4089
4089) for non-spanned record data sets or RECORDSIZE (4086 32600) for spanned record data sets.
System action: The ALTER command continues processing with a condition code of 4, altering any parameters other
than KEYS and RECORDSIZE. Incorrect key values also prevent alteration of record size values in the same
command.
Application Programmer Response: If the default values are not correct, run an ALTER command to correct the
values.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAL01
Application Programmer Response: If the specified values are not correct, run an ALTER command to correct the
values.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAL01
Storage Control, see IBM 3990/9390 Operations and Recovery Guide for detailed recovery actions.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCLA01
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4
IDC01555I DUPLEX PAIR STATUS: stat {PRI | SEC} DEV X‘ddd’ {pri|sec} DEV X‘xx’
Explanation: This 3990 Model 3 or Model 6 message is routed to the systems console by the LISTDATA command in
response to a request for status with the WTO parameter when the device in the status request is part of a duplex
pair. This message might appear with IDC01552I, IDC01553I, IDC01554I, and IDC01556I.
In the message text:
stat Status, as follows:
v ACTIVE if the duplex pair is active.
v PENDING when the copy to establish a duplex pair is in progress.
v SUSPENDED when the duplex pair is suspended by a host command (for example, SETCACHE
SUSPENDPRIMARY), or by the subsystem.
pri Indicates that the addressed device is primary.
sec Indicates that the addressed device is secondary.
ddd The device number on which the I/O operation occurred.
xx The channel connection address (CCA) of the other device in the duplex pair returned in the sense
subsystem status data.
System action: The system continues processing. A full status report appears on SYSPRINT or in the alternate data
set described in the procedure used to issue the LISTDATA command.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCLA01
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4
information for the data set. However, the RACF indicator is exported.
System action: The system continues processing the command.
Application Programmer Response: If the protection attributes are desired, specify the master level password or
have your user profile modified so it indicates RACF-alter access to the data set.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCXP01
An integrated catalog facility (ICF) catalog is to be exported and INHIBITSOURCE or INHIBITTARGET was specified
or PERMANENT was specified or defaulted. These parameters are incorrect when exporting an ICF catalog.
System action: The system ignores the incorrect parameter. The system exports the object.
Application Programmer Response: If an ICF catalog is being exported, do not specify INHIBITSOURCE or
INHIBITTARGET and specify TEMPORARY.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCXP01
IDC01605I STORAGE DIRECTOR X‘yy’ SET {ON | OFF}, PREVIOUSLY {ON | OFF}
Explanation: The SETCACHE command to set the storage director on or off completed successfully.
In the message text:
yy Indicates the address of the storage director.
IDC1646I nnnnn EXCESS PRIME {KEY|RBL} VALUES FOR AIX KEY key
Explanation: The specified key is the key of an alternate index record that was too short to contain all the prime key
or relative block address (RBA) pointer values that occurred for that alternate index key.
In the message text:
nnnnn The number of pointers that could not fit into the record. The name of the alternate index being built is
given in a subsequent message.
key Indicates the key.
System action: The alternate index record is created with only those pointers that could fit.
Application Programmer Response: Delete the alternate index and redefine it using the access method services
commands with a maximum record size long enough to contain the maximum number of pointers for any one
alternate key. Then rebuild the alternate index using the BLDINDEX command.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCBI01
IDC01654I ALIASES FROM THE PORTABLE DATA SET WERE NOT DEFINED
Explanation: The names that follow this message are aliases from the portable data set; they have not been defined
for the integrated catalog facility catalog being imported.
System action: Processing continues with the aliases listed.
Application Programmer Response: None.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCXP01
IDC1707I ** OWNER ownerid NOT UPDATED IN INVENTORY FOR NEW COPY yyddd
Explanation: The owner data in the volume label of the new copy volume, created on the specified date, could not
be updated in the copy volume record or in the cartridge labels.
This condition occurred because the cartridges of an existing copy volume were reused. See the preceding message
for further explanation of the problem.
In the message text:
ownerid Indicates the owner of the data.
yyddd The date, in year and days.
System action: The system continues processing.
Application Programmer Response: This discrepancy cannot be corrected. The LISTMSVI reports will reflect
different owners for the source volume and the designated copy volume, even though the owner data is correct in
the volume labels of both volumes.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCCO01
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCTR01
IDC1841I END OF CURRENT DATA COULD NOT BE DETERMINED - ALL DATA DUMPED
Explanation: An attempt was made to dump only current trace data, but the end of the current data was not found.
Therefore, all of the trace data was dumped. There may be data from a previous trace period in the output data set.
System action: The command dumped all the data in the requested trace area.
Application Programmer Response: Run the trace report program and select only the data from the current trace
period for processing.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCTR01
IDC1865I xxxxxxxx ADDITIONAL VOLUME SERIAL NOT FOUND IN CHKPT DATA SET
Explanation: Probable checkpoint logic error. A type 1 or type 2 DSDR indicated the presence of a type 2 DSDR
which did not exist.
In the message text:
xxxxxxxx
The additional volume serial number.
System action: Incomplete CHKLIST information is listed. The system continues processing with the next
checkpoint entry.
Application Programmer Response: Keep all related data sets and listing for reference.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCCK01
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCCK01
This will normally result from an incomplete entry definition or an I/O error identified in a preceding message.
System action: The system bypasses the error. The system continues processing. However, there may be minor
errors in the list.
Application Programmer Response: Restore the volume on which the error occurred to a previous valid condition.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCLR01
The following list identifies each LISTCRA procedure and the field for which it was searching when it encountered
the error:
CATOPEN The catalog name in the cluster record of the catalog.
CKEYRNG The high key value in a given catalog recovery area (CRA) record.
CRAOPEN Either the owning catalog name or the volume serial number in the CRA.
CTTBLD The entry type of the catalog CI in the CRA record.
GETPRT The entry type or the entry name in the CRA record.
INTASOC The associated entry type or entry name fields in the CRA records.
INTSORT The name in a given CRA record.
INTVEXT The extension pointer in a given CRA record.
PRTCMP The used length field in a given CRA record.
PRTDMP The used length field in a given CRA record.
PRTOJVL The volume information of high key value in a given CRA record.
PRTVOL The volume time stamp information in a given catalog or CRA record.
System action: The system bypasses the error. The system continues processing. There may be minor errors in the
list.
Application Programmer Response: Restore the volume on which the error occurred to a previous valid condition.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCLR01
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCLR01
IDC1968I VSAM TIME STAMP NOT UPDATED IN VTOC OF {FROM|TO} VOLUME volser
Explanation: An error was encountered reading or updating the volume table of contents (VTOC) so the virtual
storage access method (VSAM) time stamp was not updated for the volume.
In the message text:
FROM|TO
Indicate which value encountered the error for commands that process more than one value.
IDC1997I catname AND ITS DATA SETS TO BE DELETED, REPLY 'Y' TO DELETE 'N' TO CANCEL.
Explanation: This message is an attention that a Catalog is about to be deleted.
In the message text:
catname
The Catalog being deleted.
Operator response: Reply 'Y' to delete or 'N' to cancel the command.
System programmer response: To eliminate the issuance of the WTOR see the Modify Catalog command in
MVS/ESA SYSTEM COMMANDS or the DFSMS/MVS MANAGING CATALOG books.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDL01
IDC1998I vvdsname AND ITS VVRS AND NVRS ARE ABOUT TO BE DELETED REPLY 'Y' TO DELETE 'N'
TO CANCEL.
Explanation: This message is an attention that a VVDS is about to be deleted.
In the message text:
vvdsname
The VVDS being deleted.
Operator response: Reply 'Y' to delete, or 'N' to cancel the command.
System programmer response: To eliminate the issuance of the WTOR see the Modify Catalog command in z/OS
DFSMS Managing Catalogs.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDL01
| IDC1999I catname replaced by an import backup copy, its VVR and its VTOC to be deleted, REPLY 'Y' TO
| DELETE 'N' TO CANCEL.
| Explanation: A Catalog is about to be deleted with the RECOVERY option, which means that the VSAM volume
| record (VVR) and VTOC for the catalog will be deleted.
| v If you respond Y or YES, IDCAMS processes the command replacing the user catalog with an import backup copy
| and deletes the specified user catalog along with its VSAM Volume Record (VVR) and VTOC entries. The VVR and
| DSCB for each object in the catalog are not deleted.
| v If you respond N or NO, the system ends the delete process with a return code of 8.
IDC2055I ERROR DURING RETRIEVAL OF ALLOCATION MESSAGES - RETURN CODE WAS returncode
REASON CODE WAS rsncode
Explanation: An error occurred during calls to dynamic allocation error message processor program (IEFDB476) to
return allocation messages, with the return code, reason code from IEFDB476.
In the message text:
returncode The return code.
rsncode The reason code.
System action: The function terminates.
For the DD statement requirements, the proper VOLUME and NEWSERIAL parameter values, and use of
LISTMSVI, refer to the description above for an ADDV rename failure.
v For a Rename operation failure for STOREV run STOREV again or run MODIFYV to either backout or retry the
rename operation.
For the DD statement requirements, the proper VOLUME and NEWSERIAL parameter values, and use of
LISTMSVI, refer to the description above for an ADDV rename failure.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01, IDCMV01, IDCSR01
v If one of the cartridges is lost, running the SCRATCHV command to make the remaining cartridge assigned to the
volume scratch cartridge and to delete the record from the Inventory data set
v Running the REMOVEVR command to delete the record for the copy volume if both cartridges are lost
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCCO01, IDCRV01, IDCSV01
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01, IDCCN01, IDCCO01, IDCLD01, IDCLV01, IDCMG01, IDCMV01, IDCRL01, IDCRR01,
IDCRV01, IDCSD01, IDCSR01, IDCSV01
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01, IDCCV01, IDCMV01
If the ADDV, MODIFYV, or STOREV commands are run to recover from a rename failure, a DD statement for the
volume is required and must specify deferred mounting. The values specified for the VOLUME and NEWSERIAL
parameters depend upon how the volume record is recorded in the Inventory data set. If the cartridge labels have
been updated, the volume record will be identified by the new volume serial number.
For the VOLUME parameter, specify the volume serial number as recorded in the cartridge labels and the volume
record. For the NEWSERIAL parameter, specify the desired volume serial number. Note that the security check for
non-VSAM status and password protected data sets is bypassed only if the NEWSERIAL parameter specifies the
same volume serial number as recorded in the Inventory data set for the volume label. This allows the original
volume serial number of a VSAM volume to be restored if the volume is left partially renamed.
If ADDV, MODIFY, or STOREV terminates without indicating the status of the rename operation, LISTMSVI can be
run to determine whether the volume is flagged for recovery purposes. If the mismatch flag is set in the volume
record, LISTMSVI not only lists the standard information for the volume but also highlights the preceding volume
and that serial number nnnnnn is recorded in the volume label of the volume.
v For a Rename operation failure for MODIFYV, recover from a MODIFYV by:
– Running ADDV to activate the volume if the volume is merely inactive and has no volume serial mismatch
condition
– Running ADDV to both activate the volume and complete the rename operation if the volume is both inactive
and has a volume serial mismatch condition
– Running MODIFYV again to complete or retry the rename operation if the volume is active but has a mismatch
condition
– Running STOREV to complete or retry the rename operation if the volume is active and if a duplicate volume
serial number is desired as a result of the rename
For the DD statement requirements, the proper VOLUME and NEWSERIAL parameter values, and use of
LISTMSVI, refer to the description above for an ADDV rename failure.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01, IDCLD01, IDCSD01, IDCRV01, IDCEV01, IDCMG01, IDCMV01, IDCSR01, IDCSV01,
IDCCN01, IDCCO01
The incomplete copy volume may even be used as the target volume in the CONVERTV command. In all cases,
the empty volume table of contents (VTOC) check or security check for password protected data sets is bypassed.
If the SCRATCHV command is run, the DD statement is not required for the volume and if provided, must specify
deferred mounting. If the RECOVERV command is run again, the DD statement is not required for the target
volume, which is flagged as an incomplete copy, unless the volume serial number of the target volume is different
from the source volume. If a DD statement is provided for the target volume, deferred mounting must be
specified. If a VSAM catalog is on the volume, a DD statement for the catalog is not required; if provided, deferred
mounting must be specified.
If RECOVERV terminates without indicating the status of the recover operation, LISTMSVI can be run to
determine whether the volume is flagged for recovery purposes. If the incomplete copy flag is set in the target
volume record, LISTMSVI not only lists the standard information for the volume but also highlights the volume
report with a note that a copy operation failed for the preceding volume.
v For a Copy operation failure for CONVERTV, run CONVERTV again to complete the conversion operation to the
target volume that is flagged as an incomplete copy volume. Otherwise, run SCRATCHV to scratch the target
volume. The incomplete copy volume may even by used as the target volume in the RECOVERV command. In all
cases, the empty VTOC check or the security check for password protected data sets is bypassed.
If the SCRATCHV command is run, the DD statement is not required for the incompletely copied volume and if
provided, must specify deferred mounting. If a VSAM catalog is on the volume and a DD statement for the target
volume must be provided and must specify deferred mounting. If a VSAM catalog is on the volume and a DD
statement is provided for the catalog, the DD statement must also specify deferred mounting.
If CONVERTV ends without indicating the status of the conversion operation, LISTMSVI can be run to determine
whether the volume is flagged for recovery purposes. If the incomplete copy flag is set in the target volume record,
LISTMSVI not only lists the standard information for the volume but also highlights the volume report with a note
that a copy operation failed for the preceding volume.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01, IDCCO01, IDCLD01, IDCSD01, IDCSR01, IDCRV01, IDCEV01, IDCMG01, IDCMV01,
IDCCN01
IDC2101I CATALOG RETURN CODE FOR RECAT REQUEST WAS return-code - REASON CODE rsncode
Explanation: The return code from an OS/VS recatalog request was specified. The reason code in register 0 was
specified. A subsequent message identifies the data set not cataloged.
In the message text:
return-code The return code.
rsncode The reason code.
System action: The command continues processing.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the error and recatalog the data set using the IEHPROGM utility or the
Access Method Services DELETE and DEFINE commands.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data bases for
a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the
job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSA07
IDC2360I CATALOG ENTRY FOR DATA SET INDICATES DIFFERENT DEVICE TYPE
Explanation: The ULOCATE function, after locating a data set name in the catalog, determined that the data set
resides on a device type other than the catalog indicates, or else a duplicate data set name exists.
System action: The system continues processing with the next data set on the volume.
Application Programmer Response: If the device type is incorrect, uncatalog the data set and then recatalog it with
the correct device type.
System programmer response: Issue the access method services LISTCAT command to list catalog entries and
information about objects defined in the catalog.
If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job log for more information. Search
problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the
JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSA07
IDC2364I CATALOG ENTRY TYPE FOR DATA SET IS OTHER THAN NON-VSAM
Explanation: The ULOCATE function, after locating a data set name in the catalog, determined that the catalog
entry type was not for a virtual storage access method (VSAM) data set, or else a duplicate data set name exists.
System action: The system continues processing with the next data set on the volume.
Application Programmer Response: If the data set entry is cataloged, rerun the SCRDSET command.
System programmer response: Issue the access method services LISTCAT command to list catalog entries and
information about objects defined in the catalog.
If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job log for more information. Search
problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the
JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSA07
Application Programmer Response: If the operator supplied the incorrect password, do the following:
v Tell the system operator the correct password. The operator is prompted for the password that corresponds to:
1. The data or index component name or code word (VSAM data sets)
2. The name of the DD statement for the data set (non-VSAM data sets).
System action: The system does not delete the entry. The rest of the entries are deleted if possible.
Application Programmer Response: If the caller thinks the entry is one of these types, he should list that entry with
LISTCAT to check the type field.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the entry type is listed as valid in the LISTCAT, search
problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the
JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAL01
IDC2554I DYNAMIC ALLOCATION FAILED OR FILE WAS NOT CODED WITH SCRATCH
Explanation: A dynamic allocation failed. Preceding messages (prefixed by IKJ) indicate the reason for the failure.
System action: The system ends processing for this entry.
Application Programmer Response: Refer to the dynamic allocation error messages or supply a FILE parameter.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job. Obtain the ABEND dump for the failing
job step.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Application Programmer Response: Remove the asterisk (*) which indicates a generic entry name or remove the
member name.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDL01
The OUTFILE data set must be a defined alternate index or a path over the alternate index.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCBI01
Use the EXPORT command to create a portable copy of the base cluster, followed by an IMPORT command to
rebuild the base cluster. This will correct the erroneous statistic. Then redefine the alternate index. Submit the job
again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCBI01
attempts to process any other alternate indices identified by the OUTFILE or OUTDATASET parameter.
Application Programmer Response: Follow the problem determination actions.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCBI01
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRC01
IDC2668I DATA SET NOT EXPORTED, VOLUME ser REQUIRED BUT NOT SUPPLIED
Explanation: Synchronization checking was attempted on a volume not included in the list of volumes in the
catalog recovery area (CRA) keyword.
In the message text:
ser The volume serial number.
System action: The system does not process the virtual storage access method (VSAM) entry.
Application Programmer Response: Add the volume serial number to the CRA keyword. Run the job again.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRC01
IDC2671I WILL NOT PROCESS CRA ON VOLUME ser, DIFFERENT CATALOG NAME
Explanation: This volume does not belong to the catalog named in the following message.
In the message text:
ser The volume serial number.
System action: The system discontinues processing of this volume.
Application Programmer Response: Run the job with the correct catalog name.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRC01
IDC2688I ** INCOMPLETE VOLUME CREATION FLAG NOT RESET FOR VOLUME volser
Explanation: The recovery flag for incomplete volume creation was not turned off in the Inventory record after new
volume creation was completed for the specified volume. A preceding message explains the error.
In the message text:
volser The volume serial number.
System action: The command scratches the partially created volume.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the error indicated in the preceding message. Run the command again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCCV01
IDC2765I RECORD FOR VOLUME volser NOT REMOVED. RECORD FOR COPY EXISTS
Explanation: A copy volume record still exists. Therefore, the base volume record for the specified volume cannot
be removed. See a preceding message for the error that prevented removal of all copy records.
In the message text:
volser The volume serial number.
System action: The command ends normally.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the error indicated in the preceding message. Run the REMOVEVR
command again with the ALL parameter.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRR01
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCMG01
The indicated report was not produced due to a previously identified error.
System action: The command continues with the next report.
Application Programmer Response: Check the previous error message for the cause of the failure. Correct the error.
Run the command again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCLM01
Because of an error, the summary count information could not be calculated. A previous message explains the error.
System action: The command continues processing, but the indicated count is not listed.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the error identified in the previous message. Run the command again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCLM01
Application Programmer Response: Correct the error. Run the command again.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCTU01
IDC2894I GENERIC NAME NOT ALLOWED FOR NVR, VVR OR TRUENAME DELETE
Explanation: On a DELETE command, a name in the generic form, a name with a qualifier of asterisk (*), was
specified along with the NVR, VVR or TRUENAME parameter. Generic names are not allowed when deleting NVR,
VVR or TRUENAME entries. One DELETE command is required for each NVR, VVR or TRUENAME entry to be
deleted.
System action: The system ends processing of the command.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the name specification. Run the job again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC2899I MASK PARAMETER NOT ALLOWED FOR NVR, VVR, TRUENAME, LIBENT, VOLENT OR PDSE
DATA SET MEMBER DELETE
Explanation: If MASK parameter was specified on a DELETE command, you cannot specify the TYPE parameters of
TRUENAME, NVR, VVR, LIBENT, VOLENT and PDSE member data set in the same command. The DELETE MASK
command does not support these types of data sets.
System action: The DELETE command failed to proceed. A return code of 8 was issued.
Application Programmer Response: You might perform one of the following procedures:
v Remove the TYPE parameter of the DELETE command. Run the job again. The DELETE MASK command will be
completed. The data sets that are not TRUENAME, NVR, VVR, LIBENT, VOLENT and PDSE member will be
deleted.
v Remove the MASK parameter, and use the generic DELETE.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDL02
IDC2900I MASK PARAMETER NOT ALLOWED FOR MORE THAN ONE ENTRY-NAME TO BE SPECIFIED
IN ONE DELETE COMMAND
Explanation: When the MASK keyword is present in the DELETE command, only one entry-name is allowed to be
specified.
System action: The DELETE command failed to proceed. A return code of 8 was issued.
Application Programmer Response: You might perform one of the following procedures:
v Check the entry-names list. If there are no masking entry-names in the list, remove the MASK keyword in the
DELETE command, and reissue the command.
v Split the DELETE command to multiple DELETE commands, and issue with one masking entry-name at a time.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDL01
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSA08
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSA08
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSA08
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCTP05
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAL01, IDCBI01, IDCCC01, IDCDE01, IDCED02, IDCLC01, IDCMP01, IDCPR01, IDCRC01,
IDCRM01, IDCRP01, IDCRS05, IDCVY01, IDCXP01
For explanation of the catalog return codes, consult message IDC3009I where the return codes are listed with reason
codes. Since the reason codes are not available, consulting IDC3009I will help identify the type of problem but cannot
identify the specific failure.
System action: The system ends the command.
Application Programmer Response: Respond according to the return code listed in IDC3009I. Since there is no
reason code available, the complete action to take may not be available - however identifying the specific return code
will help in identifying the type of failure. IDCAMS may issue other messages preceding IDC3007I that further
describe the failure and these messages may be used to identify the specific problem.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAL01, IDCDE02, IDCMP01, IDCRM01, IDCTR01
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSA02
IDC3009I VSAM CATALOG RETURN CODE IS return-code - REASON CODE IS IGGOCLaa - reason-code
Explanation: Catalog management returned this return code and reason code as a result of a catalog error or
exceptional condition.
In the message text:
aa The module identifier.
return-code The return code
reason-code The reason code
For the explanations of a return code and reason code, find the underlined heading for the return code in the
following text and then scan for the associated reason code.
If you are using Library Server, to find the explanations of a return code and reason code quickly, enter the following
search argument:
IDC3009I return-code reason-code
Do not specify leading zeros. For example, suppose you want the find the explanations for the return code and
reason code in the following message:
IEC331I 004-33, XXXXXXXX, YYYYYYYY, OPN VSM ACB, ZZZZZZZZ
The search argument for return code 4 and reason code 33 follows:
IDC3009I 4 33
For the general description of a return code, enter the following search argument:
IDC3009I rcreturn-code
For example, for the general description of return code 4, enter IDC3009I rc4.
If the search takes you to a description of the reason code "x", it means the reason code you received is one of a
group of reason codes that have a common description. Most of these reason codes represent internal logic errors,
and they will indicate that you should contact the IBM Support Center.
System action: The system ends processing associated with the error return code.
Operator response: None, unless indicated for specific return and reason codes
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IGG0CLaa
Application Programmer Response: See the programmer response for the specific return code and reason code.
Inspect other messages concerning the DADSM subcomponent or open or close processing to aid in solving the
problem. If necessary, contact the IBM Support Center.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem-reporting databases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Some return and reason code combinations might also produce an SVC dump. This dump should also be provided
with any other documentation supplied to the IBM Support Center.
Descriptions of the return codes and reason codes follow.
RETURN CODE 4
Explanation: The system encountered an error while performing open/close processing for a catalog.
RETURN CODE 8
Explanation: The entry does not exist, if action is one that locates the entry. The entry already exists, if action is one
which adds an entry to a catalog.
RETURN CODE 10
Explanation: An incorrect record type was found.
RETURN CODE 12
Explanation: An attempt to locate a needed component entry in a catalog record failed.
RETURN CODE 14
Explanation: A required cell has not been found in a catalog record when expected.
RETURN CODE 16
Explanation: A user issued the ALTER REMOVEVOLUMES command against SMS volumes, which is not allowed.
RETURN CODE 18
Explanation: An ALTER error occurred.
RETURN CODE 20
Explanation: There is insufficient space in the catalog to perform the requested update or addition.
Programmer Response: Scratch unneeded data sets from the volume. Delete all
unnecessary entries from the catalog. The catalog may need to be reallocated and
rebuilt if these steps do not resolve the space shortage.
RETURN CODE 22
Explanation: The Field Vector Table (FVT) address is zero or an incorrect FVT field was found.
RETURN CODE 24
Programmer Response: Messages IEC331I, IEC332I, and IEC333I have been printed to
aid in determining the cause of the error and where the error occurred. If a hardware
error is not causing the problem, restore or rebuild the catalog.
RETURN CODE 26
Programmer Response: Contact the IBM Support Center. An SVC dump will be
created for this error.
RETURN CODE 28
Programmer Response: Messages IEC331I, IEC332I, and IEC333I have been printed to
aid in determining the cause of the error and where the error occurred. If a hardware
error is not causing the problem, restore or rebuild the catalog.
4 Explanation: An I/O error occurred during catalog OPEN.
Programmer Response: Messages IEC331I, IEC332I, and IEC333I have been printed to
aid in determining the cause of the error and where the error occurred. If a hardware
error is not causing the problem, restore or rebuild the catalog.
6 Explanation: One or more entries were not deleted due to an I/O related error during
DELETE processing.
Programmer Response: Messages IEC331I, IEC332I, and IEC333I have been printed to
aid in determining the cause of the error and where the error occurred. If a hardware
error is not causing the problem, restore or rebuild the catalog.
26 Explanation: An I/O error occurred while writing the catalog's self-describing records.
RETURN CODE 30
Programmer Response: Contact the IBM Support Center. An SVC dump may be
created for this error, depending on the specific reason code.
6 Explanation: Attempt to define an alias that relates to a volume category.
Programmer Response: Supply a valid library logic type and rerun the job.
34 Explanation: Incorrect name was specified for a define volume category request.
Programmer Response: Supply a valid checkpoint indicator and rerun the job.
42 Explanation: Incorrect volume location was specified for a define volume request.
Programmer Response: Supply a valid volume location and rerun the job.
44 Explanation: Required library name not specified for a define volume request with a
volume location of library specified.
Programmer Response: Supply a valid use attribute and rerun the job.
48 Explanation: Required volume name not specified for a define volume request.
Programmer Response: Supply a valid media type and rerun the job.
58 Explanation: Attempt to alter the number of scratch volumes for an incorrect media
type.
Programmer Response: Supply a valid media type and rerun the job.
Programmer Response: Ensure the high-level qualifier of the volume or library record
matches the high-level qualifier of the volume catalog.
68 Explanation: Non-volume category was specified for a request associated with volume
or library record.
Programmer Response: Remove the duplicate entry and rerun the job.
72 Explanation: General volume category had been deleted or disconnected.
Programmer Response: Supply a valid library name and rerun the job.
154 Explanation: Attempting to delete a library record which is not empty, or scratch
volumes is not equal to zero.
Programmer Response: Verify the library record tried to delete. If the library record is
empty and the scratch volumes count equal to zero then contact the IBM Support
Center
158 Explanation: Attempting to delete a volume record that has not reached its expiration
date.
Programmer Response: Verify the expiration date. ALTER command may be used to
alter the expiration date.
168 Explanation: Attempting to delete a record without specifying the correct type in
catalog parameter list.
RETURN CODE 32
| Programmer Response: If using the CSI, use the value returned in CSIREQLN for the
| workarea length and try again.
RETURN CODE 36
Explanation: Data set not found or DSCB indicates a VSAM data set.
Programmer Response: Determine if the correct name was specified in the command
or if the proper fields are requested to be modified for the entry type.
4 Explanation: A data set name was not found on the VTOC.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the proper versions of the volume and catalog are
being processed and that the volume is synchronized with the catalog, or ensure that
the VVR/NVR entry type in the VVDS matches its corresponding format 1 DSCB
record type from the VTOC.
12 Explanation: A locate request to catalog management requires dynamic access to a
catalog.
Programmer Response: If this error causes a job to end, ensure that the master catalog
references the proper catalogs and that they are available to the system when the job
stream is processed.
RETURN CODE 38
Explanation: The catalog installation exit module, replaced by an installation-supplied module, encountered an error
while processing an SVC 26 request. If the module was supplied by the DFSMS hierarchical storage manager
(DFSMShsm), the message with this return code was preceded by one or more DFSMShsm messages (ARCxxxI) that
indicate the processing error.
Programmer Response: Review the DFSMShsm message or messages and take the
appropriate action.
4 Explanation: An error was encountered while attempting to recall a data set with a
volume serial of MIGRAT (the catalog entry indicated that the data set was migrated).
Programmer Response: Review the DFSMShsm message or messages and take the
appropriate action.
8 Explanation: An error was encountered while attempting to delete a data set with a
volume serial of MIGRAT (the catalog entry indicated that the data set was migrated).
Programmer Response: Review the DFSMShsm message or messages and take the
appropriate action. Check if an attempt to delete a data set in an alternate catalog
occurred, while a duplicately named migrated data set exists in a catalog that can be
found in the standard search order (via the master catalog). If so, recall the migrated
data set and reissue the delete.
12 Explanation: The catalog installation exit module issued a locate request, and catalog
indicated that the request was not successful.
Programmer Response: Review the DFSMShsm message or messages and take the
appropriate action.
Programmer Response: Review the DFSMShsm message or messages and take the
appropriate action. The DFSMShsm message was issued through a TPUT request to
the user ID specified on the job that requested this function. In other words, the
message was not routed to the job log.
24 Explanation: The catalog installation exit module was processing a JES3 (C/I) request
for a data set, and determined that the request was from an unauthorized user.
Programmer Response: Review the DFSMShsm message or messages and take the
appropriate action. The DFSMShsm message was issued through a TPUT request to
the user ID specified on the job that requested this function. In other words, the
message was not routed to the job log.
48 Explanation: The referenced data set is in an incomplete status.
Programmer Response: Recall the data set and then issue your request again.
50 Explanation: DFSMShsm generates this reason code when the installation is using the
DFSMShsm patch to prevent interactive TSO users from being placed in a wait state
while a data set is recalled. This code is generated to cause the locate to fail instead of
placing the TSO session in a wait state and may be ignored. The recall for the data set
has been scheduled and the function causing the recall should be tried again later.
RETURN CODE 40
Explanation: The volume list or work area is too small. This return code would normally represent an error in the
calling program. If the user is using the Catalog Search Interface, this return code indicates that a large enough return
workarea was not provided.
Programmer Response: Run the job again with a work area length that is at least
equal to the required length.
2 Explanation: The format 1 work area is too small.
Programmer Response: Run the job again with a work area length that is at least
equal to the required length.
8 Explanation: The volume list is too small to include the storage management
subsystem workarea.
RETURN CODE 42
Explanation: A DADSM error occurred on branch entry to DADSM back end. The DADSM error return data from
the invoked sub-function (SFI) field is the value of the variable sfierror in message IEC331I.
RETURN CODE 44
Explanation: The catalog work area for returning results of a catalog request is too small to contain all of the
requested results. If you are using the Catalog Search Interface (CSI) you need to increase the size of the work area
you provide for the request. Other occurrences of this problem may indicate logic errors in components or products
that use catalog services.
Programmer Response: Check the work area length. If it is correct, contact the IBM
Support Center. If the length is not correct, run the job again with a valid length.
4 Explanation: The caller's work area is too small.
Programmer Response: If this is a Catalog Search Interface (CSI) request, you need to
increase the size of the work area. Otherwise, this may be a logic error or limitation in
the component making the request.
6 Explanation: An access method services DELETE command to delete an entire
generation data group, with the FORCE parameter, encountered a work area too small
to contain names of entries deleted. However, the entire GDG was successfully deleted.
The following then occurs:
1. The work area is not large enough to return the name of the generation data base.
2. The system does not delete the catalog.
Programmer Response: Run the job again with a larger work area.
8 Explanation: The caller's work area is too small.
Programmer Response: If this is a Catalog Search Interface (CSI) request, you need to
increase the size of the work area. Otherwise, this may be a logic error or limitation in
the component making the request.
12 Explanation: The amount of data that the system will return may overflow the
workarea.
Programmer Response: Either divide the catalog into smaller catalogs or convert to the
ICF catalog format.
14 Explanation: The amount of data returned by the system cannot be contained in a
2-byte length field.
Programmer Response: None. This is a design limitation. If you are using the CSI
(Catalog Search Interface), you must request that fullword lengths be used for all
lengths.
RETURN CODE 45
Explanation: The Catalog encountered an unexpected error while issuing the UCBPIN macro.
Programmer Response: Contact the IBM Service Center. An SVC dump might have
been produced for this error.
2 Explanation: UCBPIN UNPIN returned an unexpected return code.
Programmer Response: Contact the IBM Service Center. An SVC dump might have
been produced for this error.
RETURN CODE 46
Programmer Response: Rerun the request. If the error continues, see z/OS DFSMSdfp
Diagnosis, Chapter 20 VSAM Diagnostic Aids, section entitled “Recovering from Index
Damage” for further instruction.
RETURN CODE 48
Programmer Response: Ensure that the proper entry name was specified on the access
method services ALTER command and that only fields that exist for a non-VSAM
entry are requested to be changed.
8 Explanation: An ALTER of the catalog name is not allowed.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the catalog name was not used by mistake.
Catalog names can only be changed by DELETE and then re-DEFINE catalog
commands.
10 Explanation: Erase option delete, but file name is for incorrect catalog.
Programmer Response: Do not use a DD name on the catalog parameter in the access
method services DELETE command if erase processing is to be performed.
14 Explanation: A data set is update inhibited.
Programmer Response: Do not open a data set for reset processing that is inhibited for
update processing.
16 Explanation: A data set is not reusable.
Programmer Response: Do not open a non-empty data set for reset processing that is
not reusable.
Programmer Response: Do not attempt the incorrect ALTER commands. Correct the
commands and rerun the job.
24 Explanation: It is not valid to attempt to change the name of a user catalog or alias
entry through the use of the access method services ALTER Command.
Programmer Response: Do not attempt the incorrect ALTER commands. Correct the
commands and rerun the job.
26 Explanation: It is not valid to attempt to change the name of a non-VSAM entry that is
a GDG base or member through the use of the access method services ALTER
command.
Programmer Response: Do not attempt the incorrect ALTER commands. Correct the
commands and rerun the job.
28 Explanation: It is not valid to attempt to delete a GDG base entry that contains
non-VSAM entries.
Programmer Response: Delete the members of the GDG base explicitly. Alternatively,
the GDG base and its members may be deleted with the use of the FORCE parameter
in the DELETE command.
29 Explanation: RBA too large for data set.
30 Explanation: It is not valid to delete the master catalog with the FORCE parameter.
Programmer Response: The master catalog cannot be deleted. Submit the job again.
36 Explanation: The ALTER REMOVEVOLUMES volume cleanup function contains
incorrect coded parameters.
Programmer Response: Only the master catalog name, password, and file parameters
may be coded for the ALTER REMOVEVOLUMES function.
40 Explanation: An incorrect catalog management function, ALTER of a VVDS name,
occurred.
Programmer Response: Do not attempt the incorrect ALTER commands. Correct the
commands. Run the job again.
42 Explanation: The maximum number of extensions was exceeded.
Programmer Response: Do not open a non-empty data set for reset processing that is
not reusable.
56 Explanation: The data set update is inhibited.
Programmer Response: Do not open a data set for reset processing that is inhibited for
update processing.
60 Explanation: A define no-allocate or RECATALOG was not APF authorized.
Programmer Response: Probable user error. Ensure that access method services is APF
authorized.
64 Explanation: A DEFINE of a SYS1.VVDS.Vvolser cannot request space in records.
Programmer Response: Do not attempt the incorrect ALTER commands. Correct the
commands. Run the job again.
76 Explanation: An alter of non-VSAM data set that contains the extended format cell is
not allowed.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the field requested to be altered is valid for
stand-alone function.
Programmer Response: Be sure that the IGDSMS00 parmlib member has DSNTYPE
default of PDS.
156 Explanation: The alter backup while open (BWO) request is not for valid component
or record.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the BWO alter request is for cluster, data,
non-VSAM, or GDS only.
158 Explanation: The alter backup while open (BWO) indicator is incorrect for non-SMS
managed data sets
Programmer Response: Change the name of the new data set to be a non-GDS format
name.
162 Explanation: An attempt was made to alter a non-SMS managed GDS to a non-GDS
name.
166 Explanation: An alter volume or device type on OAM entries is not allowed.
Programmer Response: Change the name of the new data set to one that has an
existing GDG base definition.
170 Explanation: When defining an OAM data set, a generation data set low level qualifier
(that is, G0000V00) or an increment of a GDG number (that is, +1) is invalid.
Programmer Response: Use a name other than the GDS low level qualifier or a GDG
increment number. Rerun the define request.
172 Explanation: REUSE was specified for a non-cluster component or a component that
had an AIX Associated with it.
174 Explanation: ALTER REUSE was specified for a cluster that has an AIX defined over
it.
175 Explanation: A DEFINE of a striped data set specified REUSE, which is invalid.
176 Explanation: ALTER REUSE was specified for a cluster that contains a KEYRANGE.
178 Explanation: ALTER-REUSE-ON and ALTER-REUSE-OFF are mutually exclusive. They
cannot be active at the same time.
Programmer Response: Verify that the name of the data set desired is an OAM data
set.
196 Explanation: A specific request to locate an OAM data set was made and a data set
was found, but it is not an OAM data set name.
Programmer Response: Verify that the name of the data set desired is an OAM data
set.
200 Explanation: The ALTER ADDVOL function cannot be used to cause the number of
volumes of a SMS-managed data set to exceed the maximum of 59 volumes.
Programmer Response: The maximum allowable volumes for a SMS-managed data set
is 59. If this error was issued incorrectly, contact the IBM Support Center.
202 Explanation: A request to re-catalog a temporary non-VSAM data set is not valid.
Programmer Response: Correct the request. If the error recurs, contact the IBM
Support Center.
204 Explanation: HSM-INCOMPLETE-ON and HSM-INCOMPLETE-OFF are mutually
exclusive. They cannot be active at the same time.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the data set is SMS- managed and then rerun the
request.
218 Explanation: Alter of ACCOUNT information is invalid for non-SMS-managed data
sets.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the data set is SMS-managed and then rerun the
request.
222 Explanation: Extended attribute (AX) cell and ACCOUNT information are mutually
exclusive for define or alter request.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the AX cell and ACCOUNT information are not
both specified during define or alter of the data set.
226 Explanation: Multivolume DEFINE RECATALOG of a data set with an indirect volser
is not supported.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the VOLUME parameter for the DEFINE
RECATALOG has only one indirect volume serial specified before attempting the
DEFINED RECATALOG.
RETURN CODE 50
Explanation: An error has been detected in VVDS manager error. Message IEC331I might be produced for the error
and can contain additional information (SFI) for diagnostic use.
Programmer Response: Run a DIAGNOSE and print the VVDS associated with the
problem. These errors will usually be accompanied by additional console messages
which contain SFI information necessary to diagnose the problem. Contact the IBM
Support Center.
2 Explanation: New catalog name added. This is a normal return code returned during
the adding of a new VVR. The associated catalog name of the VVR was new to the
VVDS and was added to the VVCR/VVCN record.
Programmer Response: Ignore the return code or ensure the volume is online and
available for the LISTCAT operation.
6 Explanation: A requested VVR or NVR was not found in the VVDS specified. sfi in
message IEC331I contains characters 5 through twelve of the requested VVR name.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the volume serial numbers provided in VOLUMES
parameters and DD statements are correct. If all the commands are specified correctly,
this condition may indicate an error in the catalog or VVDS. Run the DIAGNOSE
command to determine if any catalog records are in error.
7 Explanation: One or more of the 3 required VVRs for a catalog was not found. sfi in
message IEC331I contains the first 8 characters of the catalog name whose VVR(s) was
missing.
Programmer Response: Run DIAGNOSE command against the VVDS and correct any
problem detected.
8 Explanation: A DEFINE command for a VVDS has failed because a VVDS already
exists on the volume. No SFI data.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the VVDS name or the volume serial number
provided is correct. If an access method services command was being processed,
ensure that all required FILE parameters are supplied. Ensure that the volume will be
mounted and available by providing a DD statement for the volume.
11 Explanation: The caller of the VVDS manager passed a volume serial number in the
parameter list and a UCB address. The UCB's volume serial does not match the
parameter list volume serial. The SFI contains the UCB volume serial while the
parameter list volume serial is in the second field in the SFI data.
Programmer Response: Ensure that there is enough space for the VVDS data set being
defined. The data set will require a minimum of three to four tracks. If space was
available when the error occurred, contact the IBM Support Center.
13 Explanation: The VSAM volume data set (VVDS) request contained an invalid volume
serial number (VOLSER). The invalid VOLSER might be available with the structured
field introducers (SFI) information.
Programmer Response: If the VVDS is to be deleted, first delete the VSAM data sets
on the volume and then run the DELETE command again. Or, if the VVDS is to be
recovered, run the DELETE command again with the RECOVERY parameter.
16 Explanation: No storage was available for the VVDS manager work area. There may
be no SFI data because the working storage for the VVDS manager could not be
obtained. Otherwise, SFI will contain the register 15 return code from the GETMAIN
request.
Programmer Response: Increase available LSQA storage. This error can sometimes be
avoided by decreasing the region size.
18 Explanation: An I/O error has been detected while accessing a VVDS record. This
reason code results in message IEC161I being issued, which provides more information
about the error. An SVC dump may also have been created, depending on the type of
error that occurred.
Programmer Response: A failure to obtain a DSCB for a VVR may indicate either a
damaged VVDS or the existence of an orphan VVR. In either case, enter the
DIAGNOSE command to check the integrity of the VVDS. Correct any errors found as
a result of using the DIAGNOSE command.
26 Explanation: An OBTAIN was issued to read the F1 DSCB for a new VVDS and
OBTAIN returned with an error. SFI contains the register 15 return code from OBTAIN.
Programmer Response: A failure to obtain a DSCB for a VVR may indicate either a
damaged VVDS or the existence of an orphan VVR. In either case, enter the
DIAGNOSE command to check the integrity of the VVDS. Correct any errors found as
a result of using the DIAGNOSE command.
28 Explanation: A call to VSAM end of volume to extent the VVDS has failed. SFI
contains register 15 return code from end of volume.
Programmer Response: The volume must be recovered from backup after creating a
larger VVDS, or unneeded data sets on the volume must be deleted to release space in
the VVDS.
| 32 Explanation: The VVDS is full (maximum 1048575 CIs). There is no SFI data.
| Programmer Response: If a VSAM data set was being defined, use an alternate
| volume. If a VVDS was being defined, decrease the primary space allocation.
36 Explanation: A request to write a VVR could not be processed because the VVR was
larger than the max size of a valid VVR. SFI contains the VVR length.
Programmer Response: Run a DIAGNOSE and print the VVDS associated with the
problem. These errors will usually be accompanied by additional console messages
which contain SFI information necessary to diagnose the problem. Contact the IBM
Support Center.
38 Explanation: A DELETE command with the NOSCRATCH parameter has been issued
for a catalog. The VVR for the catalog was not deleted because the catalog has data on
the volume. SFI contains the RBA of the first CI that has a VVR owned by the catalog.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the correct catalog is being used and that the
VVDS is correctly specified.
40 Explanation: A call to scratch the F1 DSCB from a volume has failed. SFI contains the
return code from the scratch.
Programmer Response: It is possible that a user other than the one issuing the delete
has an outstanding ENQ on the VVDS. If this is the case, the ENQ should be removed.
80 Explanation: An internal VVDS logic error has occurred. If the SFI information
contains “IORUNING”, the job associated with the catalog request may have been
terminated abnormally (for example, operator CANCEL, TSO attention ) and this does
not represent an internal logic error.
Programmer Response: Print the VVDS and VTOC. Contact the IBM Support Center.
84 Explanation: The system discovered, during synchronization processing of the VTOC
and VVR extents, that the number of extents indicated for the data set in the VVR is
more than the number indicated in the VTOC.
Programmer Response: Print the VVDS and VTOC. Contact the IBM Support Center.
85 Explanation: During synchronization processing of the VTOC and VVR extents, the
VVDS manager was unable to read the DSCBS.
Programmer Response: Print the VVDS and VTOC. Contact the IBM Support Center.
86 Explanation: The VVR for the VVDS number of extents field is not valid; it has more
than 123 extents in it. SFI contains the VVR's extent number.
Programmer Response: Print the VVDS. Contact the IBM Support Center.
System Action: The data set will not be permitted to open. Message IEC331I is issued
to detail which volume and component is incorrect.
Programmer Response: Use LISTCAT and LISTVTOC to determine the details of the
mismatch. The data set must be recreated to correct the error.
88 Explanation: A VVR or NVR with the correct component name was found, but the
catalog name did not match. On a delete request, the BCS record will be deleted, but
the VVR or NVR and the format 1 DSCB will not be scratched. There is no SFI data.
Programmer Response: No action is required because this code is for information only.
89 Explanation: During open processing of a VSAM data set, the system discovered that
there were extra extents in the VTOC that are not described in the VVR.
System Action: Message IEC331I is issued to detail which volume and component of
the data set has extra extents on the volume. Open processing continues. In most
cases, on the next extend of the data set the extra extents will be recognized and
incorporated into the data set extents.
92 Explanation: A request to allocate dynamically the VVDS has failed. SFI contains the
dynamic allocation error reason code returned in the SVC 99 request block, or text
stating why the allocation routine failed.
Programmer Response: Determine why the dynamic allocation reason code was
returned.
94 Explanation: A VSAM OPEN request to open the VVDS failed. SFI contains ‘xxrrrrrr’,
where rrrrrr=register 15 from the OPEN and xx is ACBERFLG.
Programmer Response: Determine why the OPEN reason code was returned.
96 Explanation: A record read from the VVDS was found to be invalid.
System Action: Message IEC331I will be issued in the job log and will contain the
RBA and volume serial of the invalid record. An SVC dump will be created for the
problem.
Programmer Response: Determine the source of the non-VSAM data set and have it
renamed or removed.
126 Explanation: VVDS detected a potential problem with VVDS internal structure. When
attempting to correct problem a free control interval (CI) could not be found, which
was required for the repair operation. An SVC dump should have occurred.
Programmer Response: Run a DIAGNOSE and print the VVDS associated with the
problem. Contact IBM Service and provide the SVC dump plus the DIAGNOSE and
print of the problem VVDS.
RETURN CODE 52
RETURN CODE 56
Programmer Response: Ensure the user has the proper authority to the master catalog.
For some types of requests, only the proper data set authority is required, and the
master catalog is only checked if they do not have necessary data set authority.
Granting the authority to the data set may eliminate this error.
4 Explanation: A non-system caller has specified request special authority level checking
in the catalog parameter list.
Programmer Response: Contact the IBM Support Center if the user written programs
are not calling catalog management.
6 Explanation: The user did not have the required access authority to the specified entry.
Programmer Response: Ensure the user has the proper RACF authorization for the
function being requested.
8 Explanation: The return code from the RACHECK REQUEST=AUTH was other than 0,
4, or 8.
Programmer Response: Determine the reason for the unexpected RACF return code.
14 Explanation: An implicit alter of a GDG was denied because the user did not have the
proper authority to the GDG base and the catalog.
Programmer Response: Ensure the user has the proper authority for the GDG base.
16 Explanation: The caller is not authorized for the requested SMS Management Class,
SMS Storage Class, or both.
28 Explanation: An unauthorized caller attempted to define an SMS data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure the caller is APF authorized, or system key or system
state.
30 Explanation: The caller was not authorized to the catalog when defining an SMS data
set into the master catalog.
32 Explanation: The return code from the RACHECK REQUEST=AUTH was other than 0,
4, or 8 when attempting to verify access to a facility class.
Programmer Response: Determine the reason for the unexpected RACF return code.
34 Explanation: An internal logic error has occurred.
Programmer Response: Acquire authority to the specified volume and resubmit the
job.
44 Explanation: Caller is not authorized to update catalog for DEFINE ATL request
RETURN CODE 58
Programmer Response: Reduce the primary space quantity and rerun the request.
4 Explanation: The allocation quantity requested for the dataset resulted in an amount
greater than 16,777,215 CYL on the secondary space quantity.
Programmer Response: Reduce the secondary space quantity and rerun the request.
| 6 Explanation: The striped data set was allocated with a primary space allocation of
| more than 16777215 tracks. The maximum primary allocation in tracks that can be
| specified on the define is 16777215.
| Programmer Response: Reduce the primary space allocation and rerun the request.
| 8 Explanation: The striped data set was allocated with a secondary space allocation of
| more than 16777215 tracks. The maximum secondary allocation in tracks that can be
| specified on the define is 16777215.
| Programmer Response: Reduce the secondary space allocation and rerun the request.
RETURN CODE 60
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog entry is still valid, by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error. Run
the job again.
4 Explanation: An incorrect entry type (cluster or non-VSAM) was detected.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog entry is still valid, by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error. Run
the job again.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog entry is still valid, by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error. Run
the job again.
8 Explanation: An incorrect cluster or index entry for ALTER of buffer size was detected.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog entry is still valid, by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error. Run
the job again.
10 Explanation: An incorrect entry type (CLUSTER) to ALTER the FREESPACE or
WRITECHECK parameters was detected.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog entry is still valid, by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error. Run
the job again.
12 Explanation: An incorrect entry type (CLUSTER) to ALTER volumes was detected.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog entry is still valid, by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error. Run
the job again.
14 Explanation: Probable system error. An incorrect catalog parameter list was supplied
in an attempt to add a volume.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog entry is still valid, by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error. Run
the job again.
16 Explanation: An attempt was made to alter an SMS-managed data set to add or delete
volumes from the data set; however, one or more of the volume specifications were
specific volume serial numbers.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog entry is still valid, by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error. Run
the job again.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog entry is still valid, by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error. Run
the job again.
26 Explanation: ALTER of EXCEPTIONEXIT was specified, but the entry is not a data or
index component.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog entry is still valid, by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error. Run
the job again.
28 Explanation: ALTER of average RECORDSIZE was specified, but the entry is not a
data or index component.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog entry is still valid, by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error. Run
the job again.
30 Explanation: ALTER of expiration date was specified but the entry is not a cluster,
alternate index, or path.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog entry is still valid, by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error. Run
the job again.
32 Explanation: ALTER of last back-up date was specified, but the component is not a
cluster, non VSAM, or GDS.
34 Explanation: ALTER of last back-up date was specified, but the data set is non-SMS
managed and does not have a last back-up date.
36 Explanation: An alias entry may only be defined for non-VSAM or user catalog
entries.
Programmer Response: GDGs must have qualified names. Ensure that all levels of
qualification are specified for GDG. Submit the job again.
40 Explanation: An input base record to catalog upgrade management is not an alternate
index, cluster or data type entry.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog entry is still valid, by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP 11 option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error.
Run the job again.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog entry is still valid, by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP 11 option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error.
Run the job again.
44 Explanation: An incorrect entry type was encountered in a DELETE operation, other
than the expected alias entry.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the proper entry name was specified and that the
catalog reflects the expected structure. It may be necessary to rebuild the catalog.
46 Explanation: An incorrect entry type was encountered in a DELETE operation, other
than the expected VVR type.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the proper entry name was specified.
48 Explanation: An entry type other than the expected NVR type was encountered in a
DELETE operation.
50 Explanation: An incorrect entry type, other than the expected BCS type, was
encountered in a delete operation.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the correct entry type was specified.
52 Explanation: ALTER of SMS constructs was specified, but the component is not a
cluster, non-VSAM, or GDS.
54 Explanation: Define an Extended Format UCAT is not allowed.
Programmer Response: Ensure that no other DFM attributes are being altered in the
same request. Run the job again.
58 Explanation: ALTER of CCSID is not allowed for non-SMS managed data set, or the
data component of a catalog.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
60
Explanation: ALTER of FILEDATA is not allowed for non-SMS managed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
62 Explanation: An attempt has been made to alter DFM attributes for a non-SMS
managed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
64 Explanation: ALTER of 'DFM/NFSS ACCESS AUTH' field is not allowed for non-SMS
managed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
66 Explanation: ALTER of 'DFM/NFSS ACCESS TIME' field is not allowed for non-SMS
managed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
72 Explanation: ALTER of 'DFM/NFSS GROUPID' field is not allowed for non-SMS
managed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
74 Explanation: ALTER of 'DFM/NFSS LAST SIZE CHANGE' field is not allowed for
non-SMS managed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
76 Explanation: ALTER of 'DFM/NFSS MODIFIED TIME' field is not allowed for
non-SMS managed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
78 Explanation: ALTER of 'DFM/NFSS ATTR CHNG TIME' field is not allowed for
non-SMS managed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
80 Explanation: ALTER of 'DFM/NFSS BINARY FILE SIZE' field is not allowed for
non-SMS managed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
82 Explanation: ALTER of 'DFM/NFSS LOGICAL RECORD COUNT' field is not allowed
for non-SMS managed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set.
84 Explanation: ALTER of 'DFM/NFSS CHARS NO PADDING' field is not allowed for
non=SMS managed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
86 Explanation: ALTER of 'DFM/NFSS TEXT TIMESTAMP' field is not allowed for
non-SMS managed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
88 Explanation: ALTER of 'DFM/NFSS ATTRIBUTE EXTENSION FLAGS' is not allowed
for non-SMS managed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
90 Explanation: ALTER of 'DFM/NFSS EXTENSION AREA' field is not allowed for
non-SMS managed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
or non-VSAM data set. Correct the error. Run the job again.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is eligible for RLS
processing. Correct the error. Run the job again.
94 Explanation: ALTER of the RLS recovery timestamp (local) is not allowed for a data
set that is not capable of being used by RLS. Data sets that are Linear, non-SMS
managed, keyrange or temporary are not eligible for RLS access.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is eligible for RLS
processing. Correct the error. Run the job again.
96 Explanation: ALTER of the RLS recovery timestamp (GMT) is not allowed for a data
set that is not capable of being used by RLS. Data sets that are Linear, non-SMS
managed, keyrange or temporary are not eligible for RLS access.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is eligible for RLS
processing. Correct the error. Run the job again.
98 Explanation: ALTER of the RLS flags is not allowed for a data set that is not capable
of being used by RLS. Data sets that are Linear, non-SMS managed, keyrange or
temporary are not eligible for RLS access.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is eligible for RLS
processing. Correct the error. Run the job again.
100 Explanation: ALTER of the BWO flag is not allowed for non-SMS managed data set or
a linear data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is an SMS managed VSAM
data set that is not LINEAR. Correct the error. Run the job again.
102 Explanation: ALTER of 'ACCOUNT INFORMATION' is specified but the entry type is
not Data, NonVSAM, or GDS.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the name of the entry specified in the command is
correct. Ensure that the catalog is still valid by performing a LISTCAT run. If the
reason code indicates a system error, list the catalog using the PRINT command with
the DUMP11 option. Contact the IBM Support Center. Otherwise, correct the error and
run the job again.
104 Explanation: Invalid entry type for alter of extended addressability data set.
106 Explanation: ALTER of the LOGSTREAMID parameter is not allowed for a data set
that is not capable of being used by RLS. Data sets that are Linear, non-SMS managed,
keyrange or temporary are not eligible for RLS access.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is eligible for RLS
processing. Correct the error. Run the job again.
108 Explanation: ALTER of the LOG parameter is not allowed for a data set that is not
capable of being used by RLS. Data sets that are Linear, non-SMS managed, are
keyrange or temporary are not eligible for RLS access.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is eligible for RLS
processing. Correct the error. Run the job again.
110 Explanation: ALTER of the FRLOG parameter is not allowed for a data set that is not
capable of being used by RLS. Data sets that are Linear, non-SMS managed, are
keyrange or temporary are not eligible for RLS access.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is eligible for RLS
processing. Correct the error. Run the job again.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the entry being altered is eligible for RLS
processing. Correct the error. Run the job again.
RETURN CODE 62
Explanation: An error was encountered while initializing the extension of a data set.
RETURN CODE 64
Explanation: The associated entry does not exist. This condition indicates that a system error has occurred such that
the catalog cannot find either a data or an index entry which is associated with a cluster or alternate index entry.
Programmer Response: Use access method services to define the associated base of the
true name record.
8
Explanation: The association of a true name record is not in the IEASYMxx member,
or the SYMBOLICRELATE function did not provide a symbolic item.
Programmer Response: Check the IEASYMxx to ensure that the item has a symbolic
item, or the SYMBOLICRELATE function does not provide a symbolic item.
RETURN CODE 66
RETURN CODE 68
Explanation: No space is available on the user volume. Only the primary volume will be used for ICF catalogs.
Programmer Response: The storage group did not contain sufficient space to allocate
the data set. If this was a non SMS-managed data set being allocated, the volume(s)
did not have sufficient space for the primary allocation amount.
26 Explanation: An attempt to allocate an SMS-managed data set using the Best Fit
interface resulted in more than 255 extents for the data set. VSAM data sets are limited
to a maximum of 255 extents.
RETURN CODE 70
RETURN CODE 72
Explanation: The user volume is not mounted. The reason codes are from VSAM open/close/end-of-volume, volume
mount and verify routine IDA0192V.
Programmer Response: Verify that the volume and the volume information (time
stamps) contained in the catalog are at the same level. If the problem is due to
insufficient virtual storage, specify a larger region parameter. Run the job again.
RETURN CODE 74
Programmer Response: Run access method services DIAGNOSE command against the
catalog and then determine the action to be taken. Delete with the NOSCRATCH
parameter. Define with the RECATALOG parameter.
4 Explanation: An association cell was not found for a path or alias record while a
subrecord move update was in progress.
Programmer Response: Run access method services DIAGNOSE command against the
catalog and then determine the action to be taken. Delete with the NOSCRATCH
parameter. Define with the RECATALOG parameter.
10 Explanation: The SMS cell was not found in the VVDS entry for a data set, even
though the data set is SMS-managed.
Programmer Response: Run access method services DIAGNOSE command against the
catalog and then determine the action to be taken. The data set may need to be copied
to a new SMS data set and the failing data set deleted.
12 Explanation: The SMS cell was not found in the BCS entry for a data set, even though
the data set is SMS-managed.
Programmer Response: Run access method services DIAGNOSE command against the
catalog and then determine the action to be taken. The catalog may be repaired by
doing a DELETE NOSCRATCH, followed by DEFINE RECATALOG.
RETURN CODE 76
Programmer Response: Ensure that JCL statements cause the proper volumes and
units to be allocated. Also, ensure that all DDNAMES specified match the access
method services dname parameter when specified. Determine a minimum unit count
and have sufficient units available for job processing. Ensure that volumes are
allocatable by the use of dynamic allocation.
Programmer Response: Ensure that JCL statements cause the proper volumes and
units to be allocated. Also, ensure that all DDNAMES specified match the access
method services dname parameter when specified. Determine a minimum unit count
and have sufficient units available for job processing. Ensure that volumes are
allocatable by the use of dynamic allocation.
8 Explanation: A scan of the task I/O table (TIOT) failed to find a needed JCL DD
statement.
Programmer Response: Ensure that you have all needed JCL DD statements and that
all JCL statements cause the proper volumes and units to be allocated. Also, ensure
that all DDNAMES specified match the access method services dname parameter
when specified. Determine a minimum unit count and have sufficient units available
for job processing. Ensure that volumes are allocatable by the use of dynamic
allocation.
For a non-VSAM data set, ensure the number of volumes on the DD statement match
the number of volumes where the data set resides.
10 Explanation: A scan of the task I/O table (TIOT) failed to find the user specified JCL
ddname statement.
Programmer Response: Ensure that JCL statements cause the proper volumes and
units to be allocated. Also, ensure that all DDNAMES specified match the access
method services dname parameter when specified. Determine a minimum unit count
and have sufficient units available for job processing. Ensure that volumes are
allocatable by the use of dynamic allocation.
12 Explanation: A scan of the task I/O table (TIOT) failed to find the user specified JCL
ddname statement.
Programmer Response: Ensure that JCL statements cause the proper volumes and
units to be allocated. Also, ensure that all dynamis specified match the access method
services dname parameter when specified. Determine a minimum unit count and have
sufficient units available for job processing. Ensure that volumes are allocatable by the
use of dynamic allocation.
RETURN CODE 78
RETURN CODE 80
Explanation: Incorrect related object. The object specified in the RELATE parameter of a DEFINE command does not
exist or is improper for the type of object being defined.
Programmer Response: Correct the DEFINE command so that the entry named in the
RELATE parameter is proper for the type of object being defined.
2 Explanation: The related object is a relative-record data set or a linear data set.
Programmer Response: Correct the DEFINE command so that the entry named in the
RELATE parameter is proper for the type of object being defined.
4 Explanation: The related object does not exist.
Programmer Response: Correct the DEFINE command so that the entry named in the
RELATE parameter is proper for the type of object being defined.
6 Explanation: An alternate index or path is not allowed to be built over a catalog.
Programmer Response: Correct the DEFINE command so that the entry named in the
RELATE parameter is proper for the type of object being defined.
8 Explanation: The names of an alternate index or path and a related object are identical.
Programmer Response: Correct the DEFINE command so that the entry named in the
RELATE parameter is proper for the type of object being defined.
10 Explanation: There is no pointer to a related object of an alternate index or path.
Programmer Response: Correct the DEFINE command so that the entry named in the
RELATE parameter is proper for the type of object being defined.
12 Explanation: An alternate index is not to be built over a base cluster, or the related
path object is not a cluster or an alternate index.
Programmer Response: Correct the DEFINE command so that the entry named in the
RELATE parameter is proper for the type of object being defined.
14 Explanation: A DEFINE PATH command specified a PATHENTRY name of a
PAGESPACE object.
Programmer Response: Correct the path entry name. Run the DEFINE PATH
command again.
16 Explanation: A DEFINE PATH command has specified a PATHENTRY name for a
VVDS.
Programmer Response: Correct the path entry name. Run the DEFINE PATH
command again.
20 Explanation: The related object for a DEFINE ALTERNATEINDEX is a VVDS.
Programmer Response: Correct the related name. Run the DEFINE AIX command
again.
28 Explanation: The related name specified for a DEFINE ALIAS command is for a record
type other than NONVSAM or USERCATALOG.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the related name is correct and that a DEFINE
ALIAS command is desired. If the above is true refer to access method services
DIAGNOSE command to obtain additional information.
30 Explanation: The version number of the related generation data set name does not
match the version number in the base GDG. The DEFINE ALIAS will fail.
Programmer Response: Correct the version number in the GnnnnVnn part of the
generation data set name. Run the DEFINE ALIAS command again.
Programmer Response: Check the definition of the base cluster to ensure that it is also
non-Extended-Format.
38 Explanation: An AIX (alternate index) data set specified Extended-Format on the
define, but the base cluster is not an Extended-Format data set.
Programmer Response: Check the definition of the base cluster to ensure that it is also
Extended-Format. The data class attribute is the source for requesting
Extended-Format, so verify that the proper data class was used
40 Explanation: The related object is a variable relative-record data set.
42 Explanation: The data set type in the RELATE parameter for a DEFINE
ALTERNATEINDEX command is an extended addressability ESDS.
Programmer Response: Change the type of the related data set to a non-extended
addressability ESDS.
RETURN CODE 84
Programmer Response: Specify the PURGE option if desired. Run the DELETE
command again.
2 Explanation: There are conflicting date formats. An attempt to retrieve a date in the
new format (YYYYDDD) failed because the request used the old format (YYDD) by
passing the old format field dictionary name DSETEXDT or DSETCRDT. The date
cannot be passed correctly in the old format.
Programmer Response: Submit the job again using the new format field dictionary
name DSCRDT2 (creation date) or DSEXDT2 (expiration date).
4 Explanation: An unexpired new format purge date exists. An attempt to delete an
entry failed because its expiration date has not been reached, and the DELETE
command did not specify the PURGE option. This expiration date is stored in the new
format (YYYYDDD) and it is beyond the year 1999.
Programmer Response: Specify the PURGE option if desired. Run the DELETE
command again.
RETURN CODE 86
Programmer Response: Ensure that the PATHENTRY name is correct. If it is, refer to
access method services, DIAGNOSE command, to obtain additional information.
Programmer Response:
If no VVR exists, then re-issue the DEFINE command, without the RECATALOG
parameter, for the ICF catalog.
If the VVR exists but points to a different catalog, specify the correct catalog and
re-issue the DEFINE command with the RECATALOG parameter.
Programmer Response: You can only recatalog pagespace, swapspace, or SYS1 data
sets to a different catalog than the one specified in the VVR. If the data set you are
recataloging is one of those types, or if you are getting this error in response to a
REPRO MERGECAT command, contact the IBM support center.
If your data sets is not one of those types, print the VVR to determine which catalog
the data set should be associated with.
12 Explanation: The VVR for the data set being recataloged indicated it was for a
LINEAR data set, but the DEFINE RECATALOG command did not specify the
LINEAR keyword.
14 Explanation: The DEFINE RECATALOG command specified the LINEAR keyword,
but the VVR for the data set did not indicate it was a LINEAR data set.
16 Explanation: NVR for the object being recataloged was not found on the volume serial
numbers specified.
18 Explanation: Something other than the expected NVR was retrieved.
Programmer Response: Ensure that any missing volumes are supplied when issuing
the DEFINE RECATALOG command.
26 Explanation: The DEFINE RECATALOG command detected that the last volume for a
data component is missing from the volume list.
Programmer Response: Ensure that any missing volumes are supplied when issuing
the DEFINE RECATALOG command.
28 Explanation: The DEFINE RECATALOG command detected that the last volume of a
stripe for a data component of a striped VSAM data set is missing from the volume
list.
Programmer Response: Ensure that any missing volumes are supplied when issuing
the DEFINE RECATALOG command.
30 Explanation: The DEFINE RECATALOG command detected that a volume for an
index component is missing from the volume list.
Programmer Response: Ensure that any missing volumes are supplied when issuing
the DEFINE RECATALOG command.
32 Explanation: The DEFINE RECATALOG command detected that the last volume for
an index component is missing from the volume list.
Programmer Response: Ensure that any missing volumes are supplied when issuing
the DEFINE RECATALOG command.
34 Explanation: The DEFINE RECATALOG command detected that the last volume of a
stripe for an index component of a striped VSAM data set is missing from the volume
list.
Programmer Response: Ensure that any missing volumes are supplied when issuing
the DEFINE RECATALOG command.
36 Explanation: An indirect volume serial was used in the DEFINE RECATALOG for a
VSAM non-LDS data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the data set is a VSAM linear data set and marked
zFS.
38 Explanation: DEFINE RECATALOG using an indirect VOLSER was attempted for a
VSAM indexed data set.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the data set is a VSAM linear data set and is
marked zFS.
Programmer Response: Ensure that the data set is a VSAM linear data set and marked
zFS.
RETURN CODE 90
Programmer Response: Determine if the correct catalog is specified. If so, run the job
again with a different master catalog.
4 Explanation: The system was unable to determine if the catalog is empty.
Programmer Response: Run LISTCAT to determine the generation data sets in the
GDG. Run the delete job again with the correct generation/version number.
12 Explanation: A required FILE parameter was not specified on the DELETE VVR
command.
Programmer Response: Check FILE parameter. Run the job again with the correct DD
name.
16 Explanation: DELETE VVR request for a VVR with an associated catalog.
Programmer Response: Specify the file parameter. Run the job again.
20 Explanation: DELETE NVR request for a NVR with an associated catalog.
Programmer Response: User error. Respecify the DDname in the FILE parameter. Run
the job again.
Programmer Response: User error. DELETE VVR cannot be used to delete non-VSAM
data sets.
36 Explanation: DELETE VVR resulted in an attempt to delete a DSCB whose name
resolves to an associated keyrange VVR. Nothing was deleted.
Programmer Response: Informational message. Neither the VVR nor the DSCB were
found. The object name may be misspelled. If so, run the job again with the correct
object name specified.
40 Explanation: For DELETE VVR, the DSCB was not found.
Programmer Response: Informational message. The VVR was found, but the
associated DSCB was not found. The VVR is deleted.
42 Explanation: An NVR was retrieved during a DELETE VVR request.
Programmer Response: User error. Specify DELETE NVR and run the job again.
44 Explanation: A VVR was retrieved during a DELETE NVR request.
Programmer Response: User error. Specify DELETE VVR and run the job again.
46 Explanation: DELETE VVR failed to specify the system master catalog name in the
catalog parameter.
Programmer Response: User error. Rerun the failing DELETE VVR job specifying the
system master catalog name in the catalog parameter.
48 Explanation: DELETE CLUSTER failed because the data set is using RLS resources.
Programmer Response: This data set must be deleted on a DFSMS/MVS 1.3 or higher
system to ensure the RLS resources are freed.
50 Explanation: DELETE failed because SMSVSAM Server was not available.
Programmer Response: Retry the operation when the SMSVSAM Server is available.
Programmer Response: Rename the data set with the IDCAMS ALTER command and
then delete it.
| 56 Explanation: A DELETE USERCATALOG or EXPORT DISCONNECT command issued
| against a user catalog failed because the catalog contains one or more user catalog
| connector extension records, which are not allowed in a pre-z/OS V1R13 system.
RETURN CODE 94
Programmer Response: Check the JCL and file parameters, and ensure that the
required volume is mounted.
8 Explanation: OBTAIN did not find requested format-1 DSCB on specified volume.
Programmer Response: Determine the meaning of the obtain return code. Correct the
error. Run the job again.
RETURN CODE 96
Explanation: An error occurred in specifying key length, key position, or record size for an alternate index or
spanned cluster.
RETURN CODE 98
Explanation: An unusual condition occurred during an ALTER name of a unique or non-VSAM data set.
Explanation: A DADSM SCRATCH request failed during a catalog delete request for a unique or non-VSAM data set.
Programmer Response: Determine the meaning of the SCRATCH status code. See z/OS
DFSMSdfp Diagnosis for these status codes and take the appropriate corrective action
before rerunning the job that failed.
| Programmer Response: Retry the operation on V1R13 or higher systems to retrieve all
| the association entries of a user catalog.
|
RETURN CODE 108
Explanation: An incorrect field name was found in the field parameter list (CTGFL). The field name passed by AMS
does not exist in the catalog management dictionary.
Programmer Response: Make the data set RACF-protected or remove the RACF
indicator.
8 Explanation: An ALTER RENAME command has been issued for a RACF-protected
data set. This failed because as a result of the new name, the data set cannot be
defined to the security subsystem.
Programmer Response: Probable system error. Contact the IBM Support Center.
However, if a user program is interfacing directly with catalog management, the FPL
contains improper data.
Programmer Response: For the ACS reason code referenced in the appropriate SMS SUB-System Message Manual.
Refer to the Storage Management Subsystem Reason Codes, Sub-Sections Subsystem Interface Reason Codes and ACS
Service Reason Codes in the z/OS DFSMSdfp Diagnosis for a complete description of the reason codes.
Programmer Response: Define the data set with a smaller space allocation request.
112 Explanation: An incorrect high-allocated RBA was found during a define of a data
component. The high-allocated RBA was less than the high-used RBA.
Programmer Response: Reduce the amount of space specified for the data component
of the cluster. Enter the DEFINE command again.
116 Explanation: A request was made to compress a data set that is not an Extended
Format data set.
Programmer Response: Change the job to define the data set as a non-compressible
data set.
Programmer Response: Specify a device type or device name that is acceptable to the
system.
4 Explanation: An incorrect device name was specified on a define of a non-VSAM
entry.
Programmer Response: Specify a device type or device name that is acceptable to the
system.
Explanation: A duplicate data set name was detected on a volume during a DEFINE or ALTER NEWNAME, or a
DADSM error occurred during an ALTER NEWNAME.
Programmer Response: Select another data set name, scratch the original data set from
the volume, or ensure that there are as many volumes as key ranges for the define of a
unique key sequenced data set (KSDS).
Explanation: There is no space in the VTOC for a DSCB. During the definition or extension of a data space, an
attempt was made to perform a DADSM allocate or extend function on a volume in which a new DSCB was to have
been written, but there is no space in the VTOC for an additional DSCB. The problem might also be with the size of
the VTOC index or lack of room in it.
Explanation: An error occurred during ICF catalog processing of a VSAM partial release request.
Programmer Response: Run an IDCAMS verify against the data set to reset the
open-for-output indicator and re-run the partial release request.
4 Explanation: The data set is not an extended format VSAM cluster. Partial release
processing is supported only for extended format VSAM clusters.
6 Explanation: The data set name passed to a VSAM partial release request was not a
VSAM cluster data component.
Programmer Response: Ensure the name being passed is the VSAM cluster data
component and re-run the partial release request.
8 Explanation: A DADSM partial release request failed.
Programmer Response: Examine the job and system log for related messages
explaining the DADSM failure.
10 Explanation: An attempt was made to perform partial release processing against a
data set defined with guaranteed space. Guaranteed space data sets are not supported
for partial release processing.
12 Explanation: An attempt to release excess space has been made for this data set, but
the data set is not eligible for partial release processing. The data set is a multi-volume
data set that was created through space constraint relief processing and the high use
RBA for the data set is not in the range of an extent on the last volume of the data set.
Explanation: The data set is currently open and cannot be deleted or altered. This condition arises when two
different jobs are referencing the same VSAM data set simultaneously, or an attempt was made to delete a pagespace
that is currently active.
Programmer Response: Run the command again. To ensure proper completion, specify
a disposition parameter of OLD, not SHR.
6 Explanation: The attempted DELETE or ALTER of a PAGESPACE, or attempted
DELETE CATALOG FORCE that implicitly deletes a PAGESPACE, cannot be allowed.
The pagespace is currently in use on this or another system sharing the volume that
contains the pagespace.
Programmer Response: Run the requested function again after verifying the data set is
not currently being dumped.
10 Explanation: An attempt has been made to alter one of the attributes LOG,
LOGSTREAMID, or BWO for a data set that is currently open.
Programmer Response: Reissue the ALTER request when the target data set is not
open.
Programmer Response: To use the DEFINE LOCK command, a caller must have read
authority to the profile IGG.CATLOCK of class type FACILITY. Obtain the correct
authorization. Run the job again.
6 Explanation: The caller was not authorized for ALTER LOCK.
Programmer Response: A caller attempted to issue either the ALTER LOCK command
for an unlocked catalog, or the ALTER UNLOCK command for a locked catalog for
which the caller was unauthorized. To use the ALTER LOCK and ALTER UNLOCK
commands, a caller must have read authority to the profile IGG.CATLOCK of class
type FACILITY. Obtain the correct authorization. Run the job again.
Programmer Response: Try the request again at a later time. If a COPY or IMPORT
operation has failed, do a DELETE RECOVERY and import a backup copy of the
catalog.
As a volume error code: Catalog unavailable for the remainder of processing which
establishes volumes as candidates for future extension. This occurs during define of
VSAM data sets only when another error is encountered during candidate processing.
This code appears as a volume error code for the volumes that are not processed due
to the other error code which will appear in the access method services jobstream
output.
Explanation: Authorization error on a facility class function applied to SMS data sets.
Programmer Response: Insure that the user has read access authority to
'STGADMIN.IGG.LIBRARY'.
Explanation: Maximum logical record length specified is greater than 32,761 for a non-spanned data set.
Explanation: The data component control interval size specified is greater than 32,767.
Explanation: The specified or defaulted control interval size of the index component is greater than the maximum
block size of the index device.
Programmer Response: Print the OBR record to get the appropriate error messages.
2 Explanation: An error was detected during a call to determine whether all volumes
belong to the same storage group.
4 Explanation: An incorrect definition was passed to the SMS.
6 Explanation: Insufficient space was provided for that definition to the SMS subsystem.
8 Explanation: An attempt was made to alter the expiration date of an SMS-managed
data set that was defined with a management class whose maximum number of
retention days was specified as zero.
Programmer Response: Redefine the data set with a management class with no
retention limit or with a specified retention value equal to or exceeding the date
specified in the ALTER command.
Explanation: The buffer space specified is too small. The buffer size specified is too small to contain the minimum
number of control intervals for the type of VSAM data set being defined or altered. An indexed data set requires
enough virtual storage for 2 data component control intervals, plus 1 for an index component control interval. A
non-indexed data set requires 2 for the data component.
Explanation: Control interval size calculation unsolvable. This condition arises should catalog management be unable
to compute an acceptable control interval size value. This condition only occurs in the DEFINE and IMPORT
commands.
Programmer Response: Determine which of the specifications may have caused the
problem.
Programmer Response To ACS reason code add decimal 256 to obtain the correct error code for reference in the
appropriate SMS SUB-System Message Manual. Refer to the Storage Management Subsystem Reason Codes,
Sub-Sections Subsystem Interface Reason Codes and ACS Service Reason Codes in the z/OS DFSMSdfp Diagnosis &
for a complete description of the reason codes.
See the associated second-level message for the specific catalog management error code values.
In the Time Sharing Option/Extensions (TSO/E) environment the second-level message is not displayed, except by
request. To request it, enter a question mark (?) after the TSO READY message.
System action: The system ends processing of the command.
Application Programmer Response: Verify that the entry name is spelled correctly. Ensure that the data set name or
the first-level qualifier of the data set name specified is not the same as a data set name or the first-level qualifier of
either a data set name or an alias name that already exists in the specified catalog.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCTP06
In the Time Sharing Option/Extensions (TSO/E) environment the second-level message is not displayed, except by
request. To request it, enter a question mark (?) after the TSO READY message.
System action: The system ends the command.
Application Programmer Response: Increase the BUFFERSPACE parameter of the DEFINE command.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCTP06
If COPYV ends without indicating the status of the copy operation, run LISTMSVI to determine whether the
volume is flagged for recovery purposes. If the incomplete copy flag is set in the copy volume record, LISTMSVI
not only lists the standard information for the volume but also highlights the volume report with a note that a
copy operation failed for the preceding copy volume.
v For a copy operation failure for RECOVERV, run RECOVERV again to complete the recover operation to the target
volume that is flagged as an incomplete copy volume. Otherwise, run SCRATCHV to scratch the target volume.
The incomplete copy volume may even be used as the target volume in the CONVERTV command. In all cases,
the empty volume table of contents (VTOC) check or security check for password protected data sets is bypassed.
If the SCRATCHV command is run, the DD statement is not required for the volume and if provided, must specify
deferred mounting. If the RECOVERV command is run again, the DD statement is not required for the target
volume, which is flagged as an incomplete copy, unless the volume serial number of the target volume is different
from the source volume. If a DD statement is provided for the target volume, deferred mounting must be
specified.
If a virtual storage access method (VSAM) catalog is on the volume, a DD statement for the catalog is not required.
If one is provided, specify deferred mounting.
If RECOVERV ends without indicating the status of the recover operation, run LISTMSVI to determine whether the
volume is flagged for recovery purposes. If the incomplete copy flag is set in the target volume record, LISTMSVI
not only lists the standard information for the volume but also highlights the volume report with a note that a
copy operation failed for the preceding volume.
v For a copy operation failure for CONVERTV, run CONVERTV again to complete the conversion operation to the
target volume that is flagged as an incomplete copy volume. Otherwise, run SCRATCHV to scratch the target
volume. The incomplete copy volume may even be used as the target volume in the RECOVERV command. In all
cases, the empty VTOC check or the security check for password protected data sets is bypassed.
If the SCRATCHV command is run, the DD statement is not required for the incompletely copied volume and if
provided, must specify deferred mounting.
If a VSAM catalog is on the volume and a DD statement for the target volume must be provided and must specify
deferred mounting. If a VSAM catalog is on the volume and a DD statement is provided for the catalog, the DD
statement must also specify deferred mounting.
If CONVERTV ends without indicating the status of the conversion operation, run LISTMSVI to determine whether
the volume is flagged for recovery purposes.
If the incomplete copy flag is set in the target volume record, LISTMSVI not only lists the standard information for
the volume but also highlights the volume report with a note that a copy operation failed for the preceding
volume.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01, IDCMV01, IDCSR01
v Do not specify a new serial number through the NEWSERIAL parameter in the command statement.
System programmer response: Enter the access method services LISTCAT command to list catalog entries and
information about objects defined in the catalog.
If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no
fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output
and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01, IDCCN01, IDCCO01, IDCRV01
Either the volume serial number or owner name or both was not updated in the volume label as requested. A
mismatch may exist between the cartridge labels and the volume label for the mass storage volume. See the
preceding message for further explanation of the problem.
For the DD statement requirements, the proper VOLUME and NEWSERIAL parameter values, and use of
LISTMSVI, refer to the description above for an ADDV rename failure.
v For a rename operation failure for STOREV, run STOREV again or run MODIFYV to either backout or retry the
rename operation. For the DD statement requirements, the proper VOLUME and NEWSERIAL parameter values,
and use of LISTMSVI, refer to the description above for an ADDV rename failure.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01, IDCCN01, IDCRV01
IDC3081I ** RECORD NOT RETRIEVED FROM INVENTORY FOR COPY yyddd, NO. nnn
Explanation: The record cannot be accessed in the Inventory data set for the copy created on the indicated date and
assigned the copy sequence number for that date. See the preceding message for a further explanation of the error.
In the message text:
yyddd The date in year and days.
nnn The copy sequence number.
System action: The system ends the command with a message unless additional copies are to be processed.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the error as indicated in the preceding message. Before running the
command again, ensure that copy date and sequence number are specified correctly.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01, IDCRR01, IDCRV01
System action: The system ends the command with an error message.
Application Programmer Response: Run the LISTMSVI command to obtain the sequence one and sequence two
cartridge serial numbers of the correct volume to be processed. Run the command again specifying either cartridge
serial number with the CARTRIDGE parameter so that the command can select the correct volume.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCCN01, IDCRV01
These problems may cause dynamic allocation of the volume to encounter an error. Therefore, this command requires
a FILE parameter on the command statement. The FILE parameter must specify the name of a JCL DD statement
which allocates a unit with deferred mounting to prevent allocation from mounting the volume.
System action: The system ends the command with a message identifying the severity of the error.
Application Programmer Response: Run the command again with the FILE parameter specifying the name of a JCL
DD statement which allocates a unit with deferred mounting.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01, IDCMV01, IDCSR01
In either case, the base volume record in the Inventory data set indicates the volume has down level space. If the
MODIFY command is being used, the following applies:
v A JCL DD statement was not provided (or was provided but allocated to a volume different than the volume being
modified) and the attempt by the MODIFY command dynamically to allocate the volume failed.
IDC3143I THE OUTPUT DATA SET CANNOT BE THE SAME AS THE INPUT DATA SET
Explanation: The data set specified on the Outfile/Outdataset parameter is the same one that the system is
exporting.
System action: The system ends processing.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the source or target specifications. Run the job again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01, IDCMV01
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC3176I VSAM VOLUME DATA SET VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER SPECIFICATION ERROR
Explanation: During the define of a virtual storage access method (VSAM) volume data set (VVDS), the volume
serial number specified by volser of the VVDS name, ‘SYS1.VVDS.Vvolser’, did not match the volume serial number
specified on the VOLUMES parameter. Only the first volume serial number specified by VOLUME is valid and is
compared.
System action: The system ends processing of this command.
Application Programmer Response: Check the NAME and VOLUMES specifications. Change the parameter in
error. Run the job again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC3180I CA RECLAIM ALTER IS NOT VALID FOR THE DATA SET TYPE.
Explanation: The system issues this message because an ALTER of the RECLAIM setting was attempted on a
non-KSDS or a KSDS defined with IMBED.
System action: The ALTER command stops.
Operator response: None.
Application Programmer Response: Check to ensure that the data set is a KSDS.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAL01
Where xxxxxxxx is either SYS1 or another high level qualifier specified in the LOADxx member of SYS1.PARMLIB
and x is either a number from 0-9 or an uppercase alphabetic character A-Z.
System action: The system stops processing the command.
System programmer response: Specify a valid entryname.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDE01
IDC3191I VSAM VOLUME DATA SET NAME OR ITS GENERIC FORM NOT ALLOWED
Explanation: During processing of an access method services command, a name was specified and had the
restricted virtual storage access method (VSAM) volume data set (VVDS) prefix or one of its generic forms. The
VVDS prefix, allowed for the following:
v ENTRYNAME for the ALTER command.
v NEWNAME for the ALTER command.
v INDATASET for the REPRO command.
v MODEL for the DEFINE command.
IDC3202I ABOVE TEXT BYPASSED UNTIL NEXT COMMAND. CONDITION CODE IS 12.
Explanation: Following the occurrence of an error in the current command, the remainder of the command is
bypassed. An error message preceding this message in the program listing will pinpoint the error.
System action: The system performs no further syntax or semantic checking on the command.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the related error. Run the job again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the SYSOUT output for the
job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRI01
System action: Processing skips to the end of the command. The system begins interpretation with the next
command.
Application Programmer Response: Check the usage of the keyword and the parentheses.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the SYSOUT output for the
job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRI01
Application Programmer Response: Correct the improper verb name. Run the command again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the SYSOUT output for the
job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRI01
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRI01
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide all printed output and output
data sets related to the problem and the control statements for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRI04
IDC3249I REENTER
Explanation: This prompting message follows messages that identify incorrect constants: IDC3240I, IDC3241I, and
IDC3242I.
System action: The system requests the caller to enter a valid constant.
Application Programmer Response: Enter a valid constant.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRI04
Application Programmer Response: Change the JCL statement to specify a virtual storage access method (VSAM)
data set, or correct the usage of the data set.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCIO02
System action: The system continues processing until four such errors occur, in which case no more records are
written to the data set.
Application Programmer Response: Redefine the output data set with the correct LRECL or control interval size.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCIO01
IDC3313I synadaf-message
Explanation: An I/O error occurred for a non-virtual storage access method (VSAM) data set. The SYNADAF
message is written.
System action: The system ends the command.
Application Programmer Response: Check the explanation in the SYNADAF message. Correct the error. Submit the
job again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCIO02
System programmer response: Enter the access method services LISTCAT command to list catalog entries and
information about objects defined in the catalog.
If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job log for more information. search
problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the
JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCIO01
Application Programmer Response: Take one of the following steps and run the job again.
v Change the block size of the data set. The block size should be at least length of 5.
v Provide a data class, or a system determined block size user interface to hardcode a non-zero block size.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCIO02
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCIO01
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCIO01
The indicated Programmed Cryptographic Facility (PCF) service returned a nonzero return code. PCF and
cryptographic unit support program (CUSP) macros will receive identical error return codes if they run on integrated
cryptographic service facility (ICSF)/MVS or on PCF/CUSP, with one exception. If a key is installed in the
cryptographic key data set (CKDS) with the correct label but an incorrect key type, an attempt to use that key by
RETKEY or GENKEY will result in a return code of 8 from PCF/CUSP, indicating that the key was not of the correct
type. ICSF will issue a return code of 12, indicating the key could not be found. Installations must ensure that
PCF/CUSP LOCAL or CROSS 1 keys are installed on the ICSF CKDS as EXPORTER keys, and that REMOTE and
CROSS 2 keys are installed as IMPORTER keys.
For GENKEY/RETKEY:
Code Explanation
4 PCF was not active.
8 The key type was incorrect.
12 The key name was not found in the CKDS.
16 An installation exit caused the request to fail.
24 An error occurred in the installation exit routine.
28 The authorization check failed.
32 The key has incorrect parity.
36 The system encountered an error that forced an abnormal end.
System action: The system ends the command.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCIO01
The caller did not specify the key name or enciphered data encrypting key to be used to decipher the data. REPRO
command processing tried to obtain the needed information from the header of the source data set, but the
information was not stored in the header when the data set was enciphered by the REPRO ENCIPHER command.
System action: The system ends the command.
Application Programmer Response: Supply the needed key name or enciphered data encrypting key in the
command using the SYSTEMKEYNAME or SYSTEMDATAKEY parameter.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCIO01
If the DATAKEYVALUE parameter was specified, then the specified value (plain text data encrypting key) is
incorrect. If the DATAKEYFILE parameter was specified, then the first record in the data encrypting key data set is
incorrect.
System action: The system ends the command.
Application Programmer Response: Supply the correct key. Run the job again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCIO01
144 An uncorrectable I/O error occurred while VSAM was reading or writing a catalog record.
145 An uncorrectable error occurred in the VSAM volume data set (VVDS).
148 An unidentified error occurred while VSAM was searching the catalog.
180 A VSAM catalog specified in the JCL either does not exist or is not open, and no record for the data
set to be closed was found in any other catalog.
182 The SMSVSAM address space is not available.
184 An uncorrectable I/O error occurred while VSAM was completing outstanding I/O requests.
236 A permanent destaging error occurred in the Mass Storage System (RELINQUISH). With temporary
CLOSE, destaging error or a staging error (ACQUIRE) occurred.
246 The compression management services (CMS) close function failed.
Note: If you use the VERIFY command, this message can appear again when VERIFY processing
opens the data set. If VERIFY processing then successfully closes the data set, VERIFY processing
issues condition code 0 at the end of its processing. In addition, an empty cluster cannot be
verified.
118 Attention message: The data set was not properly closed but OPEN's implicit verify was
successfully processed.
128 DD statement for this access method control block is missing or incorrect.
131 An error was detected by VSAM for a media manager CONNECT.
132 One of the following errors occurred:
v Not enough storage was available for work areas.
v The required volume could not be mounted.
v An uncorrectable I/O error occurred while VSAM was reading the job file control block (JFCB).
v The format-1 DSCB or the catalog cluster record is incorrect.
v The user-supplied catalog name does not match the name on the entry.
v The user is not authorized to open the catalog as a catalog.
133 Delete Volume processing for RESET(MACRF=RST) failed during open. The DDNAME needs to be
freed and re-allocated to the data set.
134 Invalid UCB address for UCB address conversion.
136 Not enough virtual-storage space is available in the program's address space for work areas, control
blocks, or buffers.
138 A 24-bit UCB address is required for Volume Mount but a 31-bit UCB address was passed.
140 The catalog indicates this data set has an incorrect physical record size.
144 An uncorrectable I/O error occurred while VSAM was reading or writing a catalog record.
145 An uncorrectable error occurred in the VSAM volume data set (VVDS).
148 No record for the data set to be opened was found in the available catalog(s), or an unidentified
error occurred while VSAM was searching the catalog.
152 Security verification failed; the password specified in the access-method control block for a
specified level of access doesn't match the password in the catalog for that level of access; user is
not authorized to access this file.
160 The operands specified in the ACB or GENCB macro are inconsistent with each other or with the
information in the catalog record. This error can also occur when the VSAM cluster being opened is
empty.
Improved control interval processing (ICIP) was specified for an extended format data set will also
result in this error.
For more information on this return code, see z/OS DFSMSdfp Diagnosis.
164 An uncorrectable I/O error occurred while VSAM was reading the volume label.
168 The data set is not available for the type of processing specified, or an attempt was made to open a
reusable data set with the reset option while another user had the data set open.
176 An error occurred while VSAM was attempting to fix a page of virtual storage in central storage.
180 A VSAM catalog specified in JCL either does not exist or is not open, and no record for the data set
to be opened was found in any other catalog.
182 The SMSVASM address space is not available.
184 An uncorrectable I/O error occurred while VSAM was completing an I/O request.
188 The data set indicated by the access-method control block is not of the type that may be specified
by an access-method control block.
190 An incorrect high-allocated RBA was found in the catalog entry for this data set. The catalog entry
is bad and will have to be restored.
192 An unusable data set was opened for output.
193 The interrupt recognition flag (IRF) was detected for a data set opened for output processing.
194 Direct access of a compressed data component is not allowed.
195 An attempt was made to open a VSAM Extended Addressable data set on a release other than
DFSMS/MVS 1.30.
196 Access to data was requested through an empty path.
200 Volume is unusable.
204 The ACB MACRF specification is GSR and caller is not operating in supervisor protect key 0 to 7,
or the ACB MACRF specification is CBIC (control blocks in common) and caller is not operating in
supervisor state with protect key 0 to 7.
205 The ACBCATX option or VSAM Volume data set OPEN was specified and the calling program was
not authorized.
208 The ACB MACRF specification is GSR and caller is using a VS1 system.
209 An internal logic error has occurred during the OPEN. Further information may be provided in
message IEC161I in the joblog for the failing job. Use the information in that message to determine
the specific cause of the OPEN failure
212 The ACB MACRF specification is GSR or LSR and the data set requires create processing.
216 The ACB MACRF specification is GSR or LSR and the key length of the data set exceeds the
maximum key length specified in BLDVRP.
220 The ACB MACRF specification is GSR or LSR and the data set's control interval size exceeds the
size of the largest buffer specified in BLDVRP.
224 Improved control interval processing is specified and the data set requires create mode processing.
228 The ACB MACRF specification is GSR or LSR and the VSAM shared resource table (VSRT) does not
exist (no buffer pool is available).
232 Reset (ACB MACRF=RST) was specified for a nonreusable data set and the data set is not empty.
236 Indicates a stage or destage error.
240 Format-4 DSCB and catalog time stamp verification failed during volume mount processing for
output processing.
244 The volume containing the catalog recovery area was not mounted and verified for output
processing.
245 The ESCON channel is required to process an extended format data set.
246 The compression management services (CMS) open function failed.
32 An RBA specified that does not give the address of any data record in the data set.
36 Key ranges were specified for the data set when it was defined, but no range was specified that
includes the record to be inserted.
40 Insufficient virtual storage in the user's address space to complete the request.
44 Work area not large enough for the data record (GET with OPTCD=MVE).
56 At the beginning of CI or CA split for backup while open (BWO), an error was detected in catalog
update processing.
64 As many requests are active as the number specified in the STRNO parameter of the ACB macro;
therefore, another request cannot be activated.
68 An attempt was made to use a type of processing (output or control-interval) that was not specified
when the data set was opened.
72 You made a keyed request for access to an entry-sequenced data set, or you issued a GETIX or
PUTIX to an entry-sequenced or relative record data set.
76 You issued an addressed or control-interval PUT to add to a key-sequenced data set, or you issued
a control-interval PUT to a relative record data set.
80 You issued an ERASE request for access to an entry-sequenced data set, or you issued an ERASE
request for access to an entry-sequenced data set via a path.
84 OPTCD=LOC specified for a PUT request or in a request parameter list in a chain of request
parameter lists.
88 You issued a sequential GET request without having caused VSAM to be positioned for it, or you
changed from addressed access to keyed access without causing VSAM to be positioned for
keyed-sequential retrieval; there was no positioning established for sequential PUT insert for a
relative record data set, or you attempted an incorrect switch between forward and backward
processing.
92 You issued a PUT for update or an ERASE without a previous GET for update or a PUTIX without
a previous GETIX.
96 An attempt was made to change the prime key or key of reference while making an update.
100 An attempt was made to change the length of a record while making an addressed update.
104 The RPL options are either incorrect or conflicting in one of the following ways:
1. SKP was specified and either KEY was not specified or BWD was specified.
2. BWD was specified for CNV processing.
3. FWD and LRD were specified.
4. Neither ADR, CNV, nor KEY was specified in the RPL.
5. WRTBFR, MRKBFR, or SCHBER was issued was issued, but either TRANSID was greater than
31 or the shared resource option was not specified.
6. ICI processing was specified, but a request other than a GET or a PUT was issued.
7. MRKBFR MARK=OUT or MARK=RLS was issued, but the RPL did not have a data buffer
associated with it.
8. The RPL specified WAITX, but the ACB did not specify LSR or GSR.
108 The RECLEN specified was larger than the maximum allowed, equal to 0, or smaller than the sum
of the length and the displacement of the key field of the base cluster or related alternate index
(AIX). The RECLEN was not equal to the slot size specified for a relative record data set.
112 KEYLEN specified was too large or equal to 0.
116 During initial data set loading (that is, when records are being stored in the data set the first time
it's opened), GET, POINT, ERASE, direct PUT, and skip-sequential PUT with OPTCD=UPD are not
allowed. During initial data set loading, VERIFY is not allowed except for an entry-sequenced data
set (ESDS) defined with the RECOVERY option. For initial loading of a relative record data set, the
request was other than a PUT insert.
120 The request was operating under an incorrect TCB. For example, an end-of-volume call or a
GETMAIN would have been necessary to complete the request, but the request was issued from a
job step other than the one that opened the data set. The request can be resubmitted from the
correct task if the new request reestablishes positioning.
124 A request was cancelled for a user JRNAD exit.
128 A loop exists in the index horizontal pointer chain during index search processing.
132 An attempt was made in locate mode to retrieve a spanned record.
136 You attempted an addressed GET of a spanned record in a key-sequenced data set.
140 Inconsistent spanned record.
144 Incorrect pointer (no associated base record) in an alternate index.
148 The maximum number of pointers in the alternate index has been exceeded.
152 Not enough buffers are available to process your request (shared resources only).
156 An addressed GET UPD request failed because the control interval flag was on, or an incorrect
control interval was detected during keyed processing. In the latter case, the control interval is
incorrect for one of the following reasons:
1. A key is not greater than the previous key.
2. A key is not in the current control interval.
3. A spanned record RDF is present.
4. A free space pointer is incorrect.
5. The number of records does not match a group RDF record count.
6. A record definition field is incorrect.
7. An index CI format is incorrect.
160 One or more candidates were found with a modified buffer marked to be written. The buffer was
left in write status with valid contents. With this condition, it is possible to have other buffers
invalidated or found under exclusive control.
192 Incorrect relative record number.
196 You issued an addressed request to a relative record data set.
200 You attempted addressed or control-interval access through a path.
204 PUT insert requests are not allowed in backward mode.
208 The user has issued an ENDREQ macro instruction against an RPL that has an outstanding WAIT
against the ECB associated with the RPL. This can occur when an ENDREQ is issued from a STAE
or ESTAE routine against an RPL that was started before the ABEND. No ENDREQ processing has
been done.
212 Unable to split index; increase index CI size.
216 Incorrect parameter list passed to SVC 109 by ACQRANGE, CNVTAD, and MNTACQ macros
(return code = 36).
217 Incorrect AMBL detected by SVC 109 called by ACQRANGE, CNVTAD, and MNTACQ macros
(return code = 40).
218 Unrecognizable return code from SVC 109.
224 MRKBFR OUT was issued for a buffer with incorrect contents.
228 Caller in cross-memory mode is not in supervisor state or RPL of caller in SRB or cross-memory
mode does not specify SYN processing.
229 The record length changed during decompression processing of a compressed data set.
232 UPAD error. ECB was not posted by user in cross-memory mode.
236 Validity check error for SHAREOPTIONS 3 or 4.
240 For shared resources, one of the following is being performed:
Note: See z/OS DFSMS Macro Instructions for Data Sets. for additional information on the return codes.
System action: The action depends on the function being processed. See the message in the program listing
following this message.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the cause of the error.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCIO01, IDCIO02, IDCIO03
| IDC3400I LOGREPLICATE OR NOLOGREPLICATE ALTER IS NOT VALID FOR THE ENTRY TYPE
| Explanation: An ALTER of LOGREPLICATE or NOLOGREPLICATE setting was attempted on a data set that is not
| a CLUSTER object.
| System action: Processing of the ALTER command was stopped.
| Application Programmer Response: Ensure that the data set to be altered is a CLUSTER object.
| System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, refer to the messages in the job
| log for more information. Search problem reporting databases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
| IBM Support Center with the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
| Source: DFSMSdfp
| Detecting Module: IDCAL01
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCMC01
IDC3501I MODEL ENTYPE IS NOT CONSISTENT WITH THE OBJECT BEING DEFINED
Explanation: The object being used to model a VSAM data set or user catalog differs from that being defined.
System action: The command is ended.
Application Programmer Response: Probable user error. Ensure that the model object type is identical to that being
defined.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDE02
IDC3517I AVG AND MAX RECORDSIZE NOT EQUAL FOR RELATIVE RECORD DATA SET
Explanation: The RECORDSIZE parameter specified average and maximum record sizes that were not equal.
Relative record data sets must have fixed-length records.
System action: The command is ended.
Application Programmer Response: Correct either the average or the maximum size value.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDE02
IDC3531I dsname IS A RLS DATA SET WHICH IS INCOMPATIBLE WITH THIS LEVEL OF DFSMS
Explanation: The data set specified on an IDCAMS ALTER NEWNAME command is a RLS data set and cannot be
altered on this level of DFSMS.
In the message text:
dsname The data set name.
System action: The system stops processing the command.
Application Programmer Response: Run command on appropriate level of DFSMS.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC3541I NEW ALTERNATE INDEX KEY VALUES CONFLICT WITH BASE CLUSTER RECORDSIZE
Explanation: The ALTER command for an alternate index specifies a KEYS parameter for a key whose ending
position is outside the base cluster's maximum record size. If the base cluster is spanned, the ending key position
must be in the base cluster's first control interval.
System action: The object's catalog entry is not altered.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the ALTER command or correct the base cluster's maximum record size
or control interval size.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAL01
IDC3542I AVG AND MAX RECORDSIZE NOT EQUAL FOR RELATIVE RECORD DATA SET
Explanation: The RECORDSIZE parameter specified average and maximum record sizes that were not equal.
Relative record data sets must have fixed-length records.
System action: Processing of the command is ended.
Application Programmer Response: Correct either the average or the maximum size value.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAL01
time of the unload. Redefine the target catalog with adequate space to contain the low key range of the catalog.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRP01
IDC3573I text
Explanation: text is one of the following:
NAME OF BACKUP AND TARGET CATALOG DO NOT AGREE
VOLSER OF BACKUP AND TARGET CATALOG DO NOT AGREE
DEVTYP OF BACKUP AND TARGET CATALOG DO NOT AGREE
The target catalog name, its volume serial number, and/or the device type do not agree with the backup.
System action: The command is ended.
Application Programmer Response: Check whether you are reloading from the proper backup into the intended
catalog.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRP01
contains more than the expected records redefine the catalog and rerun the job.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRP01
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRP01
IDC3582I INPUT DATA SET ORGANIZATION INCOMPATIBLE WITH OUTPUT DATA SET
Explanation: When you attempt to copy information from one data set into another, this error condition occurs
when one of the following is true:
v the source is a non-relative record data set and the target is a non-empty relative record data set that is not
specified for reuse; or
v one data set is linear and the other data set is non-linear. The LRECL of the physical sequential data set is not
equal to the CISIZE of the linear data set.
System action: The command is ended.
Application Programmer Response: Check the status of the input and output data sets. REPRO is unable to satisfy
your request. Set up data sets correctly and rerun the job.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRP01
IDC3592I THE ENTRY NAME IS NOT A CLUSTER, ALTERNATE INDEX OR ICF CATALOG
Explanation: The object identified by the entry parameter in the EXPORT command is not a cluster, alternate index
or ICF catalog. Only cluster, alternate index or ICF catalog objects can be exported.
System action: The command is ended. No export action takes place.
Application Programmer Response: If a catalog is to be disconnected, DISCONNECT must be specified in the
command. Check to be sure your entry name is a cluster, alternate index or ICF catalog object name.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCXP01
IDC3596I THE DATA SET SPECIFIED IN THE EXPORT PARAMETER IS NOT USABLE
Explanation: The data set specified in the EXPORT command has been marked as not usable by a DELETE FORCE
operation or by a RESETCAT operation because of space occupancy conflicts.
System action: Processing of the command is ended.
Application Programmer Response: This data set cannot be exported under current catalog conditions. If you wish
to recover the data, use the REPRO command.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCXP01
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCXP01
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCMP01
parameter is specified, the specified data set name must be that name specified in this parameter.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCMP01
IDC3625I ‘INTOEMPTY’ KEY WORD {REQUIRED|NEEDED TO IMPORT INTO AN EMPTY DATA SET}
Explanation: A duplicately named empty data set was encountered while attempting to perform the import. The
loading of this data set with the data of the portable data set was not allowed to occur because the user did not
specify the INTOEMPTY key word. As a security precaution, the system does not allow imports into an empty data
set unless the INTOEMPTY key word has been specified.
System action: The command is ended.
Application Programmer Response: If you own an empty data set into which you have planned to import, rerun
the job and specify the INTOEMPTY key word. If not, determine who owns the existing empty data set and resolve
the conflict in usage of this data set name to insure proper protection for your data.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCMP01
IDC3629I THE PORTABILITY DATA SET FORMAT IS INVALID – CI MODE NOT SUPPORTED
Explanation: The portability data set format is control interval (CI) mode which is not supported on this operating
system.
System action: The IMPORT command is ended.
Application Programmer Response: The portability data set must be created with record mode for it to be
supported on this system.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCMP01, IDCRM01
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCCO01
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRV01
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAV01
indicating the mismatch is set in the Inventory data set for the volume. See the preceding message for further
explanation of the problem.
System action: The command ends with an error message.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the error as identified in the preceding message.
v If a Rename Operation Failed for ADDV
Run ADDV to backout or retry the rename operation if the volume is inactive. If the volume is active, run
MODIFYV or STOREV to either backout or retry the rename operation.
If the ADDV, MODIFYV, or STOREV commands are run to recover from a rename failure, a DD statement for the
volume is required and must specify deferred mounting.
The values specified for the VOLUME and NEWSERIAL parameters depend upon how the volume record is
recorded in the Inventory data set. If the cartridge labels have been updated, the volume record will be identified
by the new volume serial number. For the VOLUME parameter, specify the volume serial number as recorded in
the cartridge labels and the volume record. For the NEWSERIAL parameter, specify the desired volume serial
number. Note that the security check for non-VSAM status and password protected data sets is bypassed only if
the NEWSERIAL parameter specifies the same volume serial number as recorded in the Inventory data set for the
volume label. This allows the original volume serial number of a VSAM volume to be restored if the volume is left
partially renamed.
If ADDV, MODIFYV, or STOREV ends without indicating the status of the rename operation, LISTMSVI can be run
to determine whether the volume is flagged for recovery purposes. If the mismatch flag is set in the volume
record, LISTMSVI not only lists the standard information for the volume but also highlights the volume report
with a note that a rename operation failed for the preceding volume and that serial number ’nnnnnn’ is recorded
in the volume label of the volume.
v If a Rename Operation Failed for MODIFYV
To recover from a MODIFYV rename failure 1) run ADDV to activate the volume if the volume is merely inactive
and has no volume serial mismatch condition, or 2) run ADDV to both activate the volume and complete the
rename operation if the volume is both inactive and has a volume serial mismatch condition, or 3) rerun
MODIFYV to complete or retry the rename operation if the volume is active but has a mismatch condition, or 4)
run STOREV to complete or retry the rename operation if the volume is active and if a duplicate volume serial
number is desired as result of the rename.
For the DD statement requirements, the proper VOLUME and NEWSERIAL parameter values, and use of
LISTMSVI, refer to the description above for an ADDV rename failure.
v If a Rename Operation Failed for STOREV
Rerun STOREV or run MODIFYV to either backout or retry the rename operation.
For the DD statement requirements, the proper VOLUME and NEWSERIAL parameter values, and use of
LISTMSVI, refer to the description above for an ADDV rename failure.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSR01
Application Programmer Response: Specify the VSAMCATALOG option on the RECATALOG parameter or omit
the control statement. Rerun the command.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCCN01
IDC3851I LOWER VALUE MUST BE LESS THAN HIGHER VALUE FOR ACTIVEPAGES
Explanation: On the ACTIVEPAGES parameter, the lower number of pages is a number greater than or equal to the
higher number of pages. The lower number must be less than the higher number.
System action: The command ends normally. No tuning parameters have been changed.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the ACTIVEPAGES parameter and rerun the command.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCTU01
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCTU01
Application Programmer Response: Ensure that the correct volume serial number was specified on the DD
statement for the FILE parameter. If the correct volume serial was specified, you cannot run the command while that
volume is permanently resident or reserved.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC3897I CONFLICT EXISTS BETWEEN ENTRYNAME AND DD SPECIFIED ON DATA SET NAME
Explanation: Conflict between the entryname specified on DELETE command and data set name specified on the
file parameter referenced DD statement.
System action: The system processing continues.
Operator response: Correct the data set name specified on the file parameter referenced DD statement, if incorrectly
specified. Or, correct the entryname in the entryname parameter on the DELETE command, if incorrectly specified.
System programmer response: Determine the reason for the failure of the DELETE command; correct the problem
and rerun the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC3902I ** DEFAULT SERVICE ROUTINE ERROR CODE return-code, LOCATE ERROR CODE cde
Explanation: This message contains the return code information required to correct the error indicated in associated
message IDC3901I. The LOCATE error code is part of VSAM Catalog Management. Refer to message IDC3009I for
the return codes as well as the possible system and programmer responses.
In the message text:
cde The LOCATE error code.
rc The possible system and programmer responses for the default service routine error conditions along with
the return code, as follows:
Code Explanation
4 Return code from PUTLINE or PUTGET was not zero.
8 Data set name was longer than 44 bytes.
12 An I/O error occurred while searching the catalog, the catalog data set was not available or the
data set name was not specified correctly.
16 The index structure of the catalog was not consistent with the data set name. For example, the
name specified was “A.B.C”, but there is a data set called “A.B,” so there cannot be one called
“A.B.C.”
20 The data set name could not be found in the catalog.
24 An attention interruption occurred during processing of this request.
28 Incorrect parameters were specified.
32 It was necessary to prompt the user, but the caller specified that the user should not be interrupted.
36 Not enough qualifiers were specified for the data set name. For example, the name specified was
“A.B,” but the catalog contains an entry for “A.B.C.”
System action: Processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: The response depends on the return codes, rc and cde. Possible responses for
return code rc follow:
Code Response
4 Make sure the user is still logged on to the system.
8 Correct the data set name.
12 Examine the data set name for syntax errors, for example, embedded punctuation marks. Check the CVOL
index structures to be sure CVOLs are properly linked. If an I/O error occurred, it may be necessary to
rebuild the catalog.
IDC3932I STORAGE MANAGEMENT SUBSYSTEM CALL FAILED. REASON CODE WAS reason-code
Explanation: An IDCAMS command called a Storage Management Subsystem (SMS) service, but the call failed.
In the message text:
reason-code The reason code returned by SMS
System action: The system may end processing of the IDCAMS command.
Application Programmer Response: Refer to z/OS DFSMSdfp Diagnosis for an explanation of the SMS reason code.
Source: DFSMSdfp
See the in-virtual storage trace tables to determine which is the correct condition.
32 There was a request to access an unopened data set.
36 The processor was unable to open SYSPRINT (or whichever DD name is employed to
denote the processor’s standard listing output data set).
40 Incorrect U-macro argument list found.
44 The processor is unable to produce a dump.
56 The BLDL macro failed to find a required AMS (access method services) module.
72 An internal RESETCAT error occurred (probable system error).
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSA01
Routing Code: 11
Descriptor Code: -
IDC01728I FOUND nnnnnn EMPTY CONTROL AREAS THAT HAVE NOT BEEN RECLAIMED.
Explanation: The VSAM KSDS contains unused control areas (CAs). Large storage fragmentation might result in
poor performance and ‘out of space’conditions. If the data set was defined with CA reclaim disabled or the function
not available, and the data set is now CA reclaim-enabled, this number of unreclaimed CAs is the total of
irreclaimable empty CAs before the enablement and a few that are left unreclaimed for data integrity after CA
reclaim was enabled. These empty CAs might be reclaimed by subsequent VSAM ERASE requests on the reinserted
records belonging to these CAs. Note that CA reclaim is not supported and is not performed for KSDSs defined with
IMBED.
In the message text:
nnnnnn The number of control areas found to be empty.
System action: There is no error. Processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: No action required. Options to eliminate fragmentation can involve reinserting
the ERASEd records or reorganizing the KSDS. To avoid further fragmentation by applications that delete and insert
records of different keys, activate CA reclaim. CA reclaim will reclaim empty CAs created after CA reclaim has been
activated, but will not reclaim preexistent ones. For data integrity, CA reclaim might temporarily leave some of the
newly empty CAs unreclaimed; they can be reclaimed by later ERASE requests or reused by reinserting records
belonging to the empty CAs. The CA with RBA 0 and the CA with the highest key of the KSDS are never reclaimed.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCXM03, IDCXM05
System programmer response: Enter the access method services LISTCAT command to list catalog entries and
information about objects defined in the catalog.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRS06
IDC11031I UNIQUE DATA SET entryname HAS FEWER EXTENTS THAN THE DATA SPACE
Explanation: The unique data or index component has less space described than the data space. No problem exists
for this data set; this message is given to inform you that space exists which is not in use. If the data set is extended,
this space will be used. No corrective action is taken.
In the message text:
entryname The specified entry name.
System action: Processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: None.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRS03
IDC11043I TIME STAMP FOR VOLUME RECORD ON VOL volser WAS CORRECTED
Explanation: The time stamp for the volume record did not match the time stamp in the VTOC. This may have
resulted from a failure in Catalog Management after updating one and not the other. The time stamps are
synchronized.
In the message text:
volser The volume serial number.
System action: Processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: None.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRS03
IDC11216I INVALID R‘0/R‘1 STAGE ERROR RECORD PAIR: R‘0 NOT FOUND (volsercchh) IN REPAIR WORK
FILE dsname
Explanation: During deblocking, the record was not found in the file indicated by dsname. If your installation has
D/T3350 support, ignore R0 (record 0). It is no longer flagged with stage error information.
In the message text:
volsercchh The indicated record.
dsname The indicated data set name.
System action: REPAIRV DEBLOCK continues processing at the next valid state error record pair. The return code is
4.
Application Programmer Response: Display the repair work file records. If necessary rebuild the repair work file
using REPAIRV COPY.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: ICRD04
IDC11217I INVALID R‘0/R‘1 STAGE ERROR RECORD PAIR: R‘1 NOT FOUND (volsercchh) IN REPAIR WORK
FILE dsname
Explanation: The record following the specified R‘0 stage error record is not an R‘1 stage error record. If your
installation had D/T3350 support, ignore R0 (record 0). It is no longer flagged with stage error information.
In the message text:
volsercchh The indicated record.
dsname The indicated data set name.
System action: REPAIRV DEBLOCK continues processing at the next valid stage error record pair. The return code
is 4.
Application Programmer Response: Display the repair work file records. If necessary rebuild the repair work file
using REPAIRV COPY.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: ICRD04
IDC11218I THE R‘0/R‘1 (volsercchh) PAIR ARE NOT UNMODIFIED STAGE ERROR RECORDS IN REPAIR
WORK FILE dsname
Explanation: The specified records in the repair work file are not a R‘0/R‘1 pair created by a stage error. If your
installation had D/T3350 support, ignore R0 (record 0). It is no longer flagged with stage error information.
In the message text:
volsercchh The indicated record.
dsname The indicated data set name.
System action: REPAIRV DEBLOCK continues with the next valid stage error record pair. The return code is 4.
Application Programmer Response: Necessary, display the repair work file records.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: ICRD04
IDC11219I DEBLOCK FAILED FOR R‘0/R‘1 (volsercchh) IN REPAIR WORK FILE dsname
Explanation: Two consecutive errors were found while trying to deblock the stage error record pair. An error occurs
when the length specified in the count field of a record is wrong. This is determined by inspecting the bytes
following the specified length and not finding a valid count field. REPAIRV DEBLOCK cannot continue processing
this record pair. If your installation had D/T3350 support, ignore R0 (record 0). It is no longer flagged with stage
error information.
In the message text:
volsercchh The indicated record.
dsname The indicated data set name.
System action: REPAIRV DEBLOCK continues with the next valid stage error record pair. The return code is 4.
Application Programmer Response: Display the repair work file to verify contents of record pair in error, then
return REPAIRV DEBLOCK using the LENGTH parameter to specify the key length and data length of every original
record in the track.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: ICRD04
System action: DIAGNOSE considers this an attention condition and processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: Run DIAGNOSE ICFCATALOG for the extraneous catalog name. Determine
whether data sets are missing from the volume. If no data sets are missing, use the DELETE command with the
NOSCRATCH option to remove the VVDS entry from the extraneous catalog.
If any data sets are missing from the volume, recover the data sets in their entirety. Multivolume data sets require
that all volumes are recovered together, not just the affected volume.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDA03
If the entry is in the catalog but DIAGNOSE cannot locate it, contact your service representative.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDA03
Run DIAGNOSE ICFCATALOG against each catalog listed, and compare each to the VVDS.
To add the catalog name to the VVCR, define a dummy data set on the volume by using the DEFINE command, and
specify the catalog name needed in the CATALOG parameter. Then delete the dummy data set by using the DELETE
command. The catalog name remains in the VVDS control record because a VVDS entry refers to the catalog.
To remove the VVDS entry, if the reference to the catalog is the result of an extraneous VVDS entry, use the DELETE
VVR command.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDA03
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRP02
IDC11614I AUTHORIZATION CHECKING HAS BEEN BYPASSED. VOLSER NOT AVAILABLE FOR THE
OFFLINE DEVICE.
Explanation: An IDCAMS command requiring volume authorization checking was issued. That checking was not
possible because the volume serial could not be obtained from the offline device. The DASDVOL ALTER
authorization checking for the volume is bypassed and processing of the command continues. This message can
result from the following commands:
v SETCACHE SETSECONDARY, for the secondary volume
v SETCACHE REESTABLISHDUPLEX, for the alternate volume
System action: Processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: None.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSS01
IDC11617I RESETTOSIMPLEX COMMAND IN PROCESS. HOWEVER, DASD FAST WRITE COULD NOT BE
DEACTIVATED. COPIES MAY NOT BE IDENTICAL.
Explanation: If an active duplex pair is ended with DASD fast write active, the resulting simplex volumes may not
be true copies. When ending a duplex pair, IDCAMS issues a channel command to deactivate DASD fast write to
allow for destage of any DASD fast write data. This attention message is issued when the attempt to deactivate
DASD fast write failed (probably because DASD fast write was in pending state from another job). If DASD fast
write was on prior to issuing the RESETTOSIMPLEX channel command, then DASD fast write would have been
reactivated for the primary of the ended pair.
System action: Processing continues with the attempt to continue ending the duplex pair.
Operator response: If the device associated with this message is attached via the IBM 3990 Model 3 or Model 6
Storage Control, see IBM 3990 Operations and Recovery Guide. for detailed recovery actions.
Application Programmer Response: If a true copy was required, another method for the copy will have to be used.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC11708I HIGH-USED INDEX RBA DOES NOT EQUAL HIGHEST RBA FOUND
Explanation: The largest relative byte address encountered while processing the index does not equal the index
high-used relative byte address less index control interval size.
System action: One or more supportive messages display the addresses found, and processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: See summary messages for final analysis.
Source: DFSMSdfp
also detects data integrity problems, it will also display other messages and will return with return code = 8 (and
not 4). Because EXAMINE INDEXTEST DATATEST checks both the index and data components, its return code is
more accurate in reflecting the true severity of the situations it detects than that of EXAMINE DATATEST
NOINDEXTEST; it is also more thorough in detecting errors. Below are some output examples:
Example 1
EXAMINE NAME(xxxxxxxx) INDEXTEST DATATEST
IDC01700I INDEXTEST BEGINS
IDC11724I DATA COMPONENT CA NOT KNOWN TO
SEQUENCE SET
IDC21700I MINOR ERRORS FOUND BY INDEXTEST
IDC01701I DATATEST BEGINS
IDC11768I [CI SPLIT | CA RECLAIM] IN PROGRESS
IDC01713I DATA CONTROL INTERVAL DISPLAY AT RBA
yyy FOLLOWS
...
IDC01714I ERROR LOCATED AT OFFSET zzzzzzzz
IDC11724I DATA COMPONENT CA NOT KNOWN TO SEQUENCE SET
IDC21703I MINOR ERRORS FOUND BY DATATEST
IDC0001I FUNCTION COMPLETED, HIGHEST CONDITION CODE WAS 4
Example 2
EXAMINE NAME(xxxxxxxx) INDEXTEST DATATEST
IDC01700I INDEXTEST BEGINS
IDC11718I DATA COMPONENT HIGH-USED RBA IS NOT EQUAL TO CA SIZE
IDC01702I HIGH-USED RBA/CI IS xx
IDC01705I CONTROL AREA SIZE IS xxxx
IDC11711I INDEX CONTROL INTERVAL COUNT ERROR
IDC01708I 1 CONTROL INTERVALS ENCOUNTERED
IDC01702I HIGH-USED RBA/CI IS xxx
IDC01704I CONTROL INTERVAL SIZE IS xxxx
IDC11708I HIGH-USED INDEX RBA DOES NOT EQUAL HIGHEST RBA FOUND
IDC01702I HIGH-USED RBA/CI IS xxx
IDC01706I RBA/CI IS xxx
IDC21701I MAJOR ERRORS FOUND BY INDEXTEST
IDC01701I DATATEST BEGINS
IDC11768I [CI SPLIT | CA RECLAIM] IN PROGRESS
IDC01713I DATA CONTROL INTERVAL DISPLAY AT RBA xxxx FOLLOWS
...
IDC01714I ERROR LOCATED AT OFFSET xxxxxxxx
IDC11724I DATA COMPONENT CA NOT KNOWN TO SEQUENCE SET
IDC21703I MAJOR ERRORS FOUND BY DATATEST
IDC0001I FUNCTION COMPLETED, HIGHEST CONDITION CODE WAS 8
Note: In cases where the High-used RBA does not equal the highest found RBA (as indicated by IDC11708I in the
example above), an IDCAMS VERIFY should be run first and the EXAMINE rerun.
Similarly, IDCAMS EXAMINE INDEXTEST NODATATEST issues the IDC11724I message and sets return code to 4,
or RC=8 if it detects data integrity problems.
v IDCAMS EXAMINE DATATEST NOINDEXTEST always gives a return code of 8 for message IDC11724I because it
does not review the entire index structure and cannot determine if the missing CAs present a data integrity issue
or not. EXAMINE DATATEST NOINDEXTEST is faster than DATATEST INDEXTEST, so is better suited to more
quickly determine whether or not there are orphan CAs or some other errors that can be found without searching
the whole index structure. If errors are found, issue EXAMINE DATATEST INDEXTEST to pinpoint the severity of
the situation and to find the complete set of errors. Below is an output example:
EXAMINE NAME(xxxxxxxx) DATATEST NOINDEXTEST
IDC01701I DATATEST BEGINS
IDC11768I [CI SPLIT | CA RECLAIM] IN PROGRESS
IDC01713I DATA CONTROL INTERVAL DISPLAY AT RBA
yyy FOLLOWS
...
IDC01714I ERROR LOCATED AT OFFSET zzzzzzzz
IDC11724I DATA COMPONENT CA NOT KNOWN TO SEQUENCE SET
IDC21703I MAJOR ERRORS FOUND BY DATATEST
IDC0001I FUNCTION COMPLETED, HIGHEST CONDITION CODE WAS 8
System action: Supportive messages display pertinent data, and processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: The dataset has ownership of physical space on the volume that it will never
use. To clean up the orphaned CAs, a reorganization of the dataset will need to be done. This corrective action
applies to only the RC=4 situations. When RC=8, the data set might be broken and might need to be recovered with
a process beyond reorganization.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Source: DFSMSdfp
Source: DFSMSdfp
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC11773I nnnn KEYS PROCESSED ON INDEX LEVEL y, AVERAGE KEY LENGTH: keylen
Explanation: This message lists the number of keys found on each index level and displays the average compressed
length of all of the keys on that index level.
In the message text:
nnnn
The number of keys found on this index level.
y The index level. Level 1 is the sequence set.
keylen
The average key length of the keys stored in the index record after compression has been performed.
System action: The program continues processing.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC11774I CURRENT INDEX CISIZE IS cisize, RECOMMENDED MINIMUM INDEX CISIZE IS newcisize
Explanation: This message indicates the current index CISIZE of the data set, and based on the average compression
of the keys in the sequence set it recommends a minimum index CISIZE value. This is a minimum size and may be
less than the current index CISIZE. Specifying a CISIZE which is smaller than the recommended minimum CI size is
expected to generate unreachable CIs. The minimum value is based on the average key compression and index
structure elements of the sequence set and is a value that should ensure that most of the keys for a data CA can be
described in an index CI record. The recommended minimum value also represents the current state of the sequence
set, the specified CISIZE should also consider future activities such as adding keys of different compression lengths
and key deletion which might result in unreachable data CIs in the future. Adding record keys of different
compression lengths in the future can require a index CISIZE which is larger than the recommended minimum. If the
current index size is smaller than the recommended minimum, a larger index CISIZE may be needed to reduce
unused data CIs that are unreachable because the index record becomes full before all data CIs in the CA are
represented. Unreachable data CIs describe empty and unused space within the data component which can
contribute to unexpected data growth and out of space conditions.This information is provided for CI sizes above
and below the recommended value and does not indicate an error.
Note: Because some keys in the sequence set records may compress better or worse than the average shown, the
recommended minimum index CISIZE may not necessarily eliminate all unreachable data CIs. The actual and
recommended sizes might also vary as keys are added or deleted. Since calculations are based on an averaged key
length, this message only indicates the possibility of an unreachable data CI. An unreachable data CI describes space
allocated in the data component to which there is no room in the index to reference the data location. The
unreachable space in the data component does not affect data or processing.
In the message text:
cisize
The current index CISIZE of the data set.
newcisize
The recommended minimum index CISIZE of the data set.
System action: The program continues processing.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC11808I ERRORS WERE DETECTED FOR dsname ON VOLUME volser ERROR BYTE WAS X‘nn’
Explanation: During data collection for the specified data set, errors were detected.
In the message text:
dsname The data set name.
volser The volume serial number.
nn The hexadecimal error byte.
System action: Processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: See the field ‘DCDERROR’ in that data set's “D” record for the specific failure.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC11813I ERRORS WERE DETECTED FOR volser ERROR BYTE WAS X‘nn’
Explanation: During volume information processing, errors were detected for the specified volser.
In the message text:
volser The volume serial number.
nn The error byte.
System action: Processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: See the field ‘DCVERROR’ in that volser's V record for the specific error.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
v SMS VOLUME
v BASE CONFIGURATION
v CACHE SET NAME
v AGGREGATE GROUP CONSTRUCT
v OPTICAL DRIVE
v OPTICAL LIBRARY
v ACS ROUTINE
Note: CACHE SET NAME in this context refers to a VSAM RLS cache set. See z/OS DFSMSdfp Storage
Administration.
System action: Processing continues.
System programmer response: None, the message is informational only.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDC03
X -- alias
Here SYS1.VVDS.VCATALG is the entry name and 17 is the reason code. (D) is the entry type.
When the error was initially encountered, a specific message was printed and a record dump may have been done.
The IDC21363I message provides a summary of the entries which had errors. For VSAM data sets, the entry name
may be a cluster, component (data or index), path or true name entry. For non-VSAM entries, the entry name may be
an entry or an alias.
System action: DIAGNOSE ended processing of that particular entry and moved along to another entry.
Application Programmer Response: Decide on the seriousness of the error and correct the error if need be. The
reason codes set by DIAGNOSE are detailed below under message IDC21364I.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDA03
IDC21364I ERROR DETECTED BY DIAGNOSE: {VVDS|ICFCAT} ENTRY: entry RECORD: rec OFFSET: offset
REASON: reason-code
Explanation: The entry has an error indicated by the reason code. The error occurred in the record specified, where
the record is either the key of the record in a BCS, or an RBA for a VVDS. In most cases, this message is followed by
an IDC21365I message that displays the record in error. An IDC21363I message summarizes all entries with errors at
the conclusion of the DIAGNOSE run.
In the message text:
entry The entry name. The entry name is followed by a character which indicates the entry type. See z/OS
DFSMS Managing Catalogs for an explanation of the entry types.
rec The record in which the error occurred. If the record name is followed by a number greater than
X'00', the record is an extension record.
offset The offset into the record at which the error was found.
reason-code The reason code, as follows:
Code Explanation
1 CELL LENGTH IS ZERO
Each record is composed of cells, each of which has a cell type and a cell length. The
indicated entry has a cell length of zero, which is an error. This error may be caused by
incorrect positioning (caused by some other error) or the length may actually be zero.
2 CELL TYPE NOT RECOGNIZED
Various catalog records can only contain certain cell types. The record being analyzed
contained a cell type that either did not belong in the record or was not a legal cell type.
This error may be caused by an incorrect length in the preceding cell that resulted in
incorrect positioning.
3 RECORD TYPE NOT RECOGNIZED
Each record in a BCS or VVDS has an record type. The record named has an invalid type
for integrated catalog facility catalogs.
4 UNEXPECTED RECORD ID ENCOUNTERED
While processing an entry, a cell type was encountered that signalled the beginning of a
new record. This may be caused by an invalid length value or a damaged entry.
A BCS record which matches a VVDS record was found, but the BCS record is not a
cluster, truename, or non-VSAM record.
33 INCOMPLETE UPDATE DETECTED
The current entry was undergoing a subrecord update/move operation that did not
complete. This record or subrecord may be damaged.
34 VVDS AND VTOC ENDING CCHH UNEQUAL
The extent information kept in the VTOC and VVDS should agree, but do not.
35 VVDS AND VTOC EXTENT COUNTS UNEQUAL
The extent information kept in the VTOC and VVDS should agree, but do not.
36 LENGTH OF NAME INVALID
The length of a name cell should be from 1 to 45 characters long, but is not.
37 ASSOCIATION NAME CELL NOT FOUND
A BCS entry that matches a VVDS record was found, but the BCS entry was missing its
required association cell.
38 CLUSTER AND EXTENSION RECS SMS MISMATCH
A VSAM extension record indicates that the cluster is SMS-managed, but the associated
cluster record indicates that the cluster is not SMS-managed, or vice versa.
39 BASE OR COMPONENT CELL NOT FOUND
Although a truename record was found for a component, the associated cluster record or
component cell was not found.
40 COMPONENT CELL NOT FOUND
The component cell for a VSAM cluster could not be found within the cluster's sphere
record in the BCS.
41 DUPLICATE VVR/NVRS IN VVDS
Two VVRs for a VSAM component, or two NVRs for a non-VSAM data set, were found in
the VVDS. Both records are displayed.
42 NONSYSTEM DEFAULT CATALOG NAME IN VVDS
The catalog named in the VVDS record for an SMS-managed data set is not the system
default catalog. (The default catalog is the catalog that is chosen for a data set when the
catalog search is not being directed by the user.)
43 CATALOG AND VVDS SMS CONSTRUCTS UNEQUAL
The storage class or management class names are not the same in the catalog and VVDS
records. The catalog and VVDS records are displayed.
45 VOLUME CELL NOT FOUND
A volume cell that matches the volume serial number of the VVDS was not found. This
may indicate an orphaned VVDS record or multiple VVDS records pointing to the same
BCS.
46 VVDS ENTRY NOT FOUND. ALLOCATION ERROR.
An attempt to allocate the BCS named in the VVR failed.
47 VVDS ENTRY NOT FOUND. DATA SET OPEN ERROR.
An attempt to open the BCS named in the VVR failed.
48 VVDS ENTRY NOT FOUND. GET RECORD FAILED.
An attempt to get a VVR/NVR record that matches the BCS record failed.
49 VVDS ENTRY NOT FOUND. SCAN RECORD FAILED.
An attempt to get the specific VVR/NVR within the CI that matches the BCS record failed.
50 VVDS ENTRY NOT FOUND. GET VVDS FAILED.
An attempt to get the entire VVDS record that matches the BCS record failed.
51 VVDS ENTRY NOT FOUND. SCAN VVDS FAILED.
An attempt to get the specific VVR/NVR within the VVDS that matches the BCS record
failed.
52 INVALID VOLSER FOR MIGRATION CELL.
A Migration Cell was found in the BCS, but the VOLSER in the Volume Cell is not equal
to 'MIGRATE'.
53 RESERVED BITS SET IN CATALOG ALIAS ENTRY.
The alias entry shown contains reserved flags that are incorrectly set.
System action: Processing continues with another record.
Application Programmer Response: Except for the reason codes listed below, use the following procedures to
recover from these conditions:
For BCS Entries:
1. Use DELETE NOSCRATCH to remove the sphere or base record, if it exists.
2. Use DELETE TRUENAME to remove any remaining association records.
3. Reintroduce the removed entries into the catalog, by recataloging or redefining them. Introduce generation data
sets into the generation data group in the proper order.
43 Use DELETE NOSCRATCH to delete the BCS record, and DEFINE RECATALOG to recreate the BCS record.
The storage class and management class may be changed with ALTER if they are incorrect.
45 Delete the orphaned or extra VVDS records.
46 Determine if the BCS named in the VVR is valid. If necessary, see z/OS DFSMS Managing Catalogs for the
appropriate recovery procedures.
47 Determine if the BCS named in the VVR is valid. If necessary, see z/OS DFSMS Managing Catalogs for the
appropriate recovery procedures.
48 Determine whether the BCS entry or the VVR/NVR entry is in error. See z/OS DFSMS Managing Catalogs for
the appropriate recovery procedures.
49 Determine whether the BCS entry or the VVR/NVR entry is in error. See z/OS DFSMS Managing Catalogs for
the appropriate recovery procedures.
50 Determine whether the BCS entry or the VVR/NVR entry is in error. See z/OS DFSMS Managing Catalogs for
the appropriate recovery procedures.
51 Determine whether the BCS entry or the VVR/NVR entry is in error. See z/OS DFSMS Managing Catalogs for
the appropriate recovery procedures.
53 Delete and redefine the alias entry to correct the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDA02
The record which follows was involved in an error detected by DIAGNOSE. A previous error message indicates
which error; the record is the key or RBA of the record involved in the error. The first X'44' bytes of the Format 1
DSCB are not displayed.
elements were not used during the DIAGNOSE run. Correct the statement and resubmit the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDA01
IDC21558I THE REQUEST FOR AN ACCESS CODE CANNOT BE COMPLETED FOR CLUSTER X'cluster' -
reason
Explanation: The LISTDATA command to retrieve the remote access authorization code was not successful for the
reason specified. In the message text:
cluster The 2 hexadecimal digit storage cluster number.
reason The reason for the error, as follows:
v THE SUPPORT FACILITY IS NOT AVAILABLE
v THE MODEM ENABLE/DISABLE SWITCH IS NOT ENABLED
System action: Processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: Probable user error. Ascertain why the access authorization code was not
returned from the reason specified and resubmit the request when the access code is obtainable.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCLA01
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC21804I FAILURE DURING function PROCESSING - RETURN CODE WAS return-code, REASON CODE
WAS reason-code VOLSER WAS volser
Explanation: The return code and reason code were returned by catalog management module ARCUTIL, DEVINFO,
or VVAS as a result of an exceptional condition. The VOLSER line will only be output if the failure was from the
VVAS.
In the message text:
function The name of the function that was processing when the error occurred.
return-code The return code.
reason-code The reason code.
volser The Volume Serial number. (Only if VVAS failure.)
System action: Processing associated with the error return code is ended.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
A list of the return and reason codes follow for each function affected:
Function
MIGRATION DATA COLLECTION SERVICE
Code Reason Explanation
04 Incorrect parameter list.
01 UPID not equal to UPIDNAME.
02 UPVERS incompatible with current version used by ARCUTIL.
03 Data control block (DCB) address not provided.
04 No functions to perform.
05 Incorrect combinations of options.
08 Error opening DFHSM control data set.
01 DFSMShsm MCDS could not be opened.
02 DFSMShsm BCDS could not be opened.
10 The VTOC for this volume is not an MVS VTOC. CVAF/DADSM will only work with
MVS VTOCs.
0C Error reading DFSMShsm control data set.
01 More than 10 read errors occurred accessing the DFSMShsm MCDS.
02 More than 10 read errors occurred accessing the DFSMShsm BCDS.
03 User specified DUMMY on the MCDS or BCDS DD statement. This is not accepted
when requesting the corresponding MCDS/BCDS statistics.
10 Error writing to the output data set.
The reason code contains the contents of register 1 received from the SYNADAF
macro.
14 An abnormal end occurred.
The reason code contains the system completion code.
Function
DEVICE INFORMATION SERVICE
IDC21809I FAILURE ATTEMPTING TO WRITE xx-TYPE RECORD FOR DATA SET dsname ON VOLUME
volser
Explanation: The record built for the specified data set could not be written to the output data set.
In the message text:
xx The type record.
dsname The data set name.
volser The volume serial number.
System action: Processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the problem. Run the utility again.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC21814I FAILURE DURING function PROCESSING FOR dsname - RETURN CODE WAS return-code
Explanation: The return code was returned with the named function as a result of an exceptional condition.
In the message text:
function The name of the function.
A list of the return and reason codes follow for each function affected:
Function
DASD CALCULATION SERVICE
Code Reason Explanation
04 Information for this data set could not be calculated.
10 Internal Error.
14 Internal Error.
18 Error encountered while accessing the volume table of contents (VTOC).
1C Internal Error.
20 Storage unavailable.
24 Error encountered while accessing the volume table of contents (VTOC).
28 Error encountered while accessing device information.
2C Internal Error.
30 Error encountered during dynamic allocation.
34 Error encountered during PDSE File and Attribute Management Services.
Source: DFSMSdfp
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRD02
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRD07
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRD07
IDC31210I VOL=SER=volser IN parameter DOES NOT MATCH THE VOLSER IN DD STATEMENT ddname
Explanation: The volume serial number in the parameter does not match the volume serial number specified in
VOL=SER parameter of the DD statement referred to by INFILE. The JCL and REPAIRV syntax must correspond.
Valid parameter values follow:
v DATASETRANGE
v INDATASETADDRESS
v OUTDATASETADDRESS
v VTOCHEADERADDRESS
v VTOCHEADER
IDC31214I FIRST KEY (volsercchh) IN THE RANGE NOT FOUND FOR dsname
Explanation: The first key specified in RANGE was not found in the repair work file. Either the volume serial
number is incorrect, the address is in correct, or the repair work file is not the one desired.
In the message text:
volser The volume serial number.
cchh The address of a record.
dsname The data set name.
System action: REPAIRV DEBLOCK ends. Control returns to access method services. The return code is 12.
Application Programmer Response: Correct RANGE to specify a valid key for the first record to be deblocked.
Ensure that the repair work file is the one desired and that the key specified is in that work file. Resubmit.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRD04
for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRD05
System action: REPAIRV MODIFY ends. Control returns to access method services. The return code is 12.
Application Programmer Response: Display the repair work file records. If necessary, recreate the repair work file
using REPAIRV COPY, or correct the OUTREPAIRKEY parameter, and resubmit.
System programmer response: Enter the access method services PRINT command to print the repair work data set.
If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no
fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRD05
IDC31225I RECORD volsercchhr IN parameter DOES NOT MATCH THE FIRST INREPAIRRANGE ADDRESS
Explanation: Both OUTDATASETADDRESS or VTOCHEADERADDRESS and INREPAIRRANGE were specified,
indicating a full track replacement is to be performed.
In the message text:
volser The volume serial number.
cchhr The address of a record, where r of the VTOCHEADERADDRESS or OUTDATASETADDRESS volume must
be 0 to indicate the beginning of the track or did not match the first INREPAIRRANGE address.
parameter
The specified parameter.
System action: REPAIRV MODIFY ends. Control returns to access method services. The return code is 12.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the address in OUTDATASETADDRESS or VTOCHEADERADDRESS
to ensure a 0 in the record field, and a match to the INREPAIRRANGE first address.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRD05
IDC31226I NOT ALL TRACKS SPECIFIED IN INREPAIR RANGE ARE ALLOCATED TO OUTPUT text
Explanation: text is one of the following:
dsname
VTOCHEADER
Some or all of the tracks specified in INREPAIRRANGE do not exist within the extents allocated for the specified
data set or VTOCHEADER. No modification is done.
fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRD05
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRD07
IDC31239I VTOCHEADERADDRESS cchhr DOES NOT REFER TO THE FIRST TRACK OF VTOC
Explanation: The VTOCHEADERADDRESS parameter of the MODIFY function is not the first track of the VTOC of
the output volume.
In the message text:
cchhr The address of a record.
System action: REPAIRV MODIFY ends, control returns to access method services. The return code is 12.
Application Programmer Response: Correct the condition causing the failure.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRD07
System action: REPAIRV MODIFY ends. Control returns to access method services. The return code is 12.
Application Programmer Response: Ensure that you really want to modify record zero; if you are going to modify
record zero, you are allowed only to modify the data field without increasing its length. Resubmit.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRD05
IDC31245I AN UNCORRECTABLE I/O ERROR WAS ENCOUNTERED WHILE MODIFYING cchh OF dsname
Explanation: An I/O error was encountered while writing to the specified data set.
In the message text:
cchh The address of a record.
dsname The repair work file.
System action: REPAIRV MODIFY processing ends. Control returns to access method services. The return code is
12.
Application Programmer Response: The results are unpredictable. Run REPAIRV DISPLAY command to display the
track on which the error occurred to determine how much of modify process completed. Take appropriate action to
reconstruct data.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRD05
not present on the DD statement for the specified data set name. Correct the condition causing the failure and
resubmit.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT
output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRD07
The number of errors encountered in the input or compared data sets has reached the error limit value. This message
may also result from I/O errors, if so, message IDC3351I, which precedes IDC31369I, may be used to determine the
cause of the I/O error. In either case, this may be indicative of a badly damaged input data set.
System action: DIAGNOSE considers this an error condition; processing ended.
Application Programmer Response: If the ERRORLIMIT value is too low, set a different value and rerun the job.
ERRORLIMIT has a default value, determine the default value (you may wish to allow DIAGNOSE to detect more
errors than the default value) and rerun the job. If the problem is an I/O error, the data set is too damaged for
DIAGNOSE to analyze. Consider initiating BCS or VVDS recovery procedures.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCDA01
v Re-run DIAGNOSE.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL and the SYSOUT output for the job.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCRP01
IDC31504I NOT ENOUGH ROOM IN THE CACHE TO HOLD THE SPECIFIED DATA
Explanation: The LOWCCHH and HIGHCCHH parameters specify more data to be bound than can be contained in
the available cache space of the 3880 device.
System action: The system ends the command.
Application Programmer Response: Issue the LISTDATA command with the STATUS parameter to determine how
much cache space is available. If the amount of offline space available is excessive, contact your programming
support personnel.
Change the values of the LOWCCHH and HIGHCCHH parameters to fit the available cache space. Then issue the
BIND command again.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSS03
Return Codes
0 SUCCESSFUL
The request to the service completed without error.
4 REQUEST FAILED
The request to the service failed with the reason code specified below.
8 OPERATION FAILED
The request to the service failed with the reason code specified below.
12 ASYNCHRONOUS OPERATIONS MANAGER ERROR
The request to the service failed with the reason code specified below.
GETMAIN failure occurred within the service. This may indicate that the region size for your IDCAMSjo job
or your region size for TSO/E needs to be increased. IDCAMS should have issued IDC2011I when this error
code was returned. Please refer to IDC2011I for details on the error condition. If the GETMAIN failure is for
a system area, then a system message indicating the failure appears on the system console and you should
follow the directions for the system message.
8 INVALID PARAMETER LIST
Internal error. IDCAMS should have issued IDC31601I or IDC31550I for this error condition. Please refer to
this message for further details on the error.
12 UNAUTHORIZED REQUEST
IDCAMS was not authorized for this request. Possible reasons are that IDCAMS was invoked via a TSO/E
CALL command, was not linkedited as authorized, or does not reside in an authorized library. Contact your
systems programmer.
16 UNABLE TO ESTABLISH ESTAE
Internal error. IDCAMS should have issued IDC2391I for this error condition. Please refer to this message for
further details on the error condition.
20 INVALID CCW OR DATA AREA POINTER
Internal error. IDCAMS should have issued message IDC31602I for this condition. Please refer to this
message for further details on the error condition.
24 INVALID REQUEST TYPE FOR CONTROL UNIT
Internal error.
28 SUBSYSTEM DATA AREA NOT LARGE ENOUGH
Internal error.
32 UNABLE TO LOCATE SSSCB ENTRY
Internal error.
36 REQUEST BUFFER SIZE NOT A MULTIPLE OF 8
Internal error.
40 CONFIGURATION TABLE INDEX TOO HIGH
Internal error.
44 SSSCBUPD VALUE(S) INVALID
Internal error.
48 UNABLE TO OBTAIN COMPLETE SSSCB ENTRY
Internal error.
52 DEVICE NUMBER INVALID
Internal error.
56 UCB ADDRESS OR DEVICE NUMBER NEEDED FOR RACF CHECK
Internal error.
60 INVALID RACF LEVEL
Internal error.
76 ONLY ONE ACCESS CODE AVAILABLE
Internal error.
80 INVALID EYE-CATCHER IN SERVL OR UNABLE TO ACCESS LAST BYTE IN SERVL
Internal error.
84 UCB ADDRESS OR DEVICE NUMBER POINTS AT NON-DASD DEVICE
Internal error.
88 SSDL MISSING
Internal error.
92 REQTYPE DRVR PARM(S) NOT ALLOWED
Internal error.
96 SSDP AND SSDL NOT ALLOWED
Internal error.
100 REQUEST BUFFER HAS ONLY ONE SUB-BUFFER
Internal error.
104 INDIRECT ADDRESS LISTS NOT ALLOWED IN DRVR CHANNEL PROGRAM
Internal error.
108 TIC MUST POINT AT *-8
Internal error.
112 UCB ADDRESS OR DEVICE NUMBER MISSING
Internal error.
116 SSDP MISSING
Internal error.
124 NO 3990 MODEL 3 IN THE SYSTEM
Internal error.
128 INVALID REQUEST FOR REQTYPE MULTI
Internal error.
132 INVALID EYE-CATCHER IN INPUT BUFFER
Internal error.
136 SSDP POINTS AT AREA NOT OWNED BY CALLER
Internal error.
140 AOM services caller requested an operation
against an exposure address of a multiple exposure device, which was supported prior to MVS/ESA SP 5.2.
AOM services caller requested an operation against an alias device number of a parallel access volume.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC31562I THE parameter PARAMETER IS NOT AVAILABLE FOR THE SPECIFIED SUBSYSTEM OR DEVICE
Explanation: A LISTDATA or SETCACHE command was issued. Either a parameter that is not supported on the
device specified was encountered or a hardware error might have caused the device to be unable to perform the
requested command. This message is also printed if:
v The device specified for a duplex pair secondary or alternate device is not attached to a 3990 Model 3 or Model 6.
v DIRECTOR (SD) is requested for a device not attached to a 3880 Model 21.
v SETCACHE REINITIALIZE, SETCACHE SUBSYSTEM OFF, SETCACHE NVS OFF, or LISTDATA ACCESSCODE is
issued to the secondary device of a duplex pair.
v DUAL COPY OPERATION (SETSECONDARY, SUSPENDPRIMARY, SUSPENDSECONDARY, RESETTODUPLEX,
REESTABLISHDUPLEX, RESETTOSIMPLEX) was issued to a 2105 storage control unit.
IDC31564I THE SUBSYSTEM WILL NOT SUPPORT PAGING MODE: THE CACHE MUST BE INITIALIZED
Explanation: This message is issued when a permanent error occurs and the subsystem can no longer support
paging. The message appears at the end of the subsystem status report containing the status counts at the time the
error occurred.
System action: The cache is initialized when MVS is IPLed (if the subsystem is online), or during the first
PAGEADD command.
Application Programmer Response: IPL MVS with the subsystem online, or set the subsystem online after the IPL
and do a PAGEADD to initialize the cache.
Source: DFSMSdfp
-ALTERNATE DEVICE NOT SIMPLEX: A device ID was selected which is already being used for dual
copy operations. Reissue the command with a non-duplex pair device ID specified.
-CACHING ACTIVE: Although IDCAMS will set device caching off to the alternate device prior to
attempting to establish a duplex pair, if device caching is inadvertently set back on (perhaps by another
host) or is in pending state this cause is given.
-PRIMARY AND ALTERNATE ARE SAME DEVICE: The volser of the requested primary and the device
ID of the requested alternate are the same device.
-DEVICE RESERVED OR BUSY TO ANOTHER PROCESSOR: An attempt to establish a duplex pair has
failed because the target alternate device was busy when the 3990 attempted to claim the volume. The target
alternate could be busy because the device is not offline to all attached hosts and there is host activity using
this volume (operator commands like a DEVSERV against the target volume will cause host I/O to the
volume). Synchronize the target alternate device on all attached hosts and reissue the command.
-PATH-GROUPS ARE NOT COMPATIBLE: The 3990 command rejected the establishment of the duplex
pair with sense indicating that the proposed alternate device for the duplex pair has at least one path group
established and that the primary and alternate devices do not have the same path groups established on all
channel paths. A possible reason for this is that some other host attached to the alternate had the alternate
ONLINE and another non-MVS host attached to this device has a path group established for the device.
Note that this 3990 check is to help insure that the alternate is in the proper state; that is, either no path
group exists or the path group of the alternate is the same as that for the primary. Insure that the target
alternate device is OFFLINE to all attached MVS hosts. If non-MVS hosts are attached to the device insure
that the path groups for the alternate device are resigned or equal to the primary.
ESTABLISH A DUPLEX PAIR FROM SUSPENDED DUPLEX
-PINNED DATA: The suspended duplex primary volume has pinned data. A PINNED TRACK REPORT can
be generated (LISTDATA PINNED), and then the data set with pinned retriable or non-retriable tracks can
be copied to a device prior to discarding the pinned data. (Possible utilities for copying the data set are
IEBCOPY and IEBGENER.) Discard using DISCARDPINNED or DASDFASTWRITE PENDINGOFF
(depending on the circumstances).
-NVS OFFLINE: Issue a SETCACHE NVS ON to activate NVS.
-CACHE OFFLINE: Issue a SETCACHE SUBSYSTEM ON to activate subsystem storage.
-DEVICE IS NOT A PRIMARY: The volser specified as the primary volume is not part of a duplex pair or
is the secondary volume of a duplex pair. Probable user error. Correct the volser and reissue the command.
TERMINATE A DUPLEX PAIR
-DEVICE IS NOT A PRIMARY: The volser specified as the primary volume is not part of a duplex pair or
is the secondary volume of a duplex pair. Probable user error. Correct the volser and reissue the command.
-PINNED DATA: DASD fast write is in pending state. A PINNED TRACK REPORT can be generated
(LISTDATA PINNED), and then the data set with pinned retriable or non-retriable tracks can be copied to a
device prior to discarding the pinned data. (Possible utilities for copying the data set are IEBCOPY and
IEBGENER.) Discard using DISCARDPINNED or DASDFASTWRITE PENDINGOFF (depending on the
circumstances).
SUSPEND A DUPLEX PAIR
-DEVICE IS NOT A PRIMARY: The volser specified as the primary volume is not part of a duplex pair or
is the secondary volume of a duplex pair. Probable user error. Correct the volser and reissue the command.
-PAIR ALREADY SUSPENDED: A request to suspend an already suspended duplex pair results in no
action being taken.
-SUSPENDPRIMARY TO DUPLEX PENDING PAIR: A request to suspend a duplex pair with the primary
as the suspended device while establishing a duplex pair is pending. The SUSPENDPRIMARY command is
ended with no action taken.
For a LISTDATA request, action and cause can be replaced with the following values:
Action Cause
READ PINNED TRACK DATA
-CACHE STORAGE IS FAILED OR UNAVAILABLE: An attempt to read pinned track data was
unsuccessful because cache storage was not available or pending.
IDC31607I THE SPECIFIED COMMAND REQUIRES ALTER AUTHORIZATION. THE USER DOES NOT
HAVE SUFFICIENT ACCESS AUTHORITY FOR devid TO BE INCLUDED IN A DUPLEX PAIR
Explanation: A SETCACHE SETSECONDARY command or a SETCACHE REESTABLISHDUPLEX command was
issued. The volume serial of offline volume which is either the secondary or the alternate volume is not equal to the
volume serial of the primary volume. The requestor does not have DASDVOL ALTER authority for the offline
volume specified.
In the message text:
devid The device identification.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSS01
the COMPLETED IN ERROR condition, examine the environmental data to determine what the specific error was
and if it pertained to an area on the volume within an allocated data set. From this information you can determine
the severity of the error. Note that there may be a collection of environmental sense data caused by this one
asynchronous operation. Additional information can be gathered by issuing the DEVSERV command to the device
and examining output from message IEE459I. After completing this examination take the appropriate actions to
correct the specific data set or entire volume error. If all errors were not in allocated space on the volume, the impact
of the error may be minimal. Once you have made these corrections, the volume should be ready to be completely
used. Note that the asynchronous operation need not be repeated because it did complete and the state of the
subsystem or volume should be as desired.
For the FAILED condition, examine the sense data associated with the specific error as well as any I/O messages that
may have appeared on the system console. Environmental sense data may also be helpful in determining the reason
for the asynchronous operations failure. Additional information can be gathered by issuing the DEVSERV command
to the device and examining output from message IEE459I. After completing this examination take the appropriate
actions to correct the problem, and then attempt to reissue the asynchronous operation using the IDCAMS utility.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC31611I WHEN CREATING A DUPLEX PAIR THE {SECONDARY | ALTERNATE} DEVICE MUST BE
OFFLINE
Explanation: A SETCACHE request which requires that certain volumes be offline was unsuccessful. The following
requests require the specified volume to be offline:
v SETSECONDARY (establish a duplex pair) requires the secondary volume to be offline.
v REESTABLISHDUPLEX (reestablish a duplex pair) requires the alternate volume to be offline.
System action: Processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: Vary the secondary/alternate device offline (in ALL hosts attached to the
subsystem) and rerun the command.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC31612I NO PATHS ARE AVAILABLE TO THE REQUESTED SD; TO SET ON, ISSUE A SETCACHE
SUBSYSTEM ON
Explanation: This message is applicable to a 3880 Model 21. When a storage director is varied online a SETCACHE
SUBSYSTEM ON is required to set the storage director on.
System action: Processing continues.
Application Programmer Response: Vary the storage director online and issue a SETCACHE SUBSYSTEM ON.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC31615I THE SPECIFIED DEVICE ID device WAS NOT FOUND OR IS NOT CONNECTED TO A
CACHING CONTROLLER.
Explanation: A command requiring I/O to an offline device was issued and could not be run. The specified device
identifier was not found or the device was connected to a non-caching controller. Commands which allow I/O to
offline devices are:
v LISTDATA ACCESSCODE
v LISTDATA STATUS
v SETCACHE NVS OFF
v SETCACHE REINITIALIZE
v SETCACHE RESETTOSIMPLEX
v SETCACHE SUBSYSTEM OFF
v the secondary device ID in SETCACHE SETSECONDARY
v the alternate device ID in SETCACHE REESTABLISHDUPLEX
IDC31617I THE COMMAND command IS COMPLETE FOR {THE SUBSYSTEM CONTAINING} volser | unitaddr
{SUBCHANNEL SET ID n}
Explanation: The I/O operation for the SETCACHE command completed successfully.
In the message text:
command
One of the following:
v SUSPENDPRIMARY
v SUSPENDSECONDARY
v SETSECONDARY
v DISCARDPINNED
v REINITIALIZE
v RESETTODUPLEX
v RESETTOSIMPLEX
v REESTABLISHDUPLEX
v CACHEFASTWRITE ON
v CACHEFASTWRITE OFF
v DASDFASTWRITE ON
v DASDFASTWRITE OFF
v DASDFASTWRITE PENDINGOFF
v DESTAGE
v NVS ON
v NVS OFF
volser The volume serial number.
unitaddr
The unit address.
SUBCHANNEL SET ID n
The subchannel set number in which the unit address displayed in the message response resides.
System action: The system sets the return code to 0.
Application Programmer Response: None.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Application Programmer Response: You must either create the portable data set in record mode, or change its
attributes to an ESDS cluster with no alternate indexes.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC31704I DATA SET IS ALREADY OPEN FOR OUTPUT OR WAS NOT CLOSED CORRECTLY
Explanation: The data set is already OPEN for output by a user on another system, or was not previously closed.
System action: The data set is closed, and processing ends.
Application Programmer Response: If the data set is OPEN for output, it must be closed before running EXAMINE.
If it is not OPEN for output, you must run verify (via the VERIFY command) before running EXAMINE.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC31713I THE CONTROL INTERVAL IN THE HIGHEST INDEX LEVEL HAS AN RBA OF ZERO
Explanation: The control interval in the highest index level is found to have RBA = 0. EXAMINE cannot continue.
System action: Supportive messages display pertinent data, and processing ends.
Application Programmer Response: See summary messages for final analysis.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC31802I LOAD OF MODULE name WAS UNSUCCESSFUL. ABEND CODE IS xx - REASON CODE IS
reason-code
Explanation: The named module could not be loaded into system storage.
In the message text:
name The name of the module.
xx The abend code.
reason-code The reason code.
System action: Processing provided by the named module is not performed.
Application Programmer Response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, look at the messages in the job
log for more information. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the
IBM Support Center. Provide the JCL, the SYSOUT output for the job, and all printed output and output data sets
related to the problem.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IDC31863I OFFSET MISSING OR SPECIFICATION INVALID IN OFFSET PAIR number REASON CODE IS
reason-code
Explanation: INSERTSHIFT was specified on an access method services (AMS) PRINT or REPRO copy of a data set
operation. AMS, while checking offset values, detected one of the following:
Code Reason
4 One or more pairs have the offset missing.
8 The difference between the first offset and the second offset is not an even number.
12 The first offset was specified as greater than the second offset.
IDC31865I OFFSET offset IN OFFSET PAIR number EXCEEDS MAXIMUM RECORD LENGTH
Explanation: INSERTSHIFT was specified on an access method services (AMS) REPRO copy of a data set. AMS,
while comparing offsets and target data sets (maximum) record length, discovered that the offset exceeds the
maximum record length of the target data set.
In the message text:
offset The offset.
number The offset pair.
System action: The command is ended. The return code is 12.
Application Programmer Response: Recheck the offset pair specifications in the INSERTSHIFT keyword. Make sure
that an offset value does not exceed the maximum record length of the target data set.
Source: DFSMSdfp
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION:
RC = rc
RS = rsnc
Explanation: The SMSVSAM address space returned the error indicated by the values of rc and rsnc.
In the message text:
rc The return code.
rsnc
The reason code.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer regarding procedures to start the SMSVSAM address space.
Application Programmer Response: Contact the system programmer regarding procedures to start the SMSVSAM
address space.
System programmer response: For documentation of the SMSVSAM problem, see z/OS DFSMSdfp Diagnosis.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSH01, IDCSH02, IDCSH03, IDCSH04, IDCSH05, IDCSH06, IDCSH07, IDCSH08, IDCSH09,
IDCSH10, IDCSH11, IDCSH12, IDCSH13, IDCSH14, IDCSH15
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSH05
| This message indicates that the following IDCAMS command was issued to specify the scratch threshold for a certain
| media, but the total slots defined are not high enough to support the specified scratch threshold:
| ALTER libname LIBENTRY SCRATCHTHRESHOLD(MEDIAx(num))
| Do the following to set the total slots higher than the scratch threshold:
| ALTER libname LIBENTRY NUMBERSLOTS(num+1)
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCAL02
X'diagnostic-error-data'
Explanation: The FR* command failed and diagnostic-error-data was returned.
In the message text:
diagnostic-error-data
Contains return-code and reason-code values.
Application Programmer Response: For causes of the failure, see z/OS DFSMSdfp Diagnosis.
System programmer response: For documentation of the SMSVSAM problem, see z/OS DFSMSdfp Diagnosis.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSH07, IDCSH08, IDCSH09, IDCSH10, IDCSH11
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSH18, IDCSH19, IDCSH20
CLUSTER NAME/
ALTERNATE INDEX NAME
xxx
STATUS CAUSE
yyy zzz
DIAGNOSTIC REASON
rc rsnc
Explanation: An SHCDS RETRY command did not complete successfully. The value of zzz under CAUSE and the
return code (rc) and reason code (rsnc) under DIAGNOSTIC REASON indicate the reason for the failure.
In the message text:
urid
The identifier of a unit of recovery.
xxx
The name of a VSAM cluster or alternate index.
yyy
The status of the unit of recovery.
zzz
The cause of the failure. For an explanation of possible entries in the CAUSE column, refer to the following table.
QUI-ERR The data set was quiesced. The data set was closed before a syncpoint was done, and the data set was
quiesced.
RPL-ERR An RPL chain processing error Refer to the job log for messages that indicate errors related to RPL processing.
occurred.
RRS-LOGS An error occurred in processing the Backout encountered one or more errors while processing RRS logs.
resource recovery services (RRS)
logs.
FR-LOG An error occurred in writing to the Refer to the job log for messages that indicate errors related to the forward recovery
forward recovery log. log.
DISABLE Syncpoint processing failed because Enable DFSMStvs and retry the unit of recovery.
the DFSMStvs state is DISABLING
or DISABLED.
IX-FULL The alternate index capacity was A larger alternate index is needed.
reached.
LOCK A lock error occurred. A record lock could not be obtained during backout. Refer to the job log for
additional messages.
LOG An error occurred in accessing the Refer to the job log for messages that indicate logging errors.
DFSMStvs logs.
CACHE The system was unable to connect Verify that the coupling facility cache assigned to the data set is available. Refer to
to the cache structure assigned for message IGW454I to determine why the connect attempt to the DFSMS coupling
the data set. facility cache structure failed.
OPEN-ERR An error occurred in opening the Refer to the job log for messages that indicate errors related to opening the data set.
data set.
ALLO-ERR An error occurred in dynamically The diagnostic reason code contains the dynamic allocation failure code.
allocating the data set.
CLOS-ERR An error occurred in closing the Refer to the job log for messages that indicate errors related to closing the data set.
data set.
DEAL-ERR An error occurred in dynamically The diagnostic reason code contains the dynamic deallocation failure code.
deallocating the data set.
RST-ERR The unit of recovery is being DFSMStvs restart processing is currently processing this unit of recovery. Rerun the
processed by DFSMStvs restart command after restart has completed.
processing.
DSN-ERR An associated data set encountered One or more data sets for this unit of recovery received an error.
an error.
VRM-ERR An error was returned during The diagnostic reason code contains the RPL feedback word, in rsnc.
record processing.
INC-ERR An inconsistency error occurred. Log records for a unit of recovery were found. All other processing for the unit of
recovery was complete. Purge the unit of recovery.
QUI-ERR The data set was quiesced. The data set was closed before a syncpoint was done, and the data set was
quiesced.
RPL-ERR An RPL chain processing error Refer to the job log for messages that indicate errors related to RPL processing.
occurred.
RRS-LOGS An error occurred in processing the Backout encountered one or more errors while processing RRS logs.
resource recovery services (RRS)
logs.
FR-LOG An error occurred in writing to the Refer to the job log for messages that indicate errors related to the forward recovery
forward recovery log. log.
DISABLE Syncpoint processing failed because Enable DFSMStvs and retry the unit of recovery.
the DFSMStvs state is DISABLING
or DISABLED.
CLUSTER NAME/
ALTERNATE INDEX NAME
xxx
STATUS CAUSE
yyy zzz
DIAGNOSTIC REASON
rc rsnc
Explanation: An SHCDS PURGE command did not complete successfully. The value of zzz under CAUSE and the
return code (rc) and reason code (rsnc) under DIAGNOSTIC REASON indicate the reason for the failure.
In the message text:
urid
The identifier of a unit of recovery.
xxx
The name of a VSAM cluster or alternate index.
yyy
The status of the unit of recovery.
zzz
The cause of the failure. For an explanation of possible entries in the CAUSE column, refer to the following table.
DISABLE Syncpoint processing failed because Enable DFSMStvs and retry the unit of recovery.
the DFSMStvs state is DISABLING
or DISABLED.
IDC31967I TRANSACTIONAL VSAM BATCH OVERRIDE EXIT HAS FAILED AND IS BEING DISABLED
Explanation: The batch override exit (IGW8PNRU) has failed. The exit abnormally ended while overriding requests
to back out transaction requests. The exit is disabled and will not be called again until DFSMStvs is restarted.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None
System programmer response: Correct the problem and reinstall the exit. Restart DFSMStvs to activate a new
version.
Problem determination: None
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IDCSH19
IEA000A SWAP FROM xxx TO zzz FAILED, RETRY (R) OR TERMINATE (T)
Explanation: The 3851 ERP (error recovery procedure) detected that the dynamic device reconfiguration (DDR)
swap service could not swap the primary mass storage control (MSC) to the alternate MSC. Previous operator
messages indicate the reason for the DDR swap service failure. The operator can retry the swap or end the swap. If
the swap operation fails consistently, a permanent I/O condition exists.
In the message text:
xxx The low number in the range.
zzz The high number in the range.
System action: The system waits for the operator's reply (see the operator response for this message).
Operator response: Retry (R). If the error continues to occur, end (T).
If the swap is ended, the system places both MSCs offline. The system continues processing without the MSCs and
probably without the MSS (mass storage system) functions.
If the error continues to occur, it is probably because of a hardware problem. The system issues message IEA000I.
Follow installation procedures to take corrective action. Notify the system programmer.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: ERPs. IECIOSCN, IGE0025C
Routing Code: 3/4/7/8/Note 4
Descriptor Code: 2
--or--
Because two separate WTO instructions issue the two messages shown above, it is possible that one or more
unrelated messages could appear between the first message and the second message.
MSS users should check the “possible values of err and appropriate responses” in the Operator Response part of
this message description.
cm Command code, in hexadecimal, of the channel command word (CCW) being executed when the error occurred.
If the channel command word cannot be found, this field appears as **.
stat
Status portion, in hexadecimal, of the channel status word (CSW).
sens
The first byte, in hexadecimal, describes a unit check type error condition (for telecommunication devices). The
second byte, in hexadecimal, contains sense information resulting from the execution of a diagnostic write/read
or read/skip command (from TCAM) which ended with a unit check status (2701 data adapter unit). For other
devices, these same two bytes appear, in hexadecimal, if a unit check condition is indicated in the stat field. For
devices that give more than two bytes of sense information, this field also contains the remaining sense bytes, in
hexadecimal. For devices which give more than 6 sense bytes, this field continues on the second line of the
message. For DASD devices, this field contains the 8 sense bytes for program errors or 24 sense bytes for
equipment and data checks. For the 3340, this field contains 24 sense bytes for seek checks.
The message on the system console reflects the sense-byte information from the last entry for direct access
devices; the sense-byte information located in the logrec data set data reflects the data from the initial error
condition.
debctfd
Record count, in hexadecimal, not including label records. This field appears only for magnetic tape and
indicates the count of the record preceding the error record.
opxxterm
TP operation code, in hexadecimal, describing the type of channel command word (CCW) being executed when
the error occurred. xx is not used, but is followed by the terminal identification characters, in hexadecimal. It is
either two bytes or one byte, depending on the terminal type. If it is one byte, it is left justified. If a dial line is
being used with TCAM, the last four digits of the dial number are provided.
cylntrck
Address, in hexadecimal, of the cylinder (cyln), and the track (trck) where the error occurred. When an error
occurs while trying to obtain this data, the last seek address is substituted. This field appears only for certain
disk and drum direct access device errors.
ser
Serial number of the volume on which the error occurred. This field appears only for magnetic tapes or direct
access devices.
jjj
Job name. If the error is a channel program check (CPC) or channel protection check (PRC), this field indicates
the program in error.
hh.mm.ss
Time that the message was received in hours, minutes, and seconds.
Operator response: For all values of err, probable hardware error. For magnetic tape devices, proceed with caution
in unconditionally accepting the results of the operation. Check that tapes being used by this job have not been
replaced or removed. Each message should be considered as a potential attention of a marginal condition.
For other than magnetic tape devices, note that some abnormal error condition occurred. Depending on the severity
of the error (check status and sense information) and depending on the installation requirements, take the
appropriate action.
Possible values of err and appropriate responses are as follows:
v For MSS users, an attempt has been made to write on a virtual volume that was specified READ ONLY on the
CREATEV command.
v SAF - Staging Adapter failure. Use your path chart to determine the SSID of the Staging Adapter involved or use
8nn for the SSID, where nn is byte 25 of the MSS sense data in this message.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: ERPs
Routing Code: 3/4/7/8,10,11
Descriptor Code: 2,4,10
IEA000I dev,err......hh.mm.ss
Explanation: The processor's error recovery procedures detected an error that requires either a CEM (CE message),
or an SUU (subsystem unit unusable) message. An equipment check might occur with either CEM or SUU. Because
the system WTO routine can print only one message, the error recovery procedure prints the CEM or SUU message
and the system WTO routine prints the remaining message with full sense data. The error recovery procedure
continues recovery action based on the error condition.
In the message text:
dev
Device number of the mass storage control.
err
Description of the error. The values are as follows:
v CEM -- CE message. The Mass Storage Facility has detected an error important to the service representative.
v SUU -- Subsystem unit unusable. The Mass Storage Facility has marked one of its units as unusable because of
an error condition. The SSID of that unit is in the second half of sense byte 1 and all of byte 2 in the
accompanying message. The system continues processing; notify your service representative.
hh.mm.ss
Time that the message was received in hours, minutes, and seconds.
System action: The error recovery procedure continues the recovery action based on the error condition.
Operator response: Probable hardware error. Each message should be considered as a potential attention of a
marginal condition. Depending on the installation requirements, take appropriate action.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: ERPs
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 12
Some devices display a new line character (X'15') and 15 pad characters (X'32') preceding the message.
In the message text, the fields, in hexadecimal format, are:
aaa
Address of the line where the error occurred.
bb The command code as specified in the failing channel program.
cccc
The status bytes of the channel status word (CCW) as specified in the input/output block (IOB).
dd The first sense byte as specified in the IOB.
ff The TP op code as specified in the failing CCW in the channel program for the last retry attempt.
gg The TP op code of the failing CCW for the first occurrence of the error.
hhhh
For stations on switched lines, if the station is known, hhhh is replaced by the last four dial digits, if assigned.
For stations on nonswitched lines, hhhh is replaced by polling characters for receiving operations and addressing
characters for sending operations. If the station is on a switched line and TCAM cannot identify it at the time the
error occurs, hhhh is replaced by the polling characters for stations on this line. If no polling characters are
assigned, hhhh is replaced by zeros.
System action: See the explanation.
Operator response: In some applications, the generation of the IEA000I message is faster than the handling capacity
of the primary operator control station. When the primary operator control station is the system console, a backlog
may create a system queue area shortage. If allowed to continue without operator intervention, a serious shortage
could result and could cause a system wait state to be entered. To reduce generation of these error messages, TCAM's
threshold support should be used.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: ERPs
Routing Code: 3/4/7/8,10,11
Descriptor Code: 2,4,10
IEA002I APAR aaaaaaa IS NOT INSTALLED ON sys1, SYSTEM sys2 IS BEING PARTITIONED.
Explanation: In the message text:
aaaaaaa indicates the APAR number or UNKNOWN.
During initialization of system sys2, a system in the sysplex has detected that there is missing compatibility or
toleration maintenance on system sys1. System sys2 is being partitioned to prevent data corruption. Note that system
sys1 may or may not be the same system as sys2.
System action: System sys2 is partitioned from the sysplex and enters wait state X'082'.
Operator response: Notify your system programmer.
Application Programmer Response: Install the APAR indicated by the message on system sys1. The APAR may
require an IPL to install. If system sys2 is different than sys1, then sys2 can be IPLed after the APAR is successfully
installed on sys1.
Source: Communications Task, Global Resource Serialization
Detecting Module: IEAVN703, IEAVG603, ISGNST, ISGXSIS, ISGXGX, ISGXGRPX
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA005I DATE (AND CLOCK, IF SPECIFIED) REJECTED. DATE MUST BE SPECIFIED AS A 4-DIGIT
YEAR
Explanation: A 2 digit year was specified.
&SYSCLONE. = "sysclone-text"
&SYSNAME. = "sysname-text"
&SYSPLEX. = "sysplex-text"
&symbol.-name = "symbol-text"
.
.
.
symbol.-name = "symbol-text"
Explanation: This message displays the static system symbols and their associated substitution texts. The system
issues this message:
v In response to the DISPLAY SYMBOLS command
v During system initialization, when the operator specifies an initialization message suppression indicator (IMSI) that
does not suppress informational messages.
&sysplex.-text
The text associated with the &SYSPLEX. static system symbol. The substitution for &SYSPLEX. is defined in the
COUPLExx or LOADxx parmlib member.
symbol.-name
The name of a static system symbol that your installation defined in the IEASYMxx parmlib member.
symbol.-text
The substitution text associated with the installation-defined system symbolname.
System action: The system continues processing. The system uses the substitution texts that are displayed in the
message text.
System programmer response: Determine if the list of system symbols and substitution texts are appropriate. If a
system symbol is not correct, change the definition in one of the following parmlib members:
COUPLExx
IEASYMxx
IEASYSxx
LOADxx
Source: System initialization (IPL/NIP)
Detecting Module: IEAVESYM
Routing Code: 5,8,9
Descriptor Code: -
IEASYMxx
.
.
.
IEASYMzz
Explanation: This message displays the IEASYMxx parmlib members that define system symbols for this system.
The IEASYMxx members are specified in the LOADxx parmlib member. The system displays this message during
system initialization if both of the following occur:
v The operator specifies an initialization message suppression indicator (IMSI) that does not suppress informational
messages.
v The system programmer specifies the ,L parameter on the IEASYM statement in the LOADxx parmlib member.
SYMBOL = &symbol.-name
ORIGINAL VALUE = old-text
NEW VALUE = new-text
Explanation: This message displays a value in the static system symbol table that was changed during initialization.
The system issues this message when the substitution text for the &SYSPLEX.system symbol is specified in
COUPLExx but not in LOADxx.
In the message text:
&symbol.-name
The name of the static system symbol whose substitution text was changed during system initialization.
old-text
The substitution text for the symbol-name static system symbol before the change.
new-text
The substitution text for the symbol-name static system symbol after the change.
System action: The system continues processing. The system uses the new substitution text for the system symbols
displayed in the message text.
System programmer response: Determine if the new substitution text displayed in the message text is appropriate
for the associated system symbol. If not, see z/OS MVS Initialization and Tuning Reference for information about how to
change system symbol definitions in parmlib. After you change the definitions for the system symbol, reIPL the
system.
If &symbol.-name shown in the message text is &SYSPLEX:
v Specify the desired substitution text for &SYSPLEX on the SYSPLEX parameter in the LOADxx parmlib member.
v Specify SYSPLEX(&SYSPLEX.) on the SYSPLEX parameter in the COUPLExx parmlib member, which ensures that
&SYSPLEX. resolves to the substitution text defined on the SYSPLEX parameter in LOADxx.
Source: System initialization (IPL/NIP)
Detecting Module: IEAVESYM
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
Otherwise, the system found a syntax error in the IEASYMxx parmlib member.
The system issues this message only for statements in IEASYMxx that apply to the processor or LPAR on which this
system is being initialized.
System action: The system issues this message on the nucleus initialization program (NIP) console and waits for the
operator to respond. The system discards any processing of IEASYMxx members that occurred before the error. The
system might issue messages that describe the error prior to issuing this message, as described in the message
explanation.
System programmer response: Do one of the following:
v If you want to respecify the IEASYMxx members, enter all the suffixes of the IEASYMxx members in response to
this message. (For example, if you specified three IEASYMxx suffixes and only one was not valid, you must
respecify the two valid suffixes, and replace or remove the suffix that was not valid.)
v Reply U to bypass IEASYMxx processing and continue with system initialization.
Source: System initialization (IPL/NIP)
Detecting Module: IEAVNPIL
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 12
text
Explanation: Where text is:
The system found one or more static system symbol definitions that are circular. That is, one or more system symbol
definitions contain other system symbols that refer back to each other.
In the example above, the definition of &APF. depends on the resolution of &LNK. . However, because the definition
of &LNK. also depends on the resolution of &APF. , the two system symbols can never be resolved.
symbol-text
The unresolved substitution text.
System action: The system enters non-restartable wait state X'07D' with return code X'0000'.
System programmer response: Correct the circular reference in the IEASYMxx parmlib member, then reIPL the
system.
Source: System initialization (IPL/NIP)
Detecting Module: IEAVNPCF
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 12
System Programmer Response: Change symbol name specified on the SYMDEF parameter to a name that
begins with an ampersand followed by an alphanumeric or national character. Then respond to message
IEA011A.
005 Meaning: The number of installation-defined system symbols exceeds the maximum for this system.
System Programmer Response: Reduce the number of installation-defined system symbols in the IEASYMxx
parmlib member so that the total length of the system table does not exceed 32512. Then re-IPL.
To calculate the total length of the system symbol table, use the following formula:
4 + the sum, for every symbol, of 16 + the size of
the symbol (including the leading "&" and the
trailing ".") + the size of the substitution text
006 Meaning:
v A SYMDEF parameter in an IEASYMxx parmlib member specified a substitution text that is too long. The
substitution text is longer than the length of the associated system symbol name, which includes the
ampersand (&) character. For example, the length of the value assigned to the symbol &FRED. cannot
exceed five characters.
v A SYSCLONE parameter in an IEASYMxx parmlib member specified a substitution text that was not 1 or
2 characters long.
System Programmer Response: Change the system symbol definition in IEASYMxx to specify a substitution
text that does not exceed the length of the system symbol name or correct the SYSCLONE parameter
specification in IEASYMxx. Then respond to message IEA011A or re-IPL.
007 Meaning: A parameter is specified in a IEASYMxx parmlib member. The undefined parameter is displayed
in the message text.
System Programmer Response: Correct the name of the parameter in IEASYMxx. Then respond to message
IEA011A.
008 Meaning: An undefined parameter in a IEASYMxx parmlib member specified a value. The parameter and
its value are displayed in the message text.
System Programmer Response: Correct the parameter and the value in IEASYMxx. Then respond to
message IEA011A.
System action: The system does one of the following:
v Issue message IEA011A, which asks the operator to respecify the suffix for IEASYMxx. The system issues message
IEA011A only for statements in IEASYMxx that apply to the processor or LPAR on which this system is being
initialized.
v Continue with the IPL. This action is taken when the error occurs in a statement that does not apply to this
system.
v Enter a non-restartable wait state X'07D' with reason code X'0004'. The system enters the wait state when the error
occurs in a statement that applies to this system and it was discovered at a point too late to accept a new
IEASYMxx.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer.
System programmer response: See the system programmer response in the list of reason codes in the message
explanation.
Source: System initialization (IPL/NIP)
Detecting Module: IEAVNPIL, IEAVNPCF
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 12
System action: The system might also issue message IEA012E or IEA013E. The system enters non-restartable wait
state X'07D' with reason code X'0004'.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer.
System programmer response: If the system issues message IEA012E or IEA013E, see the system programmer
responses for those messages. Otherwise, see the system programmer response for wait state X'07D' with reason code
X'0004'.
Source: System initialization (IPL/NIP)
Detecting Module: IEAVNPCF
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA015A text
Explanation: In the message, text is:
Notes:
1. When all systems in the sysplex issue IEA015A there is no time limit for making the reply. However, after the first
response is given to IEA015A, the rest of the systems must be replied to within a minimum of four minutes.
When there are more than eight systems in the sysplex the time limit is calculated using (30 seconds * number of
systems).
2. If not all systems in the sysplex are affected, the systems that are still running can take action for "status update
missing" (SUM) on systems waiting for a reply to IEA015A. In this case, the four minute rule does not apply.
If ALL ETR synchronized MVS images issue IEA015A, then there has been a failure of one or both Sysplex Timers. If
one Sysplex Timer fails, the other may go into dormant state when it can not communicate with the failed 9037. In
this case, it is possible to recover the dormant 9037 and then reply "RETRY" as previously described.
Note: When replying to IEA015A using the Hardware Management Console (HMC), you must select the priority
message box.
For more information about how to recognize this condition and how to recover from it, see IBM Redbooks
publication S/390® Time Management and IBM 9037 Sysplex Timer, SG24-2070. For detailed information, see the topic
about last Sysplex Timer lost and last Sysplex Timer lost - extended outage.
Also seez/OS MVS Setting Up a Sysplex for the topic on "Understanding PLEXCFG Configurations with a Sysplex
Timer". A Sysplex Timer failure can affect the sysplex in several ways, depending on how the sysplex is configured
with the PLEXCFG system parameter. This section provides additional information on PLEXCFG and describes
different conditions when this message might be issued (for example, with PLEXCFG=MULTISYSTEM and
PLEXCFG=ANY).
Source: Timer Supervision
Detecting Module: IEATSWLH
IEA017E YOU HAVE INITIALIZED product_name WITH ARCHLVL 1. THIS PRODUCT IS INTENDED TO
BE RUN WITH ARCHLVL 2
Explanation: You have specified ARCHLVL 1 on the LOADxx parmlib member. This violates the Terms and
Conditions for running product product_name on this processor.
In the message text:
product_name
The name of the operating system from field ECVTPNAM in the ECVT control block.
System action: The system initializes in ESA/390 mode and issues operator action message IEA018A.
Operator response: Respond to message IEA018A, which is issued following this message.
IEA020W AN FRR STACK POINTER FOR CPU x IS DAMAGED, THE ERROR MASK IS abcdefghijklmnopqrst.
Explanation: MVS found uncorrectable damage to at least one functional recovery routine (FRR) stack pointer.
The CPU which had the damaged stack pointer or pointers is identified by the value for x.
The error mask tells you which FRR stack pointers were incorrect.
If a is 1, PSACSTK is incorrect.
If b is 1, PSANSTK is incorrect.
If c is 1, PSASSTK is incorrect.
If d is 1, PSAMSTK is incorrect.
If e is 1, PSAPSTK is incorrect.
If f is 1, PSAESTK1 is incorrect.
If g is 1, PSAESTK2 is incorrect.
If h is 1, PSAESTK3 is incorrect.
If i is 1, PSARSTK is incorrect.
If j is 1, PSATSTK is incorrect.
If k is 1, PSAASTK is incorrect.
If l is 1, PSASSAV is incorrect.
If m is 1, PSAMSAV is incorrect.
If n is 1, PSAPSAV is incorrect.
If o is 1, PSAESAV1 is incorrect.
If p is 1, PSAESAV2 is incorrect.
If q is 1, PSAESAV3 is incorrect.
If r is 1, PSARSAV is incorrect.
If s is 1, PSATSAV is incorrect.
If t is 1, PSAASAV is incorrect.
System action: The system:
1. Issues this message.
2. Places all processors on this system in non-restartable X'084' wait state, with reason code X'04'.
Operator response: See the operator response for wait state X'084' in z/OS MVS System Codes.
System programmer response: See the system programmer response for wait state X'084' in z/OS MVS System Codes.
Source: Recovery termination manager (RTM)
Detecting Module: IEAVTRTV
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 1
Explanation for Case 1: The system console has an AUTOACT group specified, but the group is not defined in the
current CNGRPxx. The system console is not be automatically placed in PD mode; it is removed from PD mode.
Explanation for Case 2: The system console has an AUTOACT group active. The system console has been put into
PD mode manually. No automatic actions are taken until it is taken out of PD mode by command.
Explanation for Case 3: The system console has an AUTOACT group active. The system console has been taken out
of PD mode manually. No automatic actions are taken until it is put into PD mode by command.
System action: System Action for Case 1: None.
System Action for Case 2: There is no automatic activate or deactivate of the system console. This message is deleted
when the system console is deactivated by a command, or when the AUTOACT attribute is removed from the system
console.
System Action for Case 3: There is no automatic activate or deactivate of the system console. This message is deleted
when the system console is activated by a command, or when the AUTOACT attribute is removed from the system
console.
Operator response: Operator Response for Case 1: Either issue the SET CNGRP= command to use a CNGRPxx
which has the group defined, or issue VARY CN(syscons_name),AUTOACT= to change the name of the AUTOACT
group. To remove the AUTOACT attribute, issue VARY CN(syscons_name),AUTOACT=*NONE*.
Operator Response for Case 2: When automatic activate/deactivate is wanted again, issue VARY
CN(syscons_name),DEACTIVATE. To remove the AUTOACT attribute, issue VARY
CN(syscons_name),AUTOACT=*NONE*.
Operator Response for Case 3: When automatic activate/deactivate is wanted again, issue VARY
CN(syscons_name),ACTIVATE from the system console. To remove the AUTOACT attribute is removed from the
system console.
System programmer response: System Programmer Response for Case 1: Correct the CONSOLxx and CNGRPxx
parmlib members so that the correct members are specified.
System Programmer Response for Case 2: None.
System Programmer Response for Case 3: None.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVSWSC,IEECB854
Routing Code: 1,2,10 (also sent to the system console)
Descriptor Code: 11
IEA026I A SYNCHRONOUS WTOR TIMED OUT ON THIS CONSOLE. WILL RETRY THE WTOR ON
ccccccccccccccc
Explanation: A synchronous WTOR was displayed on this console, but the reply was not received in the time
allotted.
In the message text:
ccccccccccccccc
Either the console name of the next console, or the system console.
System action: The system has attempted to display the WTOR on the indicated console. This would be the next
available console in the SYNCHDEST console group, or the system console.
Operator response: Go to the indicated console and reply to the WTOR.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEEVDCCA
IEA030I OPEN FAILED FOR DUMP DATA SET FOR {JS|ST} [DUE TO {Scde|Ucde}]
Explanation: While failing a task, the system tried to open a SYSABEND, SYSMDUMP, or SYSUDUMP dump data
set, but failed.
In the message text:
JS A dump data set for the job step task could not be opened.
10 Preferred NTP server outside of allowable tracking range - the time provided by the preferred NTP
server differs from Coordinated Server Time (CST) by 60 seconds or more.
11 Preferred NTP server within allowable tracking range - the difference between the time provided by the
preferred NTP server and CST is now less than 60 seconds.
12 Preferred NTP server stratum level increase - the stratum level of the preferred NTP server has
increased (e.g., from stratum level 2 to stratum level 3).
13 Preferred NTP server stratum level decrease - the stratum level of the preferred NTP server has
decreased (e.g., from stratum level 3 to stratum level 2).
14 Preferred NTP server inaccessible - the preferred NTP server has transitioned from the accessible state
to the inaccessible state.
15 Preferred NTP server accessible- the preferred NTP server has transitioned from the inaccessible state to
the accessible state
16 Preferred NTP server stratum error - the preferred NTP server has reported a stratum level of 0 or an
invalid stratum level.
17 Preferred NTP server stratum valid - the preferred NTP server has now reported a valid stratum level.
18 Preferred NTP server reference identifier (REFID) change - the REFID for the preferred NTP server has
changed.
20 Non-preferred NTP server outside of allowable tracking range - the time provided by the non-preferred
NTP server differs from Coordinated Server Time (CST) by 60 seconds or more.
21 Non-preferred NTP server within allowable tracking range - the difference between the time provided
by the non-preferred NTP server and CST is now less than 60 seconds.
22 Non-preferred NTP server stratum level increase - the stratum level of the non-preferred NTP server has
increased (e.g., from stratum level 2 to stratum level 3).
23 Non-preferred NTP server stratum level decrease - the stratum level of the non-preferred NTP server
has decreased (e.g., from stratum level 3 to stratum level 2).
24 Non-preferred NTP server inaccessible - the non-preferred NTP server has transitioned from the
accessible state to the inaccessible state.
25 Non-preferred NTP server accessible- the non-preferred NTP server has transitioned from the
inaccessible state to the accessible state
26 Non-preferred NTP server stratum error - the non-preferred NTP server has reported a stratum level of
0 or an invalid stratum level.
27 Non-preferred NTP server stratum valid - the non-preferred NTP server has now reported a valid
stratum level.
28 Non-preferred NTP server reference identifier (REFID) change - the REFID for the non-preferred NTP
server has changed.
81 Switch to non-preferred Pulse Per Second (PPS) port - the STP facility has switched to the PPS port
specified as the non preferred PPS port. This alert is sent by both the active and inactive stratum-1
servers.
82 Switch to preferred PPS port - the STP facility has switched to the PPS port specified as the preferred
PPS port. This alert is sent by both the active and inactive stratum-1 servers.
83 PRT source ID change - the PRT source ID for the CTN has changed. The alert is sent by all servers
when the PRT source ID for the CTN changes.
84 No PPS Signal - the STP facility no longer has access to a PPS signal.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Notify the System Programmer. The same event might occur on all images in the Coordinated
Timing Network (CTN).
System programmer response: Based upon the alert code from the message, determine what condition change
caused the message. If appropriate to your installation, correct the condition. For more details on the alert code
IEA040W REMOTE SLIP TRAP ID=xxxx FROM SYSTEM ssssssss MATCHED. ACTION=WAIT RESTART THE
SYSTEM TO CONTINUE
Explanation: A remote system found a match for a SLIP trap. The SLIP trap requested that this system be placed
into a wait state so that the operator could capture diagnostic data.
In the message text:
ID=xxxx
The SLIP trap identifier specified on the SLIP command.
ssssssss
The system on which the trap matched.
System action: This system is placed into a restartable wait state.
Operator response: Perform the actions requested by the system programmer for this trap.
Either:
IEA041I SDUMP SCHEDULED FOR REMOTE SLIP TRAP ID=xxxx FROM SYSTEM ssssssss
Explanation: A remote system found a match for a SLIP trap. The SLIP trap requested that this system write an SVC
dump. This system scheduled the SVC dump.
In the message text:
ID=xxxx
The SLIP trap identifier specified on the SLIP command.
ssssssss
The system on which the SLIP trap matched.
System action: This system schedules an SVC dump and continues processing.
Source: SLIP
Detecting Module: IEAVTSL5
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA042I SDUMP NOT SCHEDULED FOR REMOTE SLIP TRAP ID=xxxx FROM SYSTEM ssssssss. REASON
- text
Explanation: text is one of the following:
ANOTHER DUMP WAS IN PROGRESS
DUMP=NO WAS SET AT IPL OR INDICATED BY CHNGDUMP
NO SYS1.DUMP DATA SET WAS AVAILABLE
NO SRBS COULD BE SCHEDULED TO START THE DUMP
SVC DUMP ABNORMALLY TERMINATED
A STATUS STOP SRBS CONDITION WAS DETECTED
A remote system found a match for a SLIP trap. The SLIP trap requested that this system write an SVC dump.
However, this system could not write the dump for the reason indicated in the message.
Routing Code: 2, 10
Descriptor Code: 3
| SSID=xxxx
| SSID for this subsystem.
| DEVICE NED=tttt.mmm.ggg.pp.ssssssssssss.uuuu
| Node element descriptor from the device:
| tttt Machine type
| mmm Model
| ggg Manufacturer
| pp Plant of manufacture
| ssssssssssss
| Box sequence number
| uuuu Unique identifier for device with the same serial number. This value is the concatenation of device
| logical storage subsystem (LSS) and device CCA. The device CCA reported is one of potentially
| multiple devices with a PPRC state transition.
| SUSPENDED=aaa
| The number of devices that are PPRC suspended devices in the LSS.
| PPRC=bbb
| The number of devices in a PPRC relationship in the LSS.
| REASON=SUSPEND(rr)
| Reason code for PPRC state transition. The accompanying text explains the reason code.
| text Displays the reason for the suspend, which is one of the following:
| v SUSPENDED, HOST COMMAND TO PRIMARY [rr = 03]
| v SUSPENDED, HOST COMMAND TO SECONDARY [rr = 04]
| v SUSPENDED, PRIMARY UPDATE SECONDARY DEVICE STATUS COMMAND [rr = 05]
| v SUSPENDED, CU INTERNAL CONDITIONS [rr = 06]
| v SUSPENDED, SECONDARY TRANSITION TO SIMPLEX STATE [rr = 07]
| v SUSPENDED, SECONDARY FAILURE INTERNAL CONDITIONS [rr = 08]
| v SUSPENDED, CU IML OR POWER RESTORED [rr = 09]
| v SUSPENDED, FREEZE COMMAND [rr = 0A]
| v SUSPENDED, EST FC [rr = 0C]
| REASON=UNKNOWN(rr)
| Reason code not recognized.
| System action: The system continues processing.
| Operator response: This message is intended for use by automation programs that monitor operator messages.
| Actions can be attempted by the operator, but an automation program is recommended.
| System programmer response: None.
| Source: DASD device initialization/re-initialization
| Detecting Module: IECCINIT
| Routing Code: 128,64
| Descriptor Code: 1
In the case of the last two responses, the system uses the IBM defaults for MIH and HOTIO.
Source: Input/output supervisor (IOS)
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 2
If memname is another name, the member is either a module list table (MLT), a nucleus module list (NML), a nucleus
device support module, or a member that was specified on an INCLUDE statement in the NUCLSTxx member.
System action: The system enters wait state X'055'.
Because a console is not available for messages at IPL time, the system stores this message in the IPL WTO buffer.
Operator response: See the operator response for wait state X'055'
System programmer response: See the system programmer response for wait state X'055'.
Source: System initialization (IPL/NIP)
Detecting Module: IEAIPL02
IEA089W memname HAS MORE THAN 1 CSECT BUT WAS NOT LINK EDITED WITH SCTR OPTION
Explanation: The system detected an error with a member of the SYS1.NUCLEUS being loaded into the dynamic
address translation (DAT)-on nucleus region during system initialization. The member contained more than one
control section (CSECT) and was not link-edited with the scatter (SCTR) option.
In the message text:
memname
The member of SYS1.NUCLEUS in error.
System action: The system enters non-restartable disabled wait state X'054' with reason code X'01'. Because a
console is not available for messages at IPL time, the system stores this message in the IPL WTO buffer.
Operator response: See the operator response for wait state X'054'.
System programmer response: See the system programmer response for wait state X'054'.
Source: System initialization (IPL/NIP)
Detecting Module: IEAIPL02
Operator response: If x is the correct identifier, no response is necessary. If x is incorrect, reIPL the system,
specifying the correct identifier for the nucleus.
Source: System initialization (IPL/NIP)
Detecting Module: IEAIPL41
IEA099A JOBNAME= jobname ASID= asid HAS REACHED THE WTO BUFFER LIMIT
Explanation: The number of write to operator (WTO) buffers for an address space has reached the limit specified in
the MLIM field of the CONSOLxx parmlib member.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Do one of the following:
v If the program is in a WTO loop, correct the program.
v Increase the value of the MLIM field in the CONSOLxx parmlib member.
v Automate the message to slow down or cancel the offending address space.
ATTENTION: Use caution when cancelling the address space because data can be lost.
If the reply is longer than one line (there are 80 characters per line), you can follow the last parameter with a comma
or a blank and CONT. For details about specifying system parameters, including how to continue system parameters,
see the description of the REPLY command in z/OS MVS System Commands.
IEA102W OPERATOR PROMPT NOT ALLOWED FOR A SYSPLEX TEST DATESOURCE LPAR
Explanation: In the CLOCKxx parmlib member, OPERATOR PROMPT is specified. This is not a valid specification
when IPLing a sysplex datesource LPAR.
System action: The system enters a non-restartable wait state.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Modify the CLOCKxx parmlib member for the sysplex datesource LPAR to specify
OPERATOR NOPROMPT.
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEAVNP21
IEA111D SPECIFY SUBCHANNEL SET TO BE USED FOR DEVICES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE FROM
MULTIPLE SUBCHANNEL SETS – REPLY SCHSET=X
Explanation: During IPL the system needs to dynamically determine for PPRC pairs with the same device number
whether the subchannel in the primary subchannel set should be connected to the UCB or the subchannel in an
alternate subchannel set should be connected. The actions performed by IOS for a PPRC pair with the same device
number depend on the state of the device with respect to the copy services relationships and the SCHSET parameter
specified in LOADxx. If the parameter wasn’t specified in LOADxx or is not valid, and at least one PPRC pair exists
with the same device number, the operator is required to make a choice.
System action: Wait for a response.
Operator response: “SCHSET=n”, where n must be a subchannel set configured to the system
System programmer response: None.
Source: Input/Output Supervisor (IOS)
Detecting Module: IEAVNP02
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 2
IEA120D DEVICE dev VOLID NOT READ. REPLY ‘WAIT’ FOR I/O COMPLETION OR ‘CONT’ TO
CONTINUE WITH DEVICE OFFLINE
Explanation: A direct access storage device (DASD) did not respond to a request to read the volume label. Possible
causes include:
v The device is shared and is reserved by a processor other than the initializing processor.
v A hardware malfunction could be causing the device to appear busy.
While it is also possible to take no action, (which the system considers an implicit ‘WAIT’), do so only at the
direction of the system programmer. Taking no action is an appropriate response only for a device that times out and
is not required for NIP processing.
System programmer response: Determine the cause of the problem. If replying WAIT does not resolve the problem,
then determine if the IPL can continue without the device. If it can, tell the operator to reply ‘CONT’. If the device is
required for NIP processing, tell the operator to reIPL the system using the appropriate backup device.
Source: Input/Output Supervisor (IOS)
Detecting Module: IEAVNP02
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 2
8001 The system does not display messages that were queued to the system console. The system does not queue
new messages to the system console.
8002, 8003
The system displays messages that were queued to the system console. The system does not queue new
messages to the system console.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact
the IBM Support Center.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVM605
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 12
System programmer response: If the error recurs, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If
no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the logrec data set error record and the SVC dump, if
available.
Source: System trace
Detecting Module: IEECB925
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 5
IEA135I REQUESTED TRACE BUFFER SIZE PER PROCESSOR EXCEEDS MAX OF scaled_value
Explanation: The storage requested by command TRACE ST, nnnK/nnnM/nG for the system trace buffer size of
each processor exceeded the maximum allowed.
In the message text:
scaled_value
The maximum system trace buffer size that was allowed at the time the command was issued. It is a
decimal number followed by a scaling suffix of M which indicates that the value is the decimal number
multiplied by 1048576.
Note: The value provided was the value available as of the time of the message but might not be available
when a subsequent command is issued.
System action: MVS cannot process the command.
Operator response: Enter the command again with smaller buffer size which is within the allowable limit.
Source: System Trace
Detecting Module: IEECB925
Routing Code: *
Descriptor Code: 5
Note: The value provided was the value available as of the time of the message but might not be available
when a subsequent command is issued.
System action: MVS cannot process the command.
Operator response: Enter the command again with smaller buffer size which is within the allowable limit.
Source: System Trace
Detecting Module: IEECB925
Routing Code: *
Descriptor Code: 5
IEA140W TOTAL SIZE OF NUCLEUS, {SQA|ESQA}, {LPA|ELPA} TOO LARGE, NO SPACE FOR
{CSA|ECSA}
Explanation: The system could not initialize the common service area (CSA). No space is left for the CSA because
the following storage areas, in combination, overlapped the private area:
v The nucleus
v The system queue area (SQA)
v The link pack areas (LPA)
System action: The system enters restartable wait state X'0E3'.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: See the system programmer response for wait state X'0E3'.
Source: Virtual storage manager (VSM)
Detecting Module: IEAVNP08
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: -
IEA145E MESSAGES/COMMANDS MAY HAVE BEEN LOST, COMMANDS MAY NEED TO BE REISSUED
Explanation: In a sysplex, commands, messages, or both may have been lost.
System action: The system writes an SVC dump and continues processing.
Operator response: If console sysplex integrity is critical, reIPL the system that issued the message to rejoin the
sysplex. Otherwise, none.
System programmer response: Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact
the IBM Support Center.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVR601
Routing Code: 1,2
Descriptor Code: 11
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA166I VATLSTxx: NO VOLUME MATCH FOUND FOR VOLUME volser ON DEVICE TYPE devicetype
Explanation: During processing of the VATLSTxx parmlib member, the system could not find a volume that matches
a generic volume serial number entry.
Note: The system may issue this message when you code a generic volume serial and every possible explicit volume
serial covered by this generic volume serial in the VATLST. In this case, ignore the message.
In the message text:
VATLSTxx
The parmlib member, with a suffix of xx.
volser The volume serial number.
devicetype
The type of device.
System action: The system continues processing with the next VATLST statement.
Operator response: Verify that you have mounted the correct volumes, and ask the programmer to check the device
type in the volume attribute statement.
Source: Allocation/unallocation
Detecting Module: IEAVAP02
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4
The system issues this message during processing of the VATLSTxx parmlib member. A character string on the
VATDEF statement is not a valid VATDEF keyword or operand. In the message text:
VATLSTxx
The parmlib member, with a suffix of xx.
charstring
The character string on the VATDEF statement.
System action: VATLST processing ignores the incorrect character string in the VATDEF statement.
System programmer response: Correct the character string on the VATDEF statement.
Source: Allocation/unallocation
Detecting Module: IEAVAP01
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4.
Source: Allocation/unallocation
Detecting Module: IEAVAP01
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA181I USING IBM DEFAULT PFK DEFINITIONS. ERROR DURING PFK PROCESSING
Explanation: The system could not change the definition of the program function keys (PFKs).
System action: The system ignores the specified PFKTABxx field and uses IBM-supplied defaults for the PFKs for all
consoles.
Operator response: To specify PFK definitions, enter a SET PFK=xx command. Then enter a CONTROL N,PFK=xx
command for each console. If the problem persists, notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact
the IBM Support Center.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVC701
Routing Code: 2,10
Descriptor Code: 4
System programmer response: If necessary, change the CSCBLOC parameter so it is in one of the following formats:
CSCBLOC=ABOVE
CSCBLOC=BELOW
CSCBLOC=(ABOVE)
CSCBLOC=(BELOW)
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVNPB1
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 4
CONSOLxx
The parmlib member with a suffix of xx.
dev
The device number.
UNIT NOT SUPPORTED.
The system does not support the specified device.
NO IODEVICE STATEMENT FOR dev.
The specified console device was not defined in the IODF.
System action: The system ignores the specified console.
System programmer response: Ensure that the device number and device type are specified in the IODF and in a
CONSOLE statement in the CONSOLxx parmlib member.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVN610
Routing Code: 2,10
Descriptor Code: 4
CONSOLxx
The parmlib member, with a suffix of xx.
lnnum
The line number in CONSOLxx containing the statement in error.
UNRECOGNIZED STATEMENT TYPE IGNORED
The first non-blank or non-comment character string on a statement was not a valid statement type. The system
skips data until it finds a valid statement type. A blank must immediately follow the statement types (INIT,
DEFAULT, HARDCOPY, and CONSOLE).
keywd IGNORED FOR SUBSYSTEM CONSOLE.
The system ignores the keyword. The keyword is not valid for a subsystem console.
keywd The keyword name in CONSOLxx.
CONSOLE STATEMENT IGNORED. REASON=reason-code
The system could not identify the DEVNUM parameter on the CONSOLE statement. The reason code,
reason-code, is one of the following:
1 The DEVNUM keyword is not the first keyword following the CONSOLE statement type.
2 The DEVNUM keyword value was not hexadecimal, did not fall in the range of X'000' to X'FFFF', or the
value was not SUBSYSTEM, SYSCONS, or SMCS.
4 **This reason code was deleted as of MVS/SP 4.2**
5 A CONSOLE statement named a console that was already defined as an extended class (EMCS) console.
6 The DEVNUM keyword specified a device number, but the console was previously defined as a SMCS
console, or the DEVNUM keyword specified a SMCS console, but the console was previously defined
with a device number.
7 Either the console is an MCS or SMCS console with the same name as an existing subsystem console, or
the console is a subsystem console with the same name as an existing MCS or SMCS console.
ccc CONSOLES DEFINED. STATEMENT IGNORED.
In the shared mode of console operation, the system issues this message for each CONSOLE statement it
encounters beyond the 99 console definition maximum for the sysplex. The system ignores consoles defined
beyond the 99th console. In the distributed mode of console operation, the system issues this message for each
CONSOLE statement it encounters beyond the 250 console definition maximum for the system. The system
ignores consoles defined beyond the 250th console. In both cases, the limit applies to the sum of the MCS, SMCS
and subsystem consoles that are defined.
MISPLACED num STATEMENT IGNORED.
A CONSOLE, HARDCOPY, DEFAULT, or INIT statement was not the first statement in the CONSOLxx member.
The system ignores the incorrect statement.
num The statement number in CONSOLxx.
SYSTEM ERROR mmmm-nnnn
The system received an unexpected return code when parsing the CONSOLxx member.
mmmm-nnnn
The range of statements in the erroneous CONSOLxx member.
keyword IGNORED FOR SYSTEM CONSOLE.
The specified keyword is not valid for a system console. Valid keywords are AUTOACT, NAME, ROUTCODE,
LEVEL, MONITOR, MSCOPE, and CMDSYS.
keyword IGNORED FOR SMCS CONSOLE.
The specified keyword is not valid for a SMCS console. The keyword is ignored.
keyword IGNORED - ONLY VALID FOR SYSCONS.
The specified keyword is only valid for the system console. The keyword is ignored.
System action: If the message text is SYSTEM ERROR mmmm-nnnn, the system stops processing the CONSOLxx
member and issues message CNZ4400D.
For all other errors, the system continues processing the valid statements in the CONSOLxx parmlib member.
Operator response: If the message text is SYSTEM ERROR mmmm-nnnn, see the operator response for message
CNZ4400D. For other errors, notify the system programmer.
If the system issued this message during the IPL of a system into a sysplex, and no MVS consoles were initialized on
this system, the system console or other extended MCS consoles can be activated and used for console functions until
CONSOLxx members of SYS1.PARMLIB are correct.
System programmer response: Check for incorrect statements and parameters in the CONSOLxx parmlib member.
Correct these statements or parameters. If the error occurs again, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the
problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center.
If you are running a sysplex, use the IEARELCN utility to remove one or more console definitions. This allows
systems which subsequently join the sysplex to have a subset of consoles from their CONSOLxx parmlib member to
be defined and available. See z/OS MVS Planning: Operations and z/OS MVS Initialization and Tuning Reference for
details on the 99–console limit for CONSOLxx.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: CNZI1CDP, IEAVN600, IEAVN601, IEAVN602, IEAVN611, IEAVN612
Routing Code: 2,10
Descriptor Code: 12
The system found an error while processing a CONSOLE statement in a CONSOLxx parmlib member.
stmt-type
The duplicate statement type.
DEVNUM ALREADY DEFINED. STATEMENT IGNORED.
The system ignored the device number because the same device number was specified in a previous CONSOLE
statement.
DUPLICATE keywd KEYWORD IGNORED
Keyword keywd was specified more than once on the CONSOLE statement.
In the message text:
keywd The duplicate keyword.
DUPLICATE keywd VALUE IGNORED.
A keyword on the statement has a duplicate value.
UNBALANCED COMMENT FOUND. DATA IGNORED
The system found a slash asterisk (/*) indicating the beginning of a comment, but did not find an asterisk slash
(*/) to indicate the end of the comment before the end of the file.
PREMATURE END OF FILE DETECTED.
The end of file was reached before the system completed parsing a statement.
DEL(RD) FORCED.
The system changed the deletion mode to action messages retained “RD” from a deletion mode of either automatic
message deletion “Y” or manual message deletion “N”.
EXTRA keywd VALUES IGNORED.
The keyword had too many values specified. The system ignores the extra values.
In the message text:
keywd The ignored keyword.
keywd REQUIRED FOR CONSOLE
The required NAME parameter was not found on a CONSOLE statement within the identified CONSOLxx
member.
System action: Depending on the message text, the system does one of the following:
keywd NOT SPECIFIED FOR THIS CONSOLE.
The system will continue processing without the keyword, although it is suggested that the keyword be added.
keywd REQUIRED FOR SMCS CONSOLES.
The CONSOLE statement is ignored in this case.
keywd VALUE IGNORED. REASON=reason-code
The system ignores an incorrect keyword value and processes other valid data, except when the keywords
APPLID, NAME, and AREA are specified. When AREA is specified the bad value is ignored, but valid values are
still accepted (AREA takes multiple comma-delimited values, and only the bad ones are ignored.) When APPLID
is specified, APPLID is ignored and SMCS will not be active for the life of the system.
If keywd is NAME, and DEVNUM(SMCS) was also specified on the CONSOLE statement, the entire CONSOLE
statement is ignored. Otherwise, only the invalid keyword value is ignored, but other valid keywords can be
processed.
IODEVICE STATEMENT UNIT APPLIED.
REASON=reason-code
The system ignores this parameter and uses the unit type defined in the IODF for the specified device number.
INCONSISTENT keywd VALUE IGNORED.
The system accepts the first value.
MISSING RIGHT PARENTHESIS ASSUMED.
The system assumes the parenthesis is present.
USE(xx) FORCED. REASON=reason-code
The system's operating mode was changed to maintain consistency with the AUTH or UNIT keyword.
In all cases, the system continues processing the statements in the CONSOLxx parmlib member.
System programmer response: Before the next system initialization, correct the statement(s) in the CONSOLxx
member.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVN600, IEAVN601, IEAVN602, IEAVN610, IEAVN611, IEAVN612, IEAVN615, CNZI1CDP
Routing Code: 2,10
Descriptor Code: 12
v Specify the MSTRJCL system parameter on the console; then press ENTER.
v Press ENTER on the console.
3. If the system prompts for the MSTRJCL system parameter again, ask the system programmer to correct the
specified member.
4. After the system programmer corrects the member, reIPL the system.
System programmer response: Validate that the MSTRJCL parameter in the IEASYSxx parmlib member specifies a
MSTJCLxx parmlib member or MSTJCLxx CSECT in linklib that exists and is correct. If the member does not exist or
is not correct, create or correct the member. Then ask the operator to enter the MSTRJCL system parameter again (in
response to this message). Otherwise, ask the operator to enter the MSTRJCL parameter again (in response to this
message).
Source: Master scheduler
Detecting Module: IEAVNP13
Routing Code: –
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA213A DUPLICATE VOLUME volname FOUND ON DEVICES dev1 AND dev2. REPLY DEVICE NUMBER
WHICH IS TO REMAIN OFFLINE
Explanation: During system initialization, the system found direct access storage devices (DASD) with the same
volume label.
In the message text:
volname
The name of the duplicate volume.
dev1
The device number for the first device with a duplicate volume label.
dev2
The device number for the second device with a duplicate volume label.
System action: The system suspends nucleus initialization. When the operator identifies which device to put offline,
the system issues message IEA313I and marks that device offline. The other device can be online. Then the system
continues initialization.
Operator response: The operator must determine which of the two devices having the same volume label name is
correct. The operator can refer to the “required volumes” list for your installation or make the determination by some
other means. When the determination is made, reply to this message with the device number of the device that you
want to place offline.
When specifying the device, you can optionally precede the device number with a slash (/).
Source: Input/output supervisor (IOS)
Detecting Module: IEAVNP02
IEA214A DUPLICATE SYSRES volname FOUND ON DEVICE dev. VERIFY THAT CORRECT DEVICE WAS
USED FOR IPL. DUPLICATE DEVICE WILL REMAIN OFFLINE. REPLY 'CONT' TO CONTINUE
IPL
Explanation: During system initialization, the system found a direct access storage device (DASD) with volume
label the same as the SYSRES device (IPL device).
In the message text:
volname
The duplicate volume serial name.
dev
The device number of the device on which the duplicate volume serial name was found.
System action: The system suspends nucleus initialization. When the operator replies 'CONT', the system issues
message IEA313I and marks as offline the device that has the same volume serial name as the SYSRES. Then the
system continues initialization.
Operator response: The operator should verify that the correct device has been used to IPL the system as specified
in the system control frame. If the wrong volume has been chosen, the operator must correct the load device in the
system control frame and reIPL. If the correct device has been used for IPL, then the operator should indicate that
the IPL can continue.
Source: Input/output supervisor (IOS)
Detecting Module: IEAVNP02
Note: The RLIM value cannot be higher than the RMAX value (RMAX is the highest possible reply ID). If you
need to increase RLIM higher than RMAX, consider entering the CONTROL M,RMAX command to increase
RMAX. To determine the current values of RLIM and RMAX, issue the K M,REF command. The value of RMAX
controls the number of digits in all reply IDs. For example, increasing RMAX to 100 (or higher) causes all WTORs
to have 3-digit reply IDs. This might affect automation routines. Check with the system programmer before
increasing RMAX higher than 99.
System programmer response: If the shortage recurs, increase the value for RLIM or RMAX in the CONSOLxx
parmlib member.
IEANxdd2
The second nucleus module list
System action: System initialization continues. The system loads module modname as part of the system nucleus.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Make sure that the correct version of module modname resides in the
SYS1.NUCLEUS data set. Delete the module name from one of the NMLs listed in the message. Do not delete the
name from both NMLs unless this module should not be loaded as part of the system nucleus.
Source: Initial program load (IPL)
Routing Code:
Descriptor Code:
--or--
--or--
--or--
--or--
--or--
--or--
--or--
--or--
--or--
Note: For descriptions of forced and other DEVSUPxx parameters displayed in this message, see z/OS MVS
Initialization and Tuning Reference.
Many of the possible message text lines are self-explanatory, but the following require some explanation:
v Text STORAGE LIMIT FOR TAPE DDR SWAP IS SET TO xxxxM is issued when DDRSIZELIM=[xxxx|xxxxM] is
specified in the active DEVSUPxx member of PARMLIB. The value xxxx is the number from 1 to 1000 MB of main
storage that is allowed to be used in a Tape DDR swap. The system stores this value in the data facilities area
(DFA), for use by the system and by application programs.
v Text STORAGE LIMIT FOR TAPE DDR SWAP DEFAULTED TO 1000M is issued when DDRSIZELIM keyword
is omitted in the active DEVSUPxx member of PARMLIB. The system default for storage usage limit during Tape
DDR swap is set to 1000 MB. The system stores this value in the data facilities area (DFA), for use by the system
and by application programs.
v Text DEVSUP MTLSHARE=YES SPECIFIED is issued when MTLSHARE=YES is specified in the active
DEVSUPxx member of PARMLIB. This message can be issued on DFSMS 1.2, DFSMS 1.3, and DFSMS 1.4 systems.
v Text DEVSUP MTL SHARE IS IGNORED is issued when MTLSHARE=YES is specified in the active DEVSUPxx
member of PARMLIB. This message can be issued on OS/390 DFSMS Version 2 Release 10 and higher systems.
v Text DEVSUP TAPE LIBRARY CATEGORY CODE FOR MEDIAn |ERROR |PRIVATE=xxxx is issued when
MEDIAn |ERROR |PRIVATE = xxxx is specified in the active DEVSUPxx member of PARMLIB.
| v Text OCE_ABEND_DESCRIPT NO LONGER HAS AFFECT. USE MPFLSTXX MEMBER. is issued if
| OCE_ABEND_DESCRIPT is specified. Additionally, all OPEN,CLOSE,EOV abend messages are issued using a
| Message Buffer Manager service. Two lines are now used in issuing the IECxxxx abend message whether or not
| the VERBOSE option via parmlimb MPFLSTxx is active.
System action: IPL continues.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IEAVNP16
IEA261I NO ETR PORTS ARE USABLE. CPC CONTINUES TO RUN IN LOCAL MODE.
Explanation: There is no operational port from the central processing complex (CPC) to the External Time Reference
(ETR). ETR is the MVS generic name for the IBM Sysplex Timer (9037) or equivalent.
System action: Processing continues in local synchronization mode. The system records the error in the logrec data
set.
Operator response: Check the system console associated with this processor. Also check that the timer is in the
correct mode for its configuration. If necessary, refer to the hardware documentation.
Otherwise, contact 9037 hardware support. Note that the same event might occur on more than one of the processors
in a sysplex.
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEAVNP21
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 11
v If an ETR is not installed, ensure that the CLOCKxx member of SYS.PARMLIB contains ETRMODE NO and
ETRZONE NO.
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEATPORT
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 11
IEA263I BOTH CPC PORTS ARE CONNECTED TO THE SAME SIDE OF ETR xx.
Explanation: Both central processing complex (CPC) ports are connected to the same side of a coupled External
Time Reference (ETR). ETR is the MVS generic name for the IBM Sysplex Timer (9037) or equivalent.
In the message text:
xx The ETR identifier.
System action: The system continues processing. The system records the error in the logrec data set.
Operator response: Contact your configuration/cabling personnel and have the configuration error corrected.
Provide the logrec data set error records.
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEATPORT
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 11
IEA265I UNABLE TO SYNC TOD CLOCKS TO timesource. CPC CONTINUES IN LOCAL MODE.
Explanation: The central processing complex (CPC) could not synchronize with the time source. This can be an
External Time Reference (ETR) or Server Time Protocol (STP). This occurred for one of the following reasons:
v A hardware error occurred.
v The time difference between the time source (ETR or STP) and time-of-day (TOD) clocks exceeded the ETRDELTA
or TIMEDELTA value in a CLOCKxx parmlib member.
ETR is the MVS generic name for the IBM Sysplex Timer (9037) or equivalent.
timesource
Can be one of the following:
v ETR, for a system in ETR timing mode.
v STP, for a system in STP timing mode.
System action: The system continues processing in local synchronization mode. The system records the error in the
logrec data set.
Operator response: While the system may continue to operate, the installation is running in a condition where a
single point of failure exposure exists; a primary and backup configuration does not exist and an additional failure
could result in a sysplex outage. Contact your configuration/cabling personnel and have the configuration error
corrected. If necessary, contact IBM if the condition cannot be cleared by your personnel. Check to ensure that the
single point of failure condition has been corrected by issuing DISPLAY ETR.
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEATEEIH or IEATSSCH
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 11
IEA266I CLOCKxx: {ETRMODE NO AND ETRZONE YES|OPERATOR PROMPT AND SIMETRID} ARE
MUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE PARMS.
Explanation: Both ETRMODE NO and ETRZONE YES, or OPERATOR PROMPT and SIMETRID, were specified in a
CLOCKxx parmlib member. The timer synchronization mode must be External Time Reference (ETR) (ETRMODE
YES) to obtain the time zone value from the ETR. ETR is the MVS generic name for the IBM Sysplex Timer (9037) or
equivalent.
In the message text:
CLOCKxx
The parmlib member, with the suffix xx.
System action: The system ignores all CLOCKxx parmlib members. The system issues message IEA906A.
Operator response: Reply to message IEA906A. If you press the enter button in reply to message IEA906A, the
system sets the following default values:
v No operator prompting for time-of-day (TOD) initialization.
v ETR synchronization mode.
v ETRDELTA value of 10 seconds.
v Time zone constant obtained from ETR (or set to 0 if time zone cannot be obtained from ETR).
System programmer response: Specify the correct synchronization mode (ETRMODE) in the CLOCKxx parmlib
member.
If you specify ETRMODE NO, you cannot specify ETRZONE YES.
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEAVNP20
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA270I BOTH PORTS TO THE ETR HAVE BEEN DISABLED. CPC CONTINUES IN LOCAL MODE.
Explanation: The system disabled both ports to an External Time Reference (ETR). ETR is the MVS generic name for
the IBM Sysplex Timer (9037) or equivalent.
System action: Processing continues in local mode.
Operator response: Contact your configuration/cabling personnel and have the configuration error corrected.
Provide the logrec data set error records.
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEATEEIH
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 11
IEA279I ALL CLOCK RELATED SET COMMANDS ARE IGNORED WHEN IN xxx MODE.
Explanation: The operator entered a SET command while the system was running in either External Time Reference
(ETR) or Server Time Protocol (STP) synchronization mode.
In the message text:
xxx
One of the following:
v ETR
v STP
System action: The system ignores the SET command.
Operator response: Do not issue the clock-related SET commands when in ETR timing mode (with ETRMODE YES
and ETRZONE YES specified in CLOCKxx) or in STP timing mode (with STPMODE YES and STPZONE YES
specified in CLOCKxxx).
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEE6503D
Routing Code: *
Descriptor Code: 5
IEA281I ETR SYNC CHECK THRESHOLD HAS BEEN EXCEEDED. CPC CONTINUES IN LOCAL MODE.
Explanation: The number of External Time Reference (ETR) synchronization checks exceeded the number allowed
by the system. ETR is the MVS generic name for the IBM Sysplex Timer (9037) or equivalent.
System action: Processing continues in local synchronization mode.
Operator response: Contact hardware support. Provide the logrec data set error records.
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEATESCH
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 11
IEA282I text
Explanation: Where text is one of the following messages:
hh.mm.ss ETR STATUS SYNCHRONIZATION
MODE=mode CPC SIDE=n
[CPC PORT 0 [<==] active [==>] CPC PORT 1
op op
enb enb
[CPC PORT 0 [<==] active [==>] CPC PORT 1
op op
enb enb
ETR NET ID=etrnet ETR NET ID=etrnet
ETR PORT=etrport ETR PORT=etrport
ETR ID=etrid ETR ID=etrid
Or
hh.mm.ss ETR STATUS ETR SIMULATION MODE,
SIMETRID=nn
Or
[THIS SERVER IS PART OF TIMING NETWORK ctnid]
ETR is the MVS generic name for the IBM Sysplex Timer (9037) or equivalent.
The second message text is displayed if SIMETRID=nn in CLOCKxx is specified. In the second message text:
hh.mm.ss
The hour (00-23), minute (00-59), and second (00-59) that the system issued this message.
nn The simulated sysplex timer identifier ranging from X'00' to X'1F'.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None.
System programmer response: None.
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEATDISP
Routing Code: *
Descriptor Code: 5
System action: Initialization continues with the default MAXCAD value of 50.
Operator response: You can reIPL to enter a correct value, but is not required.
System programmer response: Specify the MAXCAD value again by doing one of the following:
v Ask the operator to enter a correct value in response to message IEA101A.
v Correct the value specified in the IEASYSxx member.
Source: Supervisor control
Detecting Module: IEAVNPO9
Routing Code: 2,10
Descriptor Code: 4
Note: This message can also be issued for a non-existing member of SYS1.LINKLIB; check the parmlib member for
any typographical errors.
In the message text:
mem NOT FOUND IN dsname
NIP could not find member mem of data set dsname.
This message is often accompanied by messages IEA324I and IEA336A in this sequence:
IEA301I IEASYS00 NOT FOUND IN SYS1.PARMLIB
This message occurs even if the operator specified IEASYSxx parmlib members other than IEASYS00.
IEA324I SYSP INPUT TERMINATED IN IEASYS00
IEA336A RESPECIFY PARAMETERS OR PRESS ENTER TO CANCEL
This combination occurs when NIP cannot find the primary IEASYSxx member, IEASYS00, while the system is
processing the operator's response to message IEA101A.
System action: If the missing member is a required NIP module, the system enters a disabled wait state. If not,
processing continues.
If message IEA301I is accompanied by messages IEA324I and IEA336A, the system resumes processing after the
operator replies to message IEA336A.
Operator response: When message IEA301I is followed by IEA324I and IEA336A in the sequence shown above,
reply to IEA336A by specifying the SYSP system parameter so that the system can access IEASYSxx parmlib
members.
System programmer response: If the error occurred for the link list or LPA, determine what library the member is
in. Determine if the library needs to be added to the concatenated list. Reinitialize the system.
If the error occurred in SYS1.PARMLIB, add the missing member to the data set.
If the member was in the data set, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists,
contact the IBM Support Center. Note that the IBM Support Center might request a stand-alone dump if the problem
has recurred.
Source: System initialization (IPL/NIP)
Detecting Module: IEAVNIPM, IEAVNP13, IEAVNPC5, IEAVNPM4
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA303W ABEND cde REASON rsn DURING INITIALIZATION UNDER RIM dsname [modname NOT FOUND]
Explanation: During nucleus initialization, a system function abended.
In the message text,
cde A hexadecimal abend code
rsn The reason code from register 15 that was specified on the REASON keyword of the ABEND macro.
dsname The resource initialization (RIM) data set name under which processing was occurring.
modname
The name of the module that abended.
System action: The system enters disabled wait state X'040'.
Operator response: See the operator response for wait state X'040'.
System programmer response: See the system programmer response for the abend code in the message text.
Problem determination: See the problem determination information for the abend code in the message text.
For additional problem determination information, see wait state X'040'.
Source: System initialization (IPL/NIP)
IEA316A D dev[,ser]
Explanation: During system initialization, the system found that a volume was mounted on a device other than the
device requested.
If the device is a tape unit, the volume is write-protected or contains a standard IBM tape label.
In the message text:
dev The device number.
ser The serial number of the volume that was mounted incorrectly.
System action: The system issues message IEA315A.
Operator response: Do the following:
v Demount the specified volume.
v Ensure that the proper volume is mounted on the specified device.
v Ensure that the volume is initialized with the proper volume serial number.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IEAVNPM3
UNBALANCED PARENS
The parameter included a different number of right and left parentheses.
INVALID CONTINUATION
The parameter continued across more than two successive lines of text.
UNDEFINED KEYWORD
The parameter is not valid for message IEA101A.
System action: The system prompts the operator for a reply by issuing message IEA324I, ,IEA332A, IEA336A, or
IEA906A, unless text is UNDEFINED KEYWORD and WARNUND is in effect, in which case the system ignores the
undefined keyword and continues processing the system parameters.
Operator response: See the operator response for the accompanying message.
Source: System Initialization (IPL/NIP)
Detecting Module: IEAVNP03
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 12
During system initialization, the nucleus initialization program (NIP) could not find a data set in the system catalog.
System action: If the data set is SYS1.LINKLIB, SYS1.CSSLIB, SYS1.MIGLIB, SYS1.SIEALNKE or SYS1.SIEAMIGE
the system enters wait state X'00A'. For other data sets, the system provides additional diagnostic information in
message IEA208I, IEA351I, IEA354I, or IEA355A.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: See the system programmer response for accompanying messages or for wait state
X'00A' if the missing data set name is SYS1.LINKLIB,SYS1.MIGLIB, SYS1.SIEALNKE or SYS1.SIEAMIGE.
Source: System initialization (IPL/NIP)
Detecting Module: IEAVNPC5, IEAVNPE5
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 12
To reopen the LNKLST concatenation, have the operator reIPL the system.
Do not try to reduce the number of extents by compression while the data sets are opened as part of LNKLST. Data
sets must not be compressed while they are in the LNKLST concatenation.
If the problem recurs, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM
Support Center. Provide the stand-alone dump.
Source: Contents supervision (CSV)
Detecting Module: IEAVNPE5, CSVLLCRE
Routing Code: 1,10
Descriptor Code: 11,12
Descriptor Code: -
NOT EXECUTABLE
ALIAS OF ALIAS
NOT AUTHORIZED
A DUPLICATE
The system could not process a module a for data set in a parmlib member.
Operator response: Respecify the parameter or press ENTER to cancel the use of the parameter for this IPL.
Source: System initialization (IPL/NIP)
Detecting Module: IEAVNP03
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: Contents supervision (CSV)
Detecting Module: IEAVNP05
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA343D NUCLEUS OVERLAPS PLPA, RE-IPL OR REPLY ‘GO’ FOR COLD START
Explanation: The nucleus overlaps into the previous system queue area/extended system queue area (SQA/ESQA)
area. This causes an overlap into the area required by pageable link pack area (PLPA) or extended PLPA (EPLPA).
This might have been caused by one of the following:
v The size of the nucleus increased.
v The amount of central storage increased; this increase results in an increase in the size of the nucleus.
PLPA and EPLPA must be in the same virtual storage location as the previous IPL for warm starts to proceed.
Therefore, the quick or warm start cannot proceed. The operator must reIPL or allow the IPL to change to a cold
start.
System action: This message requests a response from the operator. If the operator replies GO, the system issues
message IEA929I (CLPA FORCED), changes the IPL to a cold start, and continues paging initialization. Otherwise, the
operator must reIPL.
Operator response: Determine if the correct nucleus was specified at IPL. If not, specify the correct nucleus and
reIPL. If the correct nucleus was specified at IPL, notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: If the problem cannot be resolved, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for
the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: Auxiliary storage manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRASRIM
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 2
prm
The parameter.
MODNAME mod
mod identifies the name of the incorrect module specified.
INCORRECT LIBNAME FORMAT
The parmlib list did not properly define a module source library.
EXCEED MAX BLDL ENTRIES
The parmlib list contained too many module names; BLDL has more than X'7FFF' names.
INCORRECT VOLID FIELD
The parmlib list contained volid's that were specified in the wrong format, or possibly not specified at all.
EXCEED APF TABLE STORAGE
The parmlib list IEAAPFxx contains entries with a character count exceeding the maximum storage allocated for
the authorized program facility (APF) table.
MODNAME mod FOR dsname
The parmlib member specified an incorrect module name, mod for data set dsname.
INCORRECT LIBNAME FORMAT FOR dsname
The parmlib member specified an incorrect module source library for data set dsname.
MODULE LIST NOT CLOSED FOR dsname
The parmlib member is missing the module list closing delimiter for data set dsname.
INVALID KEYWORD FOUND
The parmlib member contains an invalid keyword.
INVALID DELIMITER
The parmlib member contains an incorrect keyword delimiter.
MIXED SYNTAX ENCOUNTERED
The parmlib member specified libraries with keyword and non-keyword syntaxes.
System action: For the texts "INCORRECT LIBNAME FORMAT", INCORRECT VOLID FIELD", and "EXCEED APF
TABLE STORAGE", the system continues. For all others, the system prompts the operator to respecify the parameter
or cancel.
Operator response: This is probably an installation error. Respond to the prompt message and report this message
to the system programmer.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting
databases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: Contents supervision (CSV)
Detecting Module: IEAVNPA5, IEAVNPC5, IEAVNP05
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 12
If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no
fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: Contents supervision (CSV)
Detecting Module: IEAVNP05, IEAVNPC5
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 12
text - sysact
Explanation: text is one of the following:
v MODULE mod HAS INVALID RMODE
v DELIMITER FOLLOWING mod INVALID
v NAME FOLLOWING mod IMPROPER
v I/O ERROR FOLLOWING mod
sysact is one of the following:
v MODULE IGNORED
v SKIPPING TO NEXT GROUP
v LIST TERMINATED
During initial program load (IPL), the system detected one or more errors while processing the link pack area (LPA)
packing list member, IEAPAKxx, of the parmlib.
mod INVALID
Module mod is not in the directory of SYS1.LPALIB, is the name of an alias (not a module), or is specified more
than once in the LPA packing list.
I/O ERROR FOLLOWING mod
An I/O error occurred while the system was reading the list. mod is the last valid module name before the I/O
error. if no valid module names preceded the error.
sysact
sysact is one of the following:
MODULE IGNORED
Module mod is ignored. The system continues processing the list.
SKIPPING TO NEXT GROUP
The system scans the list from the error to the next right parenthesis, which ends the group. The modules in
the group before the error are processed as the only modules in the group. Processing then continues with
the start of the next group.
LIST TERMINATED
The modules in the group before the error are processed as the only modules in the group. The system then
ends processing of the LPA packing list and continues processing as though it had reached the end of the
LPA packing list normally.
System action: See sysact in the description above for the system action.
Source: Contents supervision (CSV)
Detecting Module: IEAVNPC5
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA358A LPALIB MODULE mod IS NON-EXECUTABLE. PRESS ENTER TO CONTINUE, OR RE-IPL THE
SYSTEM
Explanation: Module mod on SYS1.LPALIB (or a library specified in the LPALSTxx parmlib member) is marked
non-executable and cannot be loaded into the system link pack area (LPA).
In the message text:
mod The specified module.
System action: The system prompts the operator for a reply. If the reply is ENTER, the system continues processing.
The system does not place the non-executable module into the LPA.
Operator response: Report this message to the system programmer. Either press ENTER to have the IPL continue or
reIPL after the system programmer has fixed the error. Note that pressing ENTER to continue the IPL means that the
specified module will not be placed into the LPA.
System programmer response: Replace the non-executable module with processible versions.
Source: Contents supervision (CSV)
Detecting Module: IEAVNPC5
Operator response: Enter the DISPLAY R command to display information about all outstanding immediate action
and eventual action messages. Delete messages by:
v Responding to messages requesting an action.
v Entering the CONTROL C command. See the z/OS MVS System Commands book for the syntax of the CONTROL C
command.
Note: When enough messages are deleted so that the buffer area is less than 75% full, the system issues message
IEA361I and deletes message IEA359E.
Source: Console Services
Detecting Module: CNZQ1MTC
Routing Code: 2,10
Descriptor Code: 11
IEA360A SEVERE BUFFER SHORTAGE FOR RETAINED ACTION MESSAGES - 100% FULL
Explanation: The action message retention facility (AMRF) is active, and the buffer area for the following messages
is full:
v Immediate action messages (with descriptor codes 1 and 2)
v Non-critical eventual action messages (with descriptor code 3)
v Critical eventual action messages (with descriptor code 11)
v Write to operator with reply messages (WTORs)
System action: The system no longer retains non-critical eventual action messages. The system issues message
IEA360A if console message buffers (WQEs) begin to back up.
When the WQE buffer shortage is no longer critical, the system deletes message IEA405E and IEA404A and issues
message IEA361I. The system retains new immediate action and critical eventual action messages and keeps them in
the common service area (CSA).
Operator response: Enter the DISPLAY R command to display the details of all outstanding immediate action and
eventual action messages. Delete messages by:
v Responding to messages requesting an action
v Entering the CONTROL C command. See the z/OS MVS System Commands book for the syntax of the CONTROL C
command.
If a shortage still exists, you might want to deactivate the AMRF by entering the CONTROL M,AMRF=N command.
Source: Console Services
Detecting Module: CNZQ1MTC
Routing Code: 2,10
Descriptor Code: 2
ABEND RECURSION
THE FOLLOWING COMMANDS
ARE INOPERATIVE:
D C D C,K D PFK D R REPLY D A
D OPDATA ROUTE MCS LOGON
MCS LOGOFF
Explanation: Command processing failed. The system tried to restart it, but the restart also failed.
This message follows message IEE481I, which identifies the system abend code of the original error.
System action: The system continues other processing.
Operator response: If necessary, reIPL the system to return the system to full processing.
System programmer response: See the system programmer response for the abend identified in message IEE481I.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVN701
Routing Code: 2,10
Descriptor Code: 11
IEA367A MULTIPLE CONSOLE SUPPORT INOPERATIVE ERROR CODE = xxxx REPLY WITH ANY
CHARACTER TO CONTINUE WITHOUT MULTIPLE CONSOLE SUPPORT
Explanation: Because of an error, the communications task (COMMTASK) failed.
In the message text:
xxxx The reason code, which is one of the following:
8001 The system could not establish a recovery routine.
8002 The system could not attach a needed routine.
8004 The error occurred during a POST.
8005 The error occurred during an update to the command address space table.
8007 The error occurred during a POST.
8008 An error during system console output processing
8009 An error during system console output processing.
800C A failure in the timer task.
Fccc An error occurred; the system issued abend code ccc.
System action: The system prompts the operator for a reply.
Operator response: Do one of the following:
v To continue processing with MCS, reIPL the system with MCS.
v To request that processing continue without MCS, reply with any character. Note that in this case, all 3270 consoles
is non-functional, but programs that are processing that do not need to interact with a console operator are able to
continue.
When this message is issued, IT IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT to respond promptly. This message is issued as a
synchronous WTOR, which will prevent the system from updating its status on the sysplex couple data set. This, in
turn, could lead to Sysplex Failure Management (SFM) deciding that the system is not responding normally, and
removing it from the sysplex.
System programmer response: If Fccc appears, see the system programmer response for the abend code ccc.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVN701
Routing Code: Note 12
Descriptor Code: –
If the record is correct, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM
Support Center.
Source: Initial program load (IPL)
Detecting Module: IEAIPL50
If VIO journaling is necessary, reIPL at the direction of the system programmer, specifying the VIODSN parameter.
System programmer response: Ensure that VIO journaling is not required. If it is needed, specify VIODSN in
IEASYSxx.
Source: Auxiliary Storage Manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRASRM2
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: -
the data set. If the operator replies IGNORE, or gives a null reply, message IEA378I is displayed and the IPL
continues. The system will reject journaling requests for VIO data sets.
Operator response: Reply to message 377D with VIO journaling data set name or IGNORE.
System programmer response: If VIO journaling is required, supply the VIO journaling data set name in the
VIODSN parameter of IEASYSxx before the next IPL.
Source: Auxiliary Storage Manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRASRM2
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA381I THE STP FACILITY IS NOT USABLE. SYSTEM CONTINUES IN LOCAL TIMING MODE
Explanation: Because the STP facility is not installed and enabled, the facility is not usable. The image continues in
Local timing mode.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Notify the System Programmer.
User response: N/A
System programmer response: Enable the STP facility on the server.
Problem determination: N/A
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEAVNP21, IEATCCCH, IEATSCSH
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 12
Automation: None.
IEA382I THIS SERVER HAS ONLY A SINGLE LINK AVAILABLE FOR TIMING PURPOSES
Explanation: This server has a single link available to use for timing. This single link is a single point of failure.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Notify the System Programmer.
IEA383I THIS SERVER RECEIVES TIMING SIGNALS FROM ONLY ONE OTHER NETWORK NODE.
Explanation: This server has timing links to only one other server. If the other server fails, this server will have no
source of timing and will lose its timing also.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Notify the System Programmer.
User response: N/A
System programmer response: Provide an additional link or links to avoid a single point of failure.
Problem determination: N/A
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEAVNP21, IEATEEIH
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 12
Automation: None.
yyyyyyy
One of the following:
v ETRDELTA
v TIMEDELTA
System action: The specified statement is ignored.
Operator response: Notify the System Programmer.
User response: N/A
System programmer response: Remove the ETRDELTA statement from the specified CLOCKxx parmlib member.
Problem determination: N/A
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEAVNP20
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 12
Automation: None.
IEA386I
IEA387I STP DATA CANNOT BE ACCESSED. SYSTEM CONTINUES IN yyyy TIMING MODE.
Explanation: Data from the STP facility is not available. The z/OS image continues in the specified timing mode.
In the message text:
yyyy
One of the following:
v STP
v ETR
v LOCAL
If the system continues in STP timing mode, it indicates that the I/O Configuration Control Authority (CCA) has
not been enabled for the LPAR.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None.
User response: N/A
System programmer response:
Automation: None.
IEA391I TWO STP TIMING NETWORKS WITH THE SAME CTN ID HAVE BEEN DETECTED.
Explanation: The STP facility has detected that two timing networks with the same CTN ID have a connecting
timing link. These two networks do not have their clocks synchronized with each other.
System action: The link between the two networks is disabled.
Operator response: Notify the System Programmer.
User response: N/A
System programmer response: Remove the link which connects the two timing networks, or if there should be only
one timing network, correct the problem that caused two islands within the single network.
Problem determination: None.
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEATSICH
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 11
Automation: None.
Descriptor Code: 11
Automation: None.
IEA393I ETR PORT n IS NOT OPERATIONAL. THIS MAY BE A CTN CONFIGURATION CHANGE.
Explanation: The specified External Time Reference (ETR) port is not working. This message is issued when the port
status changes and the port is found to be in a NON OPERATIONAL state regardless of whether the port is
ENABLED or DISABLED.
ETR is the generic name for the IBM Sysplex Timer (9037) or equivalent.
In the message text:
n is the port number
System action: The system continues processing. The system records the error in the logrec data set.
Operator response: One of the following:
v If a timing network configuration is underway, for example, a migration from a Mixed CTN to a STP-only CTN,
this message is expected and can be ignored.
v If an ETR is installed, check the hardware system console associated with this processor. If you have already
contacted the IBM Support Center, no further action is required. Otherwise, contact 9037 hardware support. The
same event might occur on more than one of the processors in a sysplex.
v If an ETR is not installed, ensure that the CLOCKxx member of SYS1.PARMLIB contains ETRMODE NO and
ETRZONE NO.
Source: Timer Supervision.
Detecting Module: IEATPORT
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 11
IEA394A THIS SERVER HAS LOST CONNECTION TO ITS SOURCE OF TIME. IF THIS EVENT
OCCURRED ON SOME, BUT NOT ALL NETWORK SERVERS, THE LIKELY CAUSE IS A LINK
FAILURE. TO FIX, ENSURE THAT EACH AFFECTED SERVER HAS AT LEAST ONE CORRECTLY
CONNECTED AND FUNCTIONAL LINK. IF THIS EVENT OCCURRED ON ALL NETWORK
SERVERS, THEN THE LIKELY CAUSE IA A TIMING NETWORK FAILURE. TO FIX, REFER TO
THE MESSAGE IEA394A DESCRIPTION IN MVS SYSTEM MESSAGES. AFTER FIXING THE
PROBLEM, REPLY "RETRY" FROM THE SERVICE CONSOLE (HMC). IF THE PROBLEM WAS
NOT CORRECTED, THIS MESSAGE is REISSUED AND YOU MAY TRY AGAIN. REPLY "ABORT"
TO EXIT THE MESSAGE LOOP. PROABLE RESULT: 0A2-158 WAITSTATE.
Explanation: The system no longer has access to the Current® Time Server. This may have happened because of the
loss of STP timing links or because there has been a failure of the Current Timer Server itself.
System action: The system waits for a reply to message IEA394A.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Determine why the loss of the time source occurred, repair the problem and then
reply "RETRY" to the message on each system where it occurs. There are two basic scenarios for which this message
is issued.
It needs to be determined if a subset of the STP synchronized images have issued IEA394A or if ALL have issued it.
If only a few images issued message IEA394A, then it is likely that STP links have failed to those machines.
Repair the failed links and then reply with "RETRY" on each issuing system. If the problem was corrected, processing
will resume. If the problem was not resolved, the message is reissued until the problem is fixed or until it receives a
reply of "ABORT". A reply of "ABORT" will result in a 0A2-158 wait state if the image is a member of a multisystem
sysplex. If it is not, processing will resume in local TOD clock mode.
Notes:
1. When all systems in the sysplex issue IEA394A there is no time limit for making the reply. However, after the first
response is given to IEA394A, the rest of the systems must be replied to within a minimum of four minutes.
When there are more than eight systems in the sysplex the time limit is calculated using (30 seconds * number of
systems).
2. If not all systems in the sysplex are affected, the systems that are still running can take action for "status update
missing" (SUM) on systems waiting for a reply to IEA394A. In this case, the four minute rule does not apply.
If all STP synchronized images issue message IEA94A, then there has been a failure of the Current Timer Server and
the Backup Timer Server has not been able to take over that function. In this case, it might be possible to manually
define the Backup as the Current Time Server from the HMC or to define a new Preferred Time Server and then
reply "RETRY" as previously described.
Note: When replying to IEA394A using the Hardware Management Console (HMC), you must select the priority
message box.
For more information, see the following IBM Redbooks publication:
v See the information about Current Time Server failure in Server Time Protocol Planning Guide, SG24-7280.
v See the information about recovery scenarios in Server Time Protocol Implementation Guide, SG24-7281
Also see the information about Understanding PLEXCFG Configurations with a Sysplex Timer in z/OS MVS Setting
Up a Sysplex. A Sysplex Timer failure can affect the sysplex in several ways, depending on how the sysplex is
configured with the PLEXCFG system parameter. This section provides additional information on PLEXCFG and
describes different conditions when this message might be issued (for example, with PLEXCFG=MULTISYSTEM and
PLEXCFG=ANY).
Source: Timer Supervision.
Detecting Module: IEATSCHSH
IEA401I SDUMP NOT SCHEDULED FOR REMOTE DUMP. INCIDENT TOKEN:intoken REASON - reason
Explanation: The system was unable to write an SVC dump for another system in a sysplex.
In the message text:
intoken The incident token for the dump. The token contains the name of the sysplex, the name of the system that
originated the dump request, and the date and time of the request.
reason One of the following:
DUMP=NO WAS SET AT IPL OR INDICATED BY CHNGDUMP
The installation indicated that no SVC dumps are to be written.
NO SRBS COULD BE SCHEDULED TO START THE DUMP
A system error occurred.
SVC DUMP ABNORMALLY TERMINATED
A system error occurred.
A STATUS STOP SRBS CONDITION WAS DETECTED
A system error occurred.
NO STORAGE AVAILABLE
The system could not acquire the storage needed to build the dump request; no dump was written.
UNKNOWN
A system error occurred.
System action: The system continues processing but does not write the requested SVC dump.
This message is sent to the console on which the DUMP command was entered or, if the dump was requested by
another system in the sysplex but not by a DUMP command, to console ID 0.
System programmer response: Determine why the system could not write an SVC dump requested by another
system in the sysplex. If the problem cannot be corrected, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the
problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: SVC dump
Detecting Module: IEAVTSIT
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 4
During WTOR or DOM processing, an unexpected return code was received from XCF. The XCF return and reason
code are displayed in hexadecimal.
v ATTEMPT TO OBTAIN STORAGE FAILED
During WTOR or DOM processing, it was not possible to obtain storage necessary to complete the operation.
v CDS IS UNAVAILABLE
During WTOR or DOM processing, the XCF sysplex couple data set became unavailable to access.
System action: For WTOR processing, if possible, a reply ID is assigned. For DOM processing, the reply ID is
released and processing continues.
Operator response: Contact your systems programmer.
System programmer response: Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact
the IBM Support Center. If the problem is due to unexpected return codes from XCF, supply the XCF return and
reason codes.
Source: Master scheduler
Detecting Module: IEAVM616
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 2
System programmer response: Before the next system initialization, increase the value of MLIM in the CONSOLxx
parmlib member to increase the maximum number of WTO buffers that (S)MCS consoles can use.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVMQWR
Routing Code: 2,10
Descriptor Code: 2
IEA412I SLIP TRAP ID=xxxx, x SDUMPS NOT SCHEDULED. RETURN CODE=nn REASON CODE=mm |
RETURN/REASON CODES NOT AVAILABLE
Explanation: The event specified for a SLIP trap occurred. The trap requested an SVC dump. When SLIP processing
requested one or more dumps for the trap, one of the following occurred:
v The internal resources required to process the SVC dumps are not available. The resources are currently being used
for another SVC dump. This situation may occur if the SUMLIST or LIST parameter is specified on the SLIP
command. The return/reason codes may not be available.
v Another dump is in progress.
– If the message contains the text RETURN CODE=nn REASON CODE=mm, then the dump in progress is not
related to the dump requested by the slip trap.
However, if the message contains the text RETURN/REASON CODES NOT AVAILABLE, then this slip trap has
matched multiple times in quick succession. In this case, the first match successfully scheduled the dump.
Subsequent matches tried unsuccessfully to schedule the dump, producing IEA412I. IEA412I can be ignored in
this case.
Note that if the time between matches is sufficiently small, a trap can match multiple times even if matchlim is
1.
v The system is set to ignore requests for SVC dumps.
See z/OS MVS Programming: Authorized Assembler Services Reference LLA-SDU for details on the return and reason
codes.
For additional details on the return and reason codes, see the SDUMP macro in z/OS MVS Programming: Authorized
Assembler Services Reference LLA-SDU.
System action: The system continues processing, but does not write the requested SVC dumps.
Source: SLIP
Detecting Module: IEECB909
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 4
SLIP counts the number of times the data is unavailable to determine how often this message is issued:
v For a program event recording (PER) trap, this message is issued only the first time the data is unavailable.
v For a non-PER trap, this message is issued each time the data is unavailable.
System action: The system continues SLIP processing. The trap does not match.
Operator response: Enter the DISPLAY SLIP=xxxx command to display the current value of the unavailable data
counter.
Source: SLIP
Detecting Module: IEECB909
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 4
Thus, PER interruptions might continue to occur. They will not be processed by SLIP but can slow system
performance.
System action: The system writes a logrec data set error record. The system also does the following:
v For case 1, the system writes an SVC dump.
v For case 2, because of the state of the system, the system does not write an SVC dump.
Operator response: If the system programmer asks for an SVC dump, set a SLIP trap.
System programmer response: Do the following:
1. Try to correct the status of the resources that control PER by setting and then disabling a PER trap for an address
space that is not currently active in the system.
2. If the status of the resources cannot be corrected, monitor the performance of the system to be sure it is operating
within acceptable limits.
3. Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, report the problem to the IBM
Support Center. Provide the SVC dump. If an SVC dump is not produced with the abend, ask the operator to set
a SLIP to obtain an SVC dump.
Source: Recovery termination manager (RTM)
Detecting Module: IEAVTGLB, IEAVTPVT
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA417I SLIP TRAP ID=xxxx ONE OR MORE SYSLIST ADDRESSES COULD NOT BE EVALUATED
Explanation: When processing the REMOTE keyword on a matched SLIP trap, one or more direct or indirect
addresses specified in the SYSLIST parameter could not be resolved. The reason could be that the address specified is
invalid, or points to storage that has not been allocated in the active or specified address space.
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA424I SLIP ERROR DURING PER ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION, MODEL PSA NOT UPDATED
Explanation: SLIP processing was not able to page-fix the model prefix save area (PSA). Therefore, SLIP could not
update:
v The PER bit in the external program status word (PSW) in the model PSA
v The PER bit in the Supervisor Call (SVC) PSW in the model PSA
v The PER bit in the I/O new PSW in the model PSA
If the system on which SLIP was running is varied online, the PER bits associated with that system are incorrect.
System action: The system issues messages about the problem.
System programmer response: Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, report
the problem to the IBM Support Center.
Source: SLIP
Detecting Module: IEAVTGLB
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA425I SLIP ERROR DURING PER ACTIVATION, CROSS MEMORY SUPPORT IS INCOMPLETE
Explanation: SLIP processing was activating a program event recording (PER) trap. Because the SLIP command did
not specify IGNORE, the trap was to be active immediately. SLIP processing activated PER, but cross memory
support was incomplete. Therefore, SLIP processing does not intercept any cross-memory-set-initiated address space
changes.
The following occurs:
v If the SLIP trap was defined with the ASID parameter but without the MODE=HOME parameter, important data
may not be trapped.
v In all other cases, the trap captures the desired information, but SLIP processing may slow system performance
slightly.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Make sure the SLIP trap was specified correctly.
Source: SLIP
Detecting Module: IEECB909
Routing Code: 4
Descriptor Code: 5
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA432I sysa IS REMOVING sysb FROM THE SYSPLEX. sysa IS EXPERIENCING STORAGE SHORTAGES.
Explanation: System sysb is attempting to join the sysplex. However, system sysa cannot obtain enough storage to
maintain a view of sysb that is consistent with other systems in the sysplex.
In the message text:
sysa An active system in the sysplex.
sysb A system that is attempting to join the sysplex.
System action: System sysa removes the joining system from the sysplex. The joining system enters wait state code
X'087'.
Operator response: Relieve the storage constraint on sysa, then reIPL sysb.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVG607
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 12
It is determined to be the same device and the device with CUU=aaaa is not allowed online.
This can occur in a variety of situations, for example, when two control units are physically uncabled
from the library, and when recabled, the port cables are switched.
Recovery Action: Correct either the hardware or HCD. If the hardware was in error (or was incorrectly
attached to the system), correct the hardware and then vary the device online. Use the command DS
QT,dddd,RDC to determine the library-ID and libport-ID assigned to the hardware.
TAPE LIBRARY DEVICE aaaa (bbbbb-cc) IS A DIFFERENT DEVICE TYPE THAN DEVICES PREVIOUSLY DEFINED IN
THE SAME STRING. THE DEVICE IS NOT ALLOWED ONLINE
A device with CUU=aaaa, LIBRARY-ID=bbbbb, and LIBPORT-ID=cc is a different device type than those
that were previously defined for the same string.
Recovery Action: Correct either the hardware or HCD. If the hardware was in error (or was incorrectly
attached to the system), correct the hardware and then vary the device online. Use the DS QT,dddd,RDC
command to determine the library-ID and libport-ID assigned to the hardware.
TAPE LIBRARY DEVICE aaaa (bbbbb-cc) DEFINED AS MTL BUT DEVICE xxxx (yyyy-zz) IS REAL ATL/VTS
DEVICE. DEVICE NOT ALLOWED ONLINE.
The tape drive at address aaaa, with HCD defined LIBRARY-ID bbbbb and LIBPORT-ID cc is defined as
an MTL resident drive (for example, MTL=YES was specified with LIBRARY-ID and LIBPORT-ID), but
the RDC data indicates that the drive resides in the ATLDS. The device is treated as a valid ATL
resident drive.
Recovery Action: Review the HCD definition for the device.
TAPE LIBRARY DEVICE aaaa (bbbbb-cc) EMULATING 3490 NOT ALLOWED ONLINE IN AN MTL.
The tape drive at address aaaa, with HCD defined LIBRARY-ID bbbbb and LIBPORT-ID=cc, is defined as
an MTL resident drive but is emulating a 3490 device which is not supported in an MTL. The device is
not allowed online.
Recovery Action: Review the HCD definition for the device.
MTL DEVICE aaaa (bbbbb-cc) IS ATTACHED TO A CONTROL UNIT THAT IS DIFFERENT THAN THAT FOR OTHER
DEVICES ALREADY IN THE POOL.
The tape drive at address aaaa, with HCD defined LIBRARY-ID bbbbb and LIBPORT-ID cc, is attached to
a control unit different than that for devices already in the pool. The device is not allowed online.
Recovery Action: Review the HCD definition for the device, and other devices with the same
LIBRARY-ID and LIBPORT-ID values. Ensure that all devices for the same LIBRARY-ID and
LIBPORT-ID values are connected to the same control unit.
If you are replacing old or broken hardware with new hardware, all of the devices in the device pools
affected by the hardware change must be OFFLINE. If any of the devices fail to go OFFLINE or are in
PENDING OFFLINE, and the drives are not in use by the system, cause the devices to become
OFFLINE and BOXED by issuing the VARY OFFLINE,FORCE command. After all of the devices are offline,
you can replace the hardware.
TAPE LIBRARY DEVICE aaaa (bbbbb-cc) NOT ALLOWED ONLINE, UNABLE TO ADD LIBRARY TO CONTROL BLOCK.
| The tape drive at address aaaa, with HCD defined LIBRARY-ID bbbbb and LIBPORT-ID cc, cannot be
| added to the existing device pool because it is full (that is, it already has 16 devices defined) or because
| the number of device pool subsystems has reached the library limit of 128. The device is not allowed
| online. The MTL device pool subsystem limit remains at 32.
| Recovery Action: Review the HCD definition for the device, and other devices with the same
| LIBRARY-ID and LIBPORT-ID values. Ensure that MTL devices are not overgenned.
PROBLEM OBTAINING DISTRIBUTED LIBRARY DATA. LIBRARY MAY BE IN SERVICE MODE.
During initialization of a device in a Peer-to-Peer VTS or the TS7700 Virtualization Engine, the I/O
operation requesting configuration data for the distributed library either failed or returned invalid
information. Also, for a device associated with the TS7700 Virtualization Engine, it could also mean that
the library is in service mode. This message is issued when an RDC command returned data indicating
that the device is in a Peer-to-Peer VTS library or in a TS7700 Virtualization Engine. However, the
subsequent request to obtain configuration data failed or returned invalid data.
Recovery Action: Contact your hardware service representative to determine the cause of the failure.
System action: The device is not available for use by the system.
System programmer response: When the condition has been corrected, attempt to VARY the device ONLINE. If the
device was previously defined to HCD as a library device, with the proper library-ID and libport-ID, the device will
come ONLINE.
If the device is not defined with HCD as a library device, the device will not be allowed ONLINE if an IODF activate
is required. Message ACTIVATE IODF=XX, IS REQUIRED indicates that because of previous failure, the library-ID
and libport-ID were not known when the systems EDTs were build. Now that these IDs are known, an activate is
required in order to cause the EDTs to be rebuilt.
Source: Tape Device Initialization Exit (DSE)
Detecting Module: IECTDSR2
IEA438I THE FOLLOWING TAPE LIBRARY DEVICE ARE UNAVAILABLE: dev [dev ...dev [*dev]]
Explanation: During IPL, initialization failed for one or more library devices. In many cases, this message is normal
and expected. For example, if the interface to a 3490 string is disabled, and the devices were defined with HCD as
library devices, those library devices are listed in this message.
Devices that are displayed with an asterisk become available when the error has been corrected, without an IPL or
I/O activate request being required.
System action: The device is not available for use by the system.
System programmer response: To determine the reason that a device is unavailable, attempt to vary one of the
devices online. If the error has been corrected, the device is brought online. If the error still exists, message IEA437I
will explain the reason for the failure. If the device is displayed with an asterisk, it becomes available when the error
has been corrected.
If the device is not displayed with an asterisk, perform an IPL or an I/O activate after correcting the error to make
the device available to the system after the error has been corrected.
If an I/O activate is to be done, the device must first be varied online. The device does not need to remain online.
Source: Tape Device Initialization Exit (DSE)
Detecting Module: IECTDSR2
To help diagnose the cause of the 6D DEMOUNT error, an X'87' CCW was issued to the device in order
to obtain a hardware state save. In order for an X'87' CCW to cause a state save, the hardware service
representative must have first prepared the hardware to take state save.
Recovery Action:
v For INCORRECT AFFINITY DATA, contact your hardware service representative to resolve the cause of the
incorrect volume affinity data. After the error condition is corrected, the host begins to use the corrected LM
affinity list (host IPL is not required).
v For FOUR MINUTE I/O TIMEOUT, if this condition persists, contact your hardware service representative to
resolve the cause of the 4 minute timeouts.
v For DEVICE(dev) 6D STATE SAVE ISSUED, in order to obtain diagnostic data, should more 6D demount errors
occur, have the hardware representative prepare the device to take state save.
System action:
v For INCORRECT AFFINITY DATA, allocations will not fail. Library allocations are made using a software
generated 'affinity' list. The generated list will contain all of the port ids available to the system, in the order that
they were initialized. Because the affinity list provides load balancing in the library, until the error is corrected,
library performance can be affected.
v For FOUR MINUTE I/O TIMEOUT, if the I/O is successfully recovered then there is no impact on the system
(other than the 4 minute delay). If the retry of a FOUR MINUTE I/O TIMEOUT receives another FOUR MINUTE
I/O TIMEOUT, the I/O request is posted in error. The impact of the error on the system depends on the library
request that failed and which component made the request. Refer to additional messages issued by the system
component that made the request.
v For DEVICE(dev) 6D STATE ISSUED, the system will continue to use the device. If a volume is found to be
mounted when the device is next used, the volume is demounted.
Source: AOM Tape Library Services(LIBSERV)
Detecting Module: IGX00044
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA442E dev REPORTS DISABLED INTERFACE ON nn -- FAULT CODE = cccc -- NOTIFY CE, SENSE=sense
Explanation: An I/O request failed because a storage director within a 3880 Storage Control Unit is disabled. In the
message text:
dev The address of the I/O device that reported the disabled status of storage director.
nn The disabled storage director identifier.
cccc The fault code that explains why the storage director is disabled.
Operator response: The system issues this message because of a microcode error. Follow installation procedures to
take corrective action.
Application Programmer Response: If the error occurred on the Model 11 or 21, reconfigure the system to move the
paging data to another subsystem. Otherwise, no action is required.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Routing Code: 1,6
Descriptor Code: 11
ss.p-xx-xx
The physical identifier of the reporting storage director.
sense The 32 characters of sense data reported by the device.
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
System action: The error recovery procedure (ERP) reissues the channel command words (CCW) that failed.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
Application Programmer Response: Format the paging packs attached to the paging storage director of the 3880
Model 11 or 21.
System programmer response: If the error recurs and the program is not in error, search problem reporting data
bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IGGSNS01
Routing Code: 1,6
Descriptor Code: 4
Operator response: Bound areas of cache and the non-caching state of the devices were reset. If any bound areas or
non-caching devices are required, they must be established. If none are required, no action need be taken.
Application Programmer Response: None.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IGGSNS01
IEA460W SYSTEM ERROR: WAIT STATE CODE: ccc REASON CODE: rrr [THE SYSTEM CANNOT
TERMINATE ASID hhhh]
Explanation: The system attempted to rebuild the work unit queues, but it could not do so successfully.
In the message text:
ccc
The wait state code.
rrr
The reason code associated with the wait state code.
THE SYSTEM CANNOT TERMINATE ASID hhhh
The system encountered an address space whose queues it could not rebuild, so it tried to terminate the address
space. The system could not terminate the address space, so it entered a wait state.
hhhh
The identifier of the address space that the system needed to terminate in order to continue processing.
System action: The system enters a non-restartable wait state.
Operator response: Provide a stand-alone dump, if requested by the system programmer.
System programmer response: Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact
the IBM Support Center. Provide the stand-alone dump.
Source: Supervisor Control
Detecting Module: IEAVEGR
IEA461I dev INCORRECT USE OF SUMMARY UNIT CHECK SUPPORT WITH z/OS GUESTS ON VM.
REFER TO MESSAGES AND CODES FOR MORE DETAIL,
SENSE=xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
Explanation: z/OS is a guest under z/VM and one or more devices are defined to z/VM as unsupported. The
control unit has been enabled for Summary Unit Check which will not be processed correctly by z/OS. This will
cause access problems to devices in the 2107 control unit.
In the message text:
dev
The device number
sense
The 32 characters of sense data reported by the device.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correction of the z/VM and z/OS configuration must occur to allow for proper
handling of the use of Summary Unit Check. To allow for proper handling of the Summary Unit Check, you have the
following options:
v Attach all unsupported devices to a single VM Guest.
v Attach unsupported devices to multiple z/OS guests with the maintenance introducing this message propagated to
all z/OS systems.
v Define All devices behind a Logical Control Unit as unsupported. Devices can not be defined to z/VM as some
supported and some unsupported.
Detecting Module: IGGSNS01
v Enter an ICKDSF CONTROL WRITEALLOW command, directing it to one device attached to the failing
interface.
v Vary online all paths that the system varied offline.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IECVDERP
Routing Code: 1,6
Descriptor Code: 11
IEA469E {PATH (dev,chp) HAS BEEN VARIED OFFLINE| PATH (dev,chp) CANNOT BE VARIED OFFLINE}
SENSE=sense
Explanation: A hardware error occurred. Recovery for the direct access storage device (DASD) determined that a
path should be varied offline.
In the message text:
dev The device number.
chp The channel path identifier (CHPID).
sense The 32 characters of sense data reported by the device.
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
System action: If the path is online, the system retries the failing channel command word (CCW) chain on another
path to the same device.
Depending on the message text, one of the following:
PATH (dev,cc) HAS BEEN VARIED OFFLINE
The DASD recovery varies the path offline.
PATH (dev,cc) CANNOT BE VARIED OFFLINE
The DASD recovery does not vary the path offline because it is the last path to the device.
Operator response: If PATH (dev,cc) CANNOT BE VARIED OFFLINE appears in the message text, and the error
persists, enter a VARY PATH or UNCOND command to vary the path offline.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IECVDERP
Routing Code: 1,6
Descriptor Code: 11
[CONTINUATION OF IEA478E
SNS=sense]
Explanation: A permanent hardware error occurred during a destage operation. The data is pinned in
cache/nonvolatile storage.
In the message text:
vvvvvv The volume that failed.
device-number
The physical device address.
ssid The subsystem identifier.
p The storage path.
cc The controller address.
nn The device number.
sense The 32 characters of sense data reported by the device.
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
System action: Processing continues.
Operator response: The system issues this message because of a hardware error. Follow your installation's
procedures for reporting this error. If the device associated with this message is attached via the IBM 3990 Model 3 or
Model 6 Storage Control, see IBM 3990/9390 Operations and Recovery Guide for detailed recovery actions.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Routing Code: 1,6.
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA480E (form 1 of 2) yyyy, {SCU | CACHE | DASD | MEDIA }, {SERVICE | MODERATE | SERIOUS |
ACUTE} ALERT, MT=machine type/model, SER=MMPP-SSSSS, REFCODE= nnnn-nnnn-nnnn,
VOLSER=volser, ID=id, TRACK=x'cccc hhhh', REPEATED SENSE=sense
Explanation: IEA480E is a Service Information Message (SIM) console message. The specified device or storage
control has detected an abnormal condition that requires operator or service attention.
In the message text:
yyyy Address or number of the device or storage control that reported the error.
SCU Storage control hardware.
CACHE
Storage control cache of nonvolatile storage.
DASD Storage device hardware.
MEDIA
Device data storage media.
SERVICE|MODERATE|SERIOUS|ACUTE
Describes the severity of the SIM event being reported. ACUTE is the most severe and SERVICE is the least
severe. For additional details, see IBM 3990 Operations and Recovery Reference.
machine-type/model
Machine type and model number (7 characters maximum).
MMPP-SSSSS
Where:
v MM identifies the manufacturer (01 indicates IBM).
v PP identifies the manufacturing plant.
v SSSSS is the five-digit machine serial number.
nnnn-nnnn-nnnn-nnnn
Twelve hexadecimal characters; provides encoded information, including the FRU number to repair the
failure if a service SIM. For MEDIA ALERTs, the last digit of these twelve hexadecimal characters is the
recommended media maintenance procedure number.
volser The volume serial number of the failing volume. This field is only applicable for 3390 SIMs where the device
or volume is involved in the failure.
id Two-hexadecimal character SIM ID. SIM ID is a subsystem-assigned identifier for each individual SIM. It
appears in the console message as a discrete field only for 3390 SIMs. For 3990 SIMs, it is contained in the
REFCODE as the last two digits.
cccCCCC:H
MEDIA ALERTs only. Normalized hexadecimal cylinder/head address of the failing track. Provided for use
by automated media maintenance actions or to initiate media maintenance actions without the need to run
EREP.
REPEATED
Appears for non-MEDIA ALERTs only. This field is shown when the SIM is a repeat presentation of a
previously-reported SIM.
sense The 32 characters of sense data reported by the device.
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
System action: The system logs an alert in the LOGREC data set and continues processing.
Operator response: The system issues this message to indicate that operator or service attention is required. Follow
your installation's procedures for obtaining service. Consult your customer engineer, if applicable.
System programmer response: Run an EREP System Exception Report to obtain a Service Information Message
report for additional information.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IEA480E (form 2 of 2) yyyy,{TLIB | TCU | TVIR | TAPE}, mt, {ACUTE | SERIOUS | MODERATE | SERVICE}
ALERT, SER=mmpp-sssss, MC=mc, ES=es, ID=id, REF= ref1-ref2-ref3, UM=um1-um2-um3, {CLEAN |
CLEAN/SERVICE | CLEANED} , REPEATED
Explanation: IEA480E is a Service Information Message (SIM) console message. The specified tape library, tape
controller, virtual tape server, or tape drive unit has detected an abnormal condition that requires operator or service
attention.
In the message text:
yyyy Address of unit that reported the SIM message.
TLIB Automated tape library.
TCU Tape control unit.
TVIR Virtual Tape Server (VTS).
TAPE Tape drive.
mt Machine type of unit that caused the SIM message. This will reflect the software image of the machine type,
not necessarily the underlying physical machine type. VTS, for example, will report '3490' as the machine
type, even though the underlying drive machine type might be 3590.
ACUTE|SERIOUS|MODERATE|SERVICE
Indicates the severity of the SIM message. ACUTE is the most severe and SERVICE is the least severe.
ser Serial number of unit referenced by the SIM message.
mc Message code. Indicates source of SIM.
es Exception/Service code.
id Identifier of the SIM in the control unit internal SIM log.
ref1-ref2-ref3
Error reference codes.
um1-um2-um3
Unit modifier reference codes. Some software releases may not include these codes.
CLEAN
Tape drive requires cleaning cartridge to be inserted. Only returned for a TAPE unit.
CLEAN/SERVICE
Tape drive requires cleaning cartridge to be inserted. Repeated occurrences of CLEAN/SERVICE indicate the
need for additional service. Only returned for a TAPE unit.
CLEANED
Cleaning just completed for the tape drive. Cleaning cartridge ejected. Only returned for a TAPE unit.
REPEATED
Indicates this SIM has already been presented at least once prior to this presentation.
System action: The system logs an alert in the LOGREC data set and continues processing.
Operator response: The system issues this message to indicate that operator or service attention is required. Follow
your installation's procedures for obtaining service. Consult your customer engineer, if applicable.
If the specified unit is TAPE and CLEAN is presented (or ES=89), then cleaning is required. Note that some software
levels will only specify the ES code for cleaning.
If the specified unit is TAPE and CLEAN/SERVICE is presented (or ES=8B), then cleaning is required. Note that
some software levels will only specify the ES code for cleaning.
Repetitive occurrences of the CLEAN/SERVICE message indicate that service beyond cleaning is required.
If the specified unit is TAPE and CLEANED is presented (or ES=9A), then cleaning was completed. No further action
is required. Note that some software levels will only specify the ES code for cleaning completed.
If the specified unit is TAPE and ES has any other value, then consult your customer engineer for detailed recovery
actions for the installed tape drive.
If the specified unit is TLIB, then consult your customer engineer for detailed recovery actions for the installed
library.
If the specified unit is TVIR, then consult your customer engineer for detailed recovery actions for the installed VTS
product.
If the specified unit is TCU, then consult your customer engineer for detailed recovery actions for the installed tape
control unit.
System programmer response: Run an EREP System Exception Report to obtain a Service Information Message
report for additional information.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IGGSNS02
Routing Code: 1, 6
Descriptor Code: 2, 4 for ACUTE ALERT
4 for other ALERT
IEA482I ser WAITING FOR CONTROL UNIT - dev, REASON CODE=(nn) SENSE=sense
Explanation: I/O was attempted to a DASD device whose control unit is in a long-busy condition. This busy
condition might last for several minutes; the additional messages may describe the reason code for the long-busy
condition and the appropriate Operator Response. Under normal recovery most of the reason codes listed below
should only last for a short period of time. If a long-busy condition has recovered then no message is issued.
Note: Reason Code X'0F' may last for an extended period of time.
In the message text:
ser Volume serial number.
dev DASD device number.
nn Reason Codes and additional message text are:
Reason Code
Additional Message Text
00 NO REASON CODE DEFINED
No further information is provided by the hardware.
01 EMERGENCY DESTAGE IN PROGRESS
A possible hardware problem has occurred requiring an emergency destage of the data. Contact
hardware support for further assistance.
02 DIAGNOSTIC REINITIALIZATION
The control unit is performing a recovery function.
07 COMMIT ORDER WAS RECEIVED
The control unit is currently committing all writes in cache to the drive(s).
0C CONCURRENT COPY SIDEFILE EXCEEDING LIMITS
The control unit is transferring data from cache to the hardware because the storage cache
thresholds have been exceeded.
0D XRC SIDEFILE EXCEEDING LIMITS
The control unit is transferring data from cache to the hardware because the storage cache
thresholds have been exceeded.
0E PPRC QUIESCE ORDER ISSUED TO THE DEVICE
The control unit is busy until the PPRC Pair has been terminated.
0F RESERVE ISSUED TO XRC UTILITY DEVICE
A reserve is issued to a XRC utility device. XRC will not allow the reserve to be done until the XRC
volume establishes a new utility device. If there is only one utility device, XRC will not allow the
reserve CCW to be processed.
10 PINNED CACHE MEMORY EXCEEDING MAXIMUM ALLOWED
Pinned data is data that can not be destaged to the real device. IDCAMS LISTDATA PIN can be
issued to determine the pinned tracks. Contact your hardware support center.
11 PPRC SIDEFILE SIZE EXCEEDING LIMITS
The control unit is transferring data from cache to the hardware because the storage cache
thresholds have been exceeded.
12 PPRC SECONDARY SIGNALED PENDING TO PRIMARY
State change pending has been issued by a PPRC secondary to the PPRC primary.
13 PPRC DEVICE IN PROCESS OF GOING SUSPENDED
An operator has issued a command to suspend a PPRC pair or hardware is suspending the pair
because of a hardware problem.
14 PPRC DEVICE IN EXTENDED LONG BUSY STATE
The hardware is currently long-busy and will remain in that state until hardware clears the
condition causing the long-busy. This message is issued every 2 minutes or the control unit time
interval set by the customer.
15 PPRC DEVICE IN PROCESS OF TERMINATION
16 UNFENCE IN PROGRESS
Hardware is in the process of clearing a fenced condition on the LSS.
17 WAITING FOR CONTROL UNIT RESOURCES
18 DESTAGE OR DISCARD IN PROGRESS FOR FLASHCOPY VOLUME
The control unit is either destaging or discarding data that is downlevel.
19 DEVICE ERROR RECOVERY IN PROGRESS
While the device is recovering, the device is long-busy. Contact your hardware support center to
determine device error.
1A PPRC DEVICE LONG BUSY DUE TO FREEZE
A freeze of the PPRC pairs has been issued by the operator.
xx NEW OR INVALID REASON CODE
Either hardware has created a new message code or the message code is invalid. Contact the
hardware support center to determine the meaning of this message code.
sense The 32 characters of sense data reported by the device.
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
System action: The MIH Exit will periodically retry the queued I/O to the device until the control unit accepts the
request. Message IEA482I is displayed for each retry of the I/O request by the MIH Exit while the busy condition
exists.
Operator response: Respond according to the reason code provided in the message. Certain conditions have
occurred because of XRC, Flash Copy, and Concurrent Copy. If the messages persist contact your hardware support
center and follow your installation recovery processes.
Source: DFSMSdfp
IEA486E cuu, TVOL, {ACUTE | SERIOUS | MODERATE | SERVICE} ALERT, VOLUME=volid, S=s, MC=mc,
E=e, REF=refc-med-fi, REPEATED
Explanation: IEA486E is a media information wessage (MIM) console message. The specified device has detected an
abnormal medium condition that requires storage administration attention.
In the message text:
cuu Address of unit that reported the MIM message.
TVOL Tape Volume.
ACUTE|SERIOUS|MODERATE|SERVICE
Indicates the severity of the MIM message. ACUTE is the most severe and SERVICE is the least severe.
volid Volid of the tape volume referenced by the MIM message. If blank and the volume was not unlabeled, the
volid may still be determined from job or system logs.
s Volid source.
mc Message code (to indicate MIM source).
e Exception code.
refc-med-fi
Error reference code - Media identifier - Format identifier.
REPEATED
Indicates this MIM has already been presented.
System action: The system logs an alert in the LOGREC data set and continues processing.
Operator response: The system issues this message to indicate that storage administrator attention is required. For
instructions, consult your customer engineer for the installed model supporting the indicated media and format.
System programmer response: Run an EREP System Exception Report to obtain a Media Information Message
report to obtain additional information.
Source: DFSMSdfp
Detecting Module: IGGSNS02
Routing Code: 1,6
Descriptor Code: 2,4
Note: The time indicated in the message is the time stamp of the ERP action message, and not necessarily the exact
time of the failure. Select the CRIT(YES) option of the CESTPAIR command if you require exact synchronization to
the time of the failure.
dev
The device number.
volser
This is the volume serial number of the PPRC volume pair encountering the failure. Note that when a failure is
received by an alias device or an offline device, the volser is not available, so the message text does not have the
volser.
error-reason
The error reasons are:
v SUSPENDED, PRIMARY-DEVICE-WRITE- FAILURE
A write failure occurs during a write operation from the application site storage control to the primary device
indicated by the volume serial number. The primary volume storage control continues to keep track of
changed cylinders, such that after the error is corrected, you can select the RESYNC option to reestablish the
PPRC pair.
v SUSPENDED, SECONDARY-SUBSYSTEM- FAILURE
An error occurs in the recovery storage subsystem that has caused the peer-to-peer remote copy pair to be
suspended at the time indicated. The primary volume storage control continues to keep track of changed
cylinders, such that after the error is corrected, you can select the correct reestablish method. If the error is
such that data may have been lost (for example, a physical secondary device error or the loss of NVS), after
the error is corrected, select the COPY option to reestablish the PPRC pair.
v SUSPENDED, COMMUNICATION-TO- SECONDARY-FAILURE
An error has been encountered in the peer-to-peer remote copy communications paths, such that the
application site storage control for the device indicated can no longer communicate with the target volume’s
storage control. The primary volume’s storage control continues to keep track of changed cylinders. When the
error is corrected, you may select the RESYNC option to reestablish the PPRC pair.
v SUSPENDED, CRITICAL-STATE, ALL-WRITES-FAILED
A previous PPRC error has occurred on a volume established with the CRIT(YES) parameter. A write I/O has
occurred to the volume indicated by the volume serial number and it has been unit checked.
Note: Disaster and recovery protection is exposed until this error is corrected and the PPRC pair is reestablished.
Problem determination: Note that in the case of the “Critical State” message, the actual error causing the message
has previously occurred.
text
One of the following:
v CAPACITY USAGE IS BELOW percent%
v CAPACITY USAGE IS ABOVE percent%
action
One of the following:
v DFHSM CALLED FOR device-number,volser
v DFHSM NOT INSTALLED
v DFHSM NOT ACTIVE
v DFHSM CALL FAILED
System action: If the device capacity status becomes abnormal, the system attempts to invoke DFHSM to migrate
the data off the volume. No action is taken if the device capacity status becomes normal.
Operator response: If the error message persists or if the attempt to call DFHSM is not successful, contact the IBM
Support Center.
Source: DFSMShsm
TERMINATED
The PPRC pair has terminated from the PENDING, FULL DUPLEX, or SUSPENDED state.
PAIR PENDING
A PPRC copy operation is starting. This might be initial or from a previous suspended state.
PAIR FULL DUPLEX
A PPRC copy operation has completed and the primary and secondary devices are synchronized.
PPRC PAIR DUPLEX PENDING FC
A PPRC pair is DUPLEX PENDING due to a FC which specified a PPRC primary volume as a
FLASHCOPY (FC) target.
PPRC PAIR SUSPENDED FC
A PPRC pair is SUSPENDED because of a FC that specified a PPRC primary volume as a FLASHCOPY
(FC) target and preserve mirror required, and an error was encountered during the request.
ssid
The ssid of the primary device of the PPRC pair.
ca The two-byte channel connection address of the primary device of the PPRC pair.
optional-text
Is one or more of the following:
v
EXTENDED LONG BUSY STATE.
v
CONTINUATION OF IEA494I SNS=sense
In the message text:
sense
Sense data.
sense
The 32 characters of sense data reported by the device.
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
Note: The optional text is present only if the PPRC control unit microcode is at the correct level and the Vital Product
Data bit has been set at the control unit panel, requesting activation of extended long busy mode. The duration of
this extended long busy is also set at the control unit panel, with a default value of approximately two minutes.
Contact your hardware support group if assistance is required to set the bit and duration.
This message (with the exception of the SUSPENDING state variation) is broadcast to all subsystems where the
device is attached and online. Some systems may receive more than one variation of the SUSPENDING and/or
SUSPENDED state message during a suspending event.
System action: If no action is taken by the operator or automation program , at the end of the EXTENDED LONG
BUSY period, processing will continue in suspended duplex state
| Note: See message IEA491E (776) for additional information related to this message. Message IEA494I is detected and
| issued by only one of the systems where the device is attached.
Operator response: This message is intended for use by automation programs that monitor operator messages.
Actions can be attempted by the operator, but an automation program is recommended.
Source: DASD device initialization/re-initialization
Detecting Module: IECCINIT
IEA495I dev, volser, DUAL COPY PAIR state, SSID=ssid, CCA=ca, optional-text
Explanation: The state of the dual copy pair has changed.
In the message text:
dev
The device number of the primary device of a dual copy pair.
volser
The volume serial number of the primary device of a dual copy pair.
state
The new state of the dual copy pair is one of the following:
FULL DUPLEX
The copy of the primary device of the dual copy pair to secondary is complete and the primary to
secondary devices are synchronized.
TERMINATED
The dual copy pair has been terminated from the PENDING, FULL DUPLEX, or SUSPENDED state.
PENDING
A dual copy operation is starting or restarting. The primary and secondary devices are not synchronized yet.
SUSPENDED
The dual copy pair has changed from the PENDING or FULL DUPLEX state to the FAILED or
SUSPENDED state.
ssid
The ssid of the primary of the dual copy pair.
ca The two-byte channel connection address of the primary device of the dual copy pair.
optional-text
The state of the original; one of the following:
ORIGINAL ON PRIMARY
The original device address is on the primary device address (no mapping to the primary device).
ORIGINAL NOT ON PRIMARY
The original device address is not the primary device address. The controller is mapping to the primary
device.
Note: The optional text is present if the state of the dual copy pair is FAILED or SUSPENDED.
System action: None.
Operator response: The various formats of the IEA495I message is broadcast to all systems where the primary
device of the dual copy pair is attached and online. Follow your installation's procedures for reporting this error.
This message is intended to supplement message IEAD475E which will only be issued on one console of a multiple
system complex where the dual copy devices are attached to more than one of the systems. Automation programs
that monitor operator messages may want to monitor for the occurrence of these messages to assist with copy
operations.
Find message IEA475E and refer to the text for that message to determine the system action. If the device associated
with this message is attached via the IBM3990 Model 3 or Model 6 Storage Control Unit, see the IBM 3990/9390
Operations and Recovery Guide for detailed recovery actions.
Source: DASD device initialization/re-initialization
Detecting Module: IECCINIT
state
The new state of the mirrored pair is one of the following:
OPERATIONAL
The copy of the primary of a mirrored pair to secondary is complete, and the primary to secondary devices
are synchronized.
PENDING
Mirrored operation is starting or restarting. The primary and secondary devices are not yet synchronized.
FAILED
The mirrored pair has been terminated from the PENDING or OPERATIONAL state.
ssid
The ssid of the primary of the mirrored pair.
ca The two-byte channel connection address or the primary device of the mirrored pair.
System action: None.
Operator response: The various formats of the IEA496I message is issued when the system detects a change of state
for an online primary device of a mirrored pair. Follow your installation's procedures for reporting this error.
Note: Automation programs that monitor operator messages may want to monitor for the occurrence of these
messages to assist with decisions concerning the availability of critical data.
Source: DASD device initialization/re-initialization
Detecting Module: IECCINIT
ssid
The ssid of the device in error.
xx The two-byte channel connection address of the device.
yyyy
The device and channel status at time of permanent error.
zz The IOSCOD (completion code) for the IOS request.
optional-text
CONTINUATION OF IEA497I SNS=sense
In the message text:
v The sense data if present for the device error.
sense
The 32 characters of sense data reported by the device.
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
System action: If GDPS® is active in the system, the combination of the HyperSwap trigger and the error-reasons
will fully allow automation software to perform installation specific procedures to maintain data availability. If GDPS
is not active, some other additional procedures may have to be taken manually instead.
Operator response: This message is intended for automation software. Any actions should be controlled by that
software.
Source: DFSMSDFP
Detecting Module: IECVDERP
repository volume capacity becomes completely exhausted, all of the space efficient volumes in the extent pool
identified by epid is taken offline and I/O directed to those volumes will fail with Intervention Required. Any
FlashCopy® relation in which the target volume is a space efficient volume that resides in the extent pool identified
by epid is put in failed state invalidating the data on the target volume.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Use the epid as input to the IDCAMS LISTDATA EXTENTPOOLCONFIG command
to get a list of the space efficient volumes residing in the extent pool. Use the device numbers returned by the
EXTENTPOOLCONFIG command as input to the IDCAMS LISTDATA SPACEEFFICIENTVOL command to get
information about how much repository space is consumed by each of the space efficient volumes in the extent pool.
Use the ICKDSF FLASHCPY QUERY RELATIONS command to get information about the FlashCopy relations that
the space efficient volumes are participating in. Finally, use the ICKDSF INIT command to initialize one or more of
the space efficient volumes that are consuming a significant amount of repository space and are currently the target
of a FlashCopy relation. The INIT command will withdraw the FlashCopy relation and release the repository space
consumed by the space efficient volume.
Descriptor Code: 3
When this message is issued, IT IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT to respond promptly. This message is issued as a
synchronous WTOR, which will prevent the system from updating its status on the sysplex couple data set. This, in
turn, could lead to Sysplex Failure Management (SFM) deciding that the system is not responding normally, and
removing it from the sysplex.
Source: Loadwait/Restart
IEA501I SYSTEM NON-DISPATCHABILITY INDICATOR [IS OFF | WAS ON, IS NOW BEING RESET]
[WRITE-TO-OPERATOR BUFFER LIMIT EXCEEDED. ISSUE K M,MLIM COMMAND TO RAISE
LIMIT] [NO BATCH JOBS OR TIME SHARING USERS FOUND RECOMMEND YOU DISPLAY
ACTIVE AND DISPLAY QUEUES]
Explanation: The operator caused a restart interruption, specifying REASON 1. This message displays the results of
the diagnostics that the system performs in response to the restart interruption.
In the message text:
SYSTEM NON-DISPATCHABILITY INDICATOR [IS OFF | WAS ON, IS NOW BEING RESET]
If the non-dispatchability indicator is on, the system sets it off and marks all address spaces as dispatchable.
[WRITE-TO-OPERATOR BUFFER LIMIT EXCEEDED. ISSUE K M,MLIM COMMAND TO RAISE LIMIT]
The write to operator (WTO) message buffer is full.
[NO BATCH JOBS OR TIME SHARING USERS FOUND | RECOMMEND YOU DISPLAY ACTIVE AND DISPLAY QUEUES]
The system found no batch jobs or time sharing users. However, there can be started tasks in the system.
System action: The system issues message IEE125A. The system waits for the operator to reply to message IEE125A.
Then the system begins restart processing.
Operator response: Reply to message IEE125A. Depending on the message text, one of the following:
[WRITE-TO-OPERATOR BUFFER LIMIT EXCEEDED. ISSUE K M,MLIM COMMAND TO RAISE LIMIT]
Enter the CONTROL M,REF command to display the limit. Enter the CONTROL M,MLIM=nnnn command to
raise the limit.
[NO BATCH JOBS OR TIME SHARING USERS FOUND | RECOMMEND YOU DISPLAY ACTIVE AND DISPLAY QUEUES]
Enter the DISPLAY ACTIVE and/or the DISPLAY QUEUE command to determine if the system is holding a job
queue.
When this message is issued, IT IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT to respond promptly. This message is issued as a
synchronous WTOR, which will prevent the system from updating its status on the sysplex couple data set. This, in
turn, could lead to Sysplex Failure Management (SFM) deciding that the system is not responding normally, and
removing it from the sysplex.
Source: Loadwait/Restart
Detecting Module: IEAVEREX
Routing Code: Note 12
Descriptor Code: -
IEA502A RESTART REASON COULD NOT BE OBTAINED. REPLY WITH RESTART REASON CODE:
Explanation:
0 - ABEND CURRENT PROGRAM
1 - PERFORM MVS SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS
Following a restart interruption, the system could not obtain the restart reason code from the service processor.
System action: The system issues message IEA501I. The system waits for the operator to reply.
Operator response: Reply one of the following:
0 The system responds with message IEA500A, which allows you to abnormally end the current program.
1 The system checks and repairs critical data areas.
When this message is issued, IT IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT to respond promptly. This message is issued as a
synchronous WTOR, which will prevent the system from updating its status on the sysplex couple data set. This, in
turn, could lead to Sysplex Failure Management (SFM) deciding that the system is not responding normally, and
removing it from the sysplex.
Source: Loadwait/Restart
Detecting Module: IEAVEREX
Routing Code: Note 12
Descriptor Code: -
IEA510A LNKLST PROCESSING IS INOPERATIVE, HIT ENTER TO CONTINUE WITH THE DEFAULT
LNKLST OR RE-IPL THE SYSTEM
Explanation: The nucleus initialization program (NIP) detected unrecoverable errors during the initialization of the
LNKLST function. The LNKLST function cannot operate because of the errors. In most cases, the system an
accompanying diagnostic message identifies the specific type of error.
System action: NIP does not initialize the LNKLST function. Initialization processing waits for your response.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer about this message and any accompanying diagnostic message.
To continue initialization with the default LNKLST, press ENTER. Otherwise, IPL the system again.
Application Programmer Response: To correct the condition that caused the problem, respond to the accompanying
diagnostic message, then reIPL the system.
Source: Contents supervision (CSV)
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
v If the data set name is h.IODFxx, enter the correct LOADxx suffix in the in the IPL load parameter.
If the data set name is not one of the above, notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: See the system programmer response for wait state X'0B1' with reason code X'001'.
Source: Input/output supervisor (IOS)
Detecting Module: IOSIOFR
IEA522I IEA1522I UIM modname DID NOT BUILD A DFT FOR DEVICE NUMBER s-dev
Explanation: A unit information module (UIM) did not build a device features table (DFT) for the specified device
number. The device type is not supported by the system level.
In the message text:
modname
The name of the UIM.
s-
dev
The device number. The device number is prefixed by the subchannel set identifier (s-) when appropriate.
System action: System initialization continues. The system does not recognize the device types defined by the UIM.
System programmer response: Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact
the IBM Support Center.
Source: Input/output supervisor (IOS)
Detecting Module: IEAIPL71
Descriptor Code: -
IEA528I IPL IODF NAME DOES NOT MATCH IODF NAME IN HARDWARE TOKEN IODFdsname
Explanation: The system discovered a mismatch between the IODF data set selected for IPL and the IODF data set
name found in the HSA token.
Note that the mismatch does not impact dynamic changes.
In the message text:
IODFdsname
The IODF data set name found in the hardware token.
System action: System initialization continues using the selected IODF data set name for the IPL.
System programmer response: The IODF data set name in the HSA token was originally specified by the system
programmer in the Descriptor Field 1 and Descriptor Field 2 fields when building a production IODF.
Depending on the options specified in the LOADxx parmlib member, IOS may use the IODF data set name found in
the HSA token, or may use a specific algorithm to select an IODF for the IPL. If the IODF used for the IPL is not the
desired IODF, either correct the options in the LOADxx member and re-IPL the system or perform a dynamic activate
to the desired IODF.
For details on LOADxx options and the IODF search algorithm, see the z/OS MVS Initialization and Tuning Reference
and z/OS HCD Planning books.
Source: Input/output supervisor (IOS)
Detecting Module: IEAIPL43
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 4
One of the permanent tasks in the recovery termination manager (RTM) failed.
One of the permanent tasks in the recovery termination manager (RTM) failed. This task had failed previously and
was attempting to restart when a second error occurred.
One of the permanent tasks in the recovery termination manager (RTM) failed, but restarted itself.
IEA544I EXTERNAL INTERRUPT IGNORED. [NO FULL CAPABILITY CONSOLES DEFINED OR]
MASTER CONSOLE WAS VARIED OFFLINE.
Explanation: The system did not process an external interrupt.
In the message text:
NO FULL CAPABILITY CONSOLES DEFINED
No full capability consoles are defined in the CONSOLxx parmlib member.
MASTER CONSOLE WAS VARIED OFFLINE
The master console was varied offline.
System action: The system assigns the specified name to the console. The system continues processing.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVMQWR
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA546E text
Explanation: In the message text, text is:
OR
CAPABILITY CONSOLE
OR
Console switch processing results in loss of all the full capability multiple console support (MCS or SMCS) consoles.
The failing console's undelivered (UD) messages is re-routed to consoles with the UD attribute or a console with
master authority. The system will send other messages to the hard-copy log.
IEA548W NIP CONSOLE UNAVAILABLE. INITIALIZATION CANNOT PROCEED. FAILING MESSAGE: text
Explanation: During initialization, a console was not available. The system must issue a write to operator with reply
(WTOR) or emergency message.
In the message text:
text The first 8 lines of the message which could not be delivered.
System action: The system enters nonrestartable wait state X'A70'.
Operator response: ReIPL when the system console is available.
System programmer response: See the system programmer response for wait state X'A70'.
IEA549I SYSTEM CONSOLE FUNCTIONS AVAILABLE SYSTEM CONSOLE NAME ASSIGNED consname
Explanation: The system initialized the system console as an extended console. The console is now available for
message and command processing.
In the message text:
consname
The name the system assigns to the system console.
System action: The system assigns the specified name to the console. The system continues processing.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVM605
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA556I MESSAGE IEA367A ISSUED ON SYSTEM sysname, ERROR CODE= error code
Explanation: A system encountered a severe Communications Task (CommTask) error (that system will issue
IEA367A). This message is issued to notify the rest of the sysplex about that system's error.
In the message text:
sysname
The name of the system that had the CommTask error (and the system that issued IEA367A).
error code
The same error code in IEA367A.
System action: The system continues processing. This system is not having any problems. It is being notified that
another system in the sysplex has a CommTask failure.
Operator response: Check the status of the system that had the CommTask error.
System programmer response: On the system that had the error, check the error code in IEA367A to determine the
severity of the error.
Source: Communications task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVN701
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: -
An error occurred during the initialization or running of a WTO installation exit routine.
IEA600I CLOCKxx LINE nnnn: TIMEZONE STMT IGNORED. VALUE NOT VALID.
Explanation: A TIMEZONE statement in the CLOCKxx parmlib member contains an incorrect specification:
v The syntax of the statement is incorrect
v The value is outside the correct range (00.00.00 - 15.00.00 hours).
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA603I NO UCBS BUILT FOR nnnnn 4-DIGIT DEVICES FOUND IN THE IODF
Explanation: Initial program load (IPL) completed successfully but the system has encountered nnnnn 4-digit
devices.
In the message text:
IEA607E THE DUMPSRV ADDRESS SPACE HAS FAILED AND CANNOT RESTART
Explanation: Errors occurred in dumping services, which processes SVC dumps. The dumping services address
space (DUMPSRV) has ended several times in succession. Dumping services cannot do the following:
v Give control to the post dump installation exit routine
v Process a dump request
v Process a DUMPDS operator command
SYS1.DUMPnn data sets that were added are no longer allocated for dumps. These data sets could contain SVC
dumps; do not delete these dump data sets.
System action: The system continues processing with no SVC dumping capability.
Operator response: ReIPL the system to reinitialize and restart the dumping services address space.
Source: Recovery termination manager (RTM)
Detecting Module: IEAVTSDR
Routing Code: 2,10
Descriptor Code: 3
text
Explanation: Where text is:
DUMPID=dumpid REQUESTED BY JOB (jobname)
FOR ASIDS(id,id,...)
[REMOTE DUMPS REQUESTED|
REMOTE DUMP FOR SYSNAME: sysname]
INCIDENT TOKEN: incident-token
[SDRSN = vvvvvvvv wwwwwwww xxxxxxxx zzzzzzzz]
[reason-text]
[ERRORID = SEQ yyyyyy CPUzz ASIDasid
TIMEhh.mm.ss.t] [TSOID = tsoid]
[ID = uuuuuuuuuu]
The system wrote a complete or partial SVC dump to an automatically allocated dump data set on a direct access
storage device. In the message text:
COMPLETE
The SVC dump contains all of the virtual storage that was requested.
PARTIAL
Not all of the virtual storage requested was collected. However, enough storage may have been dumped to allow
the debugging of the problem to be successful. The codes in the SDRSN field can be used to determine what
storage was affected, or what problems were encountered while SVC dump processing was executing.
dsname
The dump was written to the data set named dsname.
dumpid
The 3-character dump identifier.
jobname
The name of the job that requested the dump.
id The address space identifiers (ASID), in hexadecimal, for the address spaces included in the dump.
REMOTE DUMPS REQUESTED
The SDUMPX macro or DUMP command that requested this dump also requested dumps on other systems in
the sysplex.
REMOTE DUMP FOR SYSNAME: sysname
This dump was requested by sysname, which is another system in the sysplex.
INCIDENT TOKEN: incident-token
The formatted incident token for the dump.
SDRSN = vvvvvvvv wwwwwwww xxxxxxxx zzzzzzzz
The system wrote a dump.
vvvvvvvv
Partial dump reason code. One of the following:
80000000
A system request block (SRB) for the dump could not be scheduled to the requested address space.
Either no current address space had the requested ASID or the system was ending the address space
with that ASID.
40000000
SVC dump processing could not obtain real storage manager (RSM) serialization because of a hierarchy
problem.
20000000
SVC dump processing could not obtain RSM serialization because of a RSM control problem.
10000000
SVC dump processing could not obtain a central storage buffer from the real storage manager.
08000000
An error in scheduled SVC dump processing caused recovery to receive control.
04000000
An error in summary dump processing caused recovery to receive control.
02000000
An error in summary dump processing or suspend summary dump processing caused recovery to
receive control.
00400000
An error caused the loss of the summary dump.
00200000
During suspend summary dump processing, the virtual storage buffer filled up.
00100000
No more summary dump data could be written because the central storage buffer was full.
00080000
While the system was writing a trace table, an error occurred. The trace table could not be written.
00008000
The dump of the data above the bar could not be written because the storage buffer was unavailable.
00004000
Option USERTOKEN is not accessible.
00002000
Some private storage above the bar was not collected because the extension range table is full.
00001000
Extended range table has filled while collecting ranges of private storage above the bar.
00000800
Extended range table has filled while collecting ranges of common storage above the bar.
wwwwwwww
Partial dump reason code. One of the following:
80000000 | 40000000
While processing SVC X'33', the system detected an error and gave recovery control.
20000000
The system detected an error in the SVC dump task and gave recovery control.
10000000
The SVC dump task failed.
08000000
The system detected an error while writing a trace table. The system could not write the trace table.
04000000 | 02000000
While processing an SVC dump, the system detected an error and gave recovery control.
01000000
The started dump task failed.
00800000
A task abnormally ended, and SVC dump processing took a partial dump. The resource manager for
SVC dump processing receives control.
00400000
The system detected an error in the SVC dump writing task and gave recovery control.
00200000
An address space involved in the dump abnormally ended, and SVC dump took a partial dump. The
resource manager for SVC dump processing receives control.
00100000
The DUMPSRV address space abnormally ended, and SVC dump processing took a partial dump. The
resource manager for SVC dump processing receives control.
00080000
While processing the dump header, the system ran out of space to place data.
00040000
During dump processing of local storage, the system issued a PURGEDQ because a hung address space
was detected. This will result in the loss of some storage related to the address space.
00020000
During dump processing of a possibly hung address space, dump processing obtained only fixed
storage for the address space.
00010000
During dump processing of a possibly hung address space, the address space was found to be invalid.
The dump data may not be consistent.
xxxxxxxx
Partial dump reason code. One of the following:
80000000
While building the address range table for global storage areas, SVC dump processing filled the table
and remaining entries could not be added.
40000000
While building the address range table for local storage areas, SVC dump processing filled the table and
remaining entries could not be added.
20000000
While building the address range table, SVC dump processing filled the table and remaining entries
could not be added.
10000000
While dump processing was writing to the dump data set, an I/O error occurred.
08000000
The dump data set is full, but more data needs to be dumped.
04000000
An error occurred while writing the summary dump.
02000000
An error occurred while dump processing was obtaining trace data.
01000000
While dump processing was setting up the service request block (SRB) under which the dump was to
be processed, an error occurred.
00800000
An error occurred in an exit routine.
00400000
An error occurred while writing the end-of-data record to the dump data set.
00200000
Some read-only ranges of data could not be added to the range table.
00100000
While dump processing was copying global storage into a data space, an error occurred.
00080000
While dump processing was copying a sub-range of common storage into a data space, an error
occurred.
00040000
An error occurred in the processing of data spaces that were requested through the LISTD keyword on
the SDUMPX macro, or through the DSPNAME parameter on the DUMP command.
00020000
Dump processing could not add some ranges of read/write storage to the range table.
00010000
SVC dump processing truncated the dump because the maximum amount of space was reached.
00008000
While processing the SQA SDATA option, the system filled the range table.
00004000
While processing the CSA SDATA option, the system filled the range table. Remaining entries could not
be added.
00002000
While processing global subpools, the system filled the range table. Remaining entries could not be
added.
00001000
While processing the LSQA SDATA option, the system filled the range table. Remaining entries could
not be added.
00000800
While processing the RGN SDATA option, the system filled the range table. Remaining entries could not
be added.
00000400
While processing private subpools, the system filled the range table. Remaining entries could not be
added.
00000200
While processing the SWA SDATA option, the system filled the range table. Remaining entries could not
be added.
00000100
While copying global data into a data space, dump processing was unable to capture some ranges of
global storage.
00000080
An exit data space could not be created, or the data space was created but an ALET could not be
obtained to access the data space.
00000040
A summary data space could not be created, or the data space was created but an ALET could not be
obtained to access the data space.
00000020
A local data space could not be created, or the data space was created but an ALET could not be
obtained to access the data space.
00000010
A global data space could not be created, or the data space was created but an ALET could not be
obtained to access the data space.
00000008
SVC dump could not create or could not use the data spaces that are required to process the STRLIST
request. Some data will not be included in the dump.
00000001
SVC dump processing truncated the dump because a critical shortage of auxiliary storage existed.
zzzzzzzz
Dump reason code. One of the following:
Bits in the first byte indicate a result that occurred because one or more of the following
conditions might exist
1. There is a shortage of central storage
2. There is a shortage of auxiliary storage
3. The DUMPSRV address space dispatching priority is too low.
80000000
Dump processing had to reset the system dispatchable. The data in some storage areas might have
changed before the dump capture completed.
40000000
Dump processing had reset the tasks dispatchable in one or more address spaces involved in the SVC
dump. The data in some storage areas might have changed before the dump capture completed.
20000000
Dump processing reset the caller's unit of work, which was stopped as part of suspend summary dump
processing. Then dump processing failed during suspend summary dump processing, leaving the caller
suspended.
10000000
IEAVTSDB released serialization for all serialized structures specified in the STRLIST because SDUMP
appears to have failed or ended.
08000000
The central storage buffer containing the summary dump was released when it was determined that
dump processing was hung. The summary dump was lost.
00800000
Facility not available. Some structures will not be dumped.
00400000
The structure is not available for one of the following reasons:
v The system detected a structure failure and the structure cannot be accessed
v The structure is not allocated
00200000
No facility dump space is allocated or no facility dump space is available because it is being used to
hold structure dump tables for other structure dumps
00100000
Possible error in STRLIST parameter list for one of the following reasons:
v The structure does not exist in the active policy
v The structure type is not compatible with the specified range options
v A lock structure was requested. SDUMP does not support lock structures
00080000
Some or all of the STRLIST could not be processed.
00040000
The system released structure dump serialization before capturing all the data. The system captured the
rest of the data after releasing serialization.
00020000
Recovery received control while processing STRLIST
00010000
SVC dump was unable to continue processing a structure requested in the STRLIST parameter list. This
is because the operator deleted the structure dump with the SETXCF FORCE command.
00008000
Recovery received control while building the SDUMP signals for other systems in the sysplex
reason-text
One of the following:
SUMMARY DUMP INFORMATION WAS LOST
A problem arose where processing was unable to complete a requested summary dump. Refer to the
description of the SDRSN bits that are set to determine whether the data was truncated, or completely lost.
A CRITICAL AUXILIARY STORAGE SHORTAGE EXISTED
SVC dump processing truncated the dump because a critical shortage of auxiliary storage existed.
DUMP DATA SET FULL - DUMP ENDED WHILE WRITING {SUMDUMP|GLOBAL|LOCAL|STRLIST}
The dump data set is full, but more data needs to be dumped. The message indicates at what point the data
set became full.
I/O ERROR - NO EOF WRITTEN - DUMP ENDED WHILE WRITING {SUMDUMP|GLOBAL|LOCAL|STRLIST}
An I/O error occurred while the system was writing to the dump data set. The message indicates the
system was dumping at the time of the I/O error.
MAXSPACE LIMIT REACHED WHILE CAPTURING DUMP
Insufficient space was available to capture the complete dump. See the MAXSPACE parameter of the
CHNGDUMP SET,SDUMP command in z/OS MVS System Commands.
ERROR OCCURRED IN AN SDUMP EXIT
ERROR OCCURRED IN AN SDUMP LOCAL EXIT
ERROR OCCURRED IN AN SDUMP GLOBAL EXIT
ERROR OCCURRED IN AN SDUMP EARLY GLOBAL EXIT
ERROR OCCURRED IN AN SDUMP ONE-TIME-ONLY EXIT
ERROR OCCURRED IN AN SDUMP DYNAMIC LOCAL EXIT
ERROR OCCURRED IN AN SDUMP DYNAMIC GLOBAL EXIT
Dump processing encountered an unexpected error in an SDUMP exit of the specified type.
SOME STORAGE COULD NOT BE DUMPED RC=rc
Storage could not be dumped. rc can be one of the following:
Note: Even though some summary dump records might be missing, IEA611I COMPLETE DUMP is
issued when there are no other data truncation reason bits set. This indicates that the dump
contains all of the virtual storage requested. Only the summary dump records are missing, and
these are usually duplicated in the virtual storage dumped at a slightly later time.
12 Either (1) the internal SVC dump control blocks are full, so that some data was not dumped, or (2)
dump processing received an error return code when it tried to dump the system trace.
16 SVC dump was not able to process all of the structures specified in the STRLIST parameter list.
20 SDUMP processing could not collect the local storage of at least one of the normally collected
storage address spaces involved in the dump. Refer to the description of the SDRSN bits that are
set for more information.
SYSTEM RESET DISPATCHABLE PRIOR TO DUMP COMPLETION
Dump processing failed or ended with the system set non-dispatchable. The system detected the error and
reset dispatchable.
TASKS RESET DISPATCHABLE PRIOR TO DUMP COMPLETION
Dump processing failed or ended with tasks set non-dispatchable in one or more address spaces involved in
the SVC dump. The system detected the error and reset the tasks dispatchable.
ENABLED CALLER RESET PRIOR TO DUMP COMPLETION
Dump processing failed or ended during suspend summary dump processing, leaving the caller suspended.
The system detected the error and reset the caller's unit of work.
STRUCTURE DUMP SERIALIZATION RELEASED PRIOR TO DUMP COMPLETION
The SVC dump time disabled interruption exit routine released dumping serialization that was held for a
structure requested in the STRLIST parameter list. Serialization was released because:
v The routine had detected that SVC dump processing was not continuing normally or had ended and left
the structure serialized.
v ACCESSTIME=ENFORCE was specified on the dump request (or defaulted) and the data requested in the
STRLIST parameter list for a requested structure was not completely processed within the time limit
specified by the ACCESSTIME parameter on the IXLCONN macro.
ERROR OCCURRED IN SDUMP
Dump processing encountered an unexpected error.
ERRORID = SEQyyyyyy CPUzz ASIDasid TIMEhh.mm.ss.t
The error identifier.
yyyyyy The sequence number
zz The central processor address
asid The ASID for the address space in which the error occurred
hh.mm.ss.t
The time in hours (00 through 23), in minutes (00 through 59), in seconds (00 through 59), and in tenths
of a second (0 through 9).
TSOID = tsoid
The dump was generated for a SLIP trap that was set in a Time Sharing Option (TSO) session.
tsoid The identifier of the TSO user who defined the trap.
ID = uuuuuuuuuu
The component or subsystem identifier that was supplied in the ID keyword on the SDUMP or SDUMPX macro.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer; identify the dsname of the dump.
System programmer response: Take the appropriate action as indicated in the following descriptions:
IEA653I JOBNAME= jobname ASID= asid HAS REACHED nn% OF THE WTO BUFFER LIMIT
Explanation: The job named in the message has used nn% of the limit of WTO buffers as determined by the value
of MLIM in the CONSOLxx parmlib member. nn% is a percentage that is high enough to suggest a possible problem.
In the message text:
jobname
The name of the job that is using a large percentage of the WTO message buffers.
asid
The ASID of the named job.
nn.
the percent of the maximum number of WTO buffers used by the specified job.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Contact the system programmer.
Application Programmer Response: If your program is in a WTO loop, correct the program.
System programmer response: Follow the response for message IEA099A.
Source: Communications Tack (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVH600
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA655I WTOS NO LONGER BEING DISCARDED - nnnnnnnn MESSAGES WERE LOST WHILE WTO
STORAGE WAS EXHAUSTED
Explanation: The WTO storage shortage is less severe, and messages are no longer being discarded. This message
only goes to the hardcopy log.
In the message text:
nnnnnnnn
The number of messages that were discarded. (When more than 99,999,999 messages have been discarded,
nnnnnnnn contains ********.)
System action: The system can now process some WTOs.
Operator response: None.
Source: Communications Task (COMMTASK),
Detecting Module: IEAVMQWR
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 4
Descriptor Code: 4
cde rc w1 w2 w3 w4 w5 w6
1xx all a b c d f
2xx all a b c h
3xx all a b c d f g
4xx all a b c d f g
5xx all a b c e
6xx all a b c e
7xx all a b c h
8xx 4-14 a b c d f
18,20 a b c d f g
24,28 a b c d f i
9xx all a b c d f g
Axx all a b c d f g
Bxx 4-4C a b c d
50-54 a b c d f i
Dxx 04 a b c d f g
08 a b c d f
In the table:
a The current address space control block (ASCB) address.
b The dispatched task control block (TCB) address.
c The input TCB address.
d The first two bytes are the subpool identifier requested. The third byte contains request flags, as follows:
1... .... The access list entry table (ALET) was specified on the STORAGE macro.
.1.. .... Storage can be backed above or below 16 megabytes.
IEA710A LPALST FUNCTION INOPERATIVE - HIT ENTER TO CONTINUE WITH THE DEFAULT LPALST
OR RE-IPL THE SYSTEM
Explanation: The system was initializing the LPALST function, but it encountered an I/O while reading from one of
the specified LPALSTxx parmlib members. An accompanying diagnostic message, such as IEA300I, IEA301I, or
IEA306I, describes the specific error.
System action: The system does not initialize the LPALST function. Initialization processing waits for your response.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer about this message and the accompanying message. To continue
system initialization with the default LPALST concatenation, press ENTER. Otherwise, reIPL the system.
System programmer response: To correct the condition that caused the problem, respond to the accompanying
diagnostic message, then reIPL the system to build the LPALST concatenation.
Source: Contents supervision (CSV)
Detecting Module: IEAVNP05
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: -
(dsname) (text)
(dsname) (text)
.
.
.
Explanation: The data set named dsname, which was specified in the selected LPALSTxx members of
SYS1.PARMLIB, could not be concatenated to SYS1.LPALIB for the reason indicated in the message text.
In the message text:
dsname
The specified data set name.
text
One of the following:
UNABLE TO LOCATE
The system could not find a catalog entry for the data set.
UNABLE TO MOUNT
The system could not find the data set on the volume indicated by the system catalog. This condition is
accompanied by message IEA317A or IEA319I.
UNABLE TO OPEN
An error occurred while opening the data set. This condition is accompanied by message IEA211I.
UNABLE TO INCLUDE
The data extent block (DEB) for the concatenation could not contain the number of extents required to
include the data set.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: This is probably an installation error. Correct the condition that caused the problem.
Source: Contents supervision (CSV)
Detecting Module: IEAVNP05
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 12
Operator response: If UNABLE TO MOUNT appears in the message text, mount the appropriate volume and reIPL
the system.
See the operator response for accompanying messages.
System programmer response: If UNABLE TO MOUNT or UNABLE TO OPEN appear in the message text, see
the system programmer response for accompanying messages IEA211I, IEA307I, IEA311I, IEA312I, IEA314I, IEA317A,
or IEA319I.
If the problem persists, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM
Support Center.
Source: Contents supervision (CSV)
Detecting Module: CSVMLPRM
IEAVNPE5
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 12
Descriptor Code: 2
IEA764I REQUEST TO CHANGE OPERATIONS COMPONENT TRACE BUFFER SIZE FAILED - reason
Explanation: The trace buffer size could not be changed. In the message text, reason can be:
STORAGE UNAVAILABLE
The system cannot obtain storage for the new trace buffer size.
TRACE ACTIVE
While the trace is active, the buffer size can not be changed.
System action: The TRACE CT command is rejected. The operations component trace buffer size is not changed.
Operator response: If "STORAGE UNAVAILABLE" appears in the message text, adjust the amount specified and
re-enter the TRACE CT command, or re-enter the command later. There might have been a temporary storage
shortage.
If "TRACE ACTIVE" appears in the message text, do the following:
1. Take note of the current trace options by issuing D TRACE,COMP=SYSOPS.
2. Turn tracing off by issuing TRACE CT,OFF,COMP=SYSOPS.
3. Change the trace buffer size and turn tracing back on by issuing TRACE CT,nnnnM,COMP=SYSOPS where nnnn
is the size of the trace buffer. You will also need to reply to the WTOR (ITT006A) specifying the options to be
traced.
Source: Console Services
Detecting Module: IEAVH703
Routing Code: -
Descriptor Code: 5
IEA765I CTRACE DEFINE FOR SYSOPS FAILED, TRACING is INITIALIZED {WITH DEFAULT PARMLIB
MEMBER | WITH NO PARMLIB MEMBER} , RETCODE=xx, RSNCODE=yy
Explanation: Component trace initialization by the operations (SYSOPS) component has failed for one of two
reasons:
1. A CTIOPSxx parmlib member (other than CTIOPS00) was specified and contains errors.
2. The CTIOPS00 parmlib member was either specified or used by default, and contains errors.
The return and reason codes are the result of a ?CTRACE DEFINE macro call and are listed in the z/OS MVS
Programming: Authorized Assembler Services Reference ALE-DYN under "CTRACE Return and Reason Codes".
System action: If a CTIOPSxx parmlib member other than CTIOPS00 (the default) was specified during
initialization, the CTIOPS00 is used to define OPS CTRACE. If CTIOPS00 was specified (or selected by default), OPS
CTRACE is defined using the OPS CTRACE defaults.
System programmer response: Correct the currently specified CTIOPSxx parmlib member or provide a valid
CTIOPSxx parmlib member in SYS1.PARMLIB.
Source: Communications Task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVN704
Routing Code: 2,10
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA766I CTRACE DEFINE FOR SYSOPS FAILED, TRACING WILL NOT BE INITIALIZED, RETCODE=xx,
RSNCODE=yy
Explanation: Component trace initialization by the operations (SYSOPS) component has failed when it tried to
define the Operations component trace without a parmlib member. This case only occurs after CTIOPSxx failed
and/or CTIOPS00 failed.
The return and reason codes are the result of a ?CTRACE DEFINE macro call and are listed in the z/OS MVS
Programming: Authorized Assembler Services Reference ALE-DYN under "CTRACE Return and Reason Codes".
System action: OPS CTRACE is not initialized.
System programmer response: Search the problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists,
contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: Communications Task (COMMTASK)
Detecting Module: IEAVN704
Routing Code: 2,10
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA774I IEA17741
IEA793A NO SVC DUMP DATA SETS AVAILABLE FOR DUMPID=dumpid FOR JOB (*MASTER*). USE THE
DUMPDS COMMAND OR REPLY D TO DELETE THE CAPTURED DUMP
Explanation: The system has captured the data for the dump but cannot locate an available dump data set for the
dump. An available dump data set is either a SYS1.DUMPnn data set with the first record containing an end of file,
or an automatically allocated data set. If automatic dump data set allocation is already active, check the syslog for a
previous IEA799I message for details about the dump data set allocation failure.
In the message text:
dumpid A 3-character dump identifier.
System action: SVC dump processing continues to search for an available dump data set until one of the following
occurs:
v An available dump data set is found
v The operator replies D to delete the captured dump
v The interval specified by the MSGTIME parameter on the CHNGDUMP command expires
Operator response: Do one of the following:
v Use the DUMPID on the DISPLAY DUMP command to display the title or error information.
v Enter the DUMPDS command to clear an existing dump data set or to add a new dump data set in order to write
the dump to a data set.
v Reply D to the message. SDUMP will delete the captured dump.
v Run a utility to clear an existing dump data set.
v Add additional SMS classes (DUMPDS ADD,SMS=) or DASD volumes (DMPDS ADD,VOL=) to the automatic
allocation facility, or correct the problem which caused the automatic dump data set allocation failure.
If a utility other than DUMPDS is used to make a dump data set available automatically, no response is required.
SVC dump processing periodically searches the queue of data sets until one becomes available or the MSGTIME
interval expires.
Source: SVC dump
Detecting Module: IEAVTSCD
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 2
IEA794I SVC DUMP HAS CAPTURED: DUMPID=dumpid REQUESTED BY JOB (*MASTER*) DUMP
TITLE=dump-title
Explanation: The system has captured the data for the SVC dump.
In the message text:
dumpid A 3-character dump identifier.
dump-title
The title of the dump, provided by the caller or by the operator. The title can be up to 100 characters long.
System action: If the dumpid contains characters DCB, the dump capture is successful for a SDUMP(X) request to a
DCB. The data is written to the data set associated with the specific DCB. Otherwise, the system writes the SVC
dump to the dump data set, if available, and issues message IEA611I or IEA911E. IEA611I and IEA911E indicate:
v Whether the system wrote a complete or partial dump
v Which dump data set contains the dump.
If no dump data set is available, the dump remains captured and the system issues message IEA793A. IEA793A
indicates:
v That a dump is captured but no dump data set is available
v The DUMPID to use on the DISPLAY DUMP command
v That the operator can use the DUMPDS command to clear or cancel the dump.
Source: SVC dump
Detecting Module: IEAVTSCC
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA796E ACR PROCESSING HAS TAKEN CPU x [LOGICALLY] OFFLINE BECAUSE text
Explanation: Alternate CPU recovery (ACR) has successfully placed a failing processor (CPU) logically and
physically offline.
In the message text:
x The processor that was taken offline.
LOGICALLY
The processor was taken logically offline.
vv The type of machine check:
IPD Instruction processing damage
SD System damage
IV Invalid program status word (PSW) or registers
TC Time of day (TOD) clock damage
PT CPU timer damage
Clock comparator damage
PS Primary sync damage
AD External Time Reference (ETR) attachment damage
SL Switch to local
CC Clock comparator damage
text
One of the following:
v AN UNKNOWN ERROR OCCURRED.
v CPU x CHECKSTOPPED.
v CPU x REACHED ITS vv MACHINE-CHECK THRESHOLD.
v OF SPIN-LOOP RECOVERY PROCESSING.
v CPU x's TOD CLOCK COULD NOT BE SYNCHRONIZED.
v OF A MALFUNCTION IN THE DAT HARDWARE.
| v OF aaa (where aaa is the three-character reason code that indicates why ACR was performed).
v CPU x's CLOCK COULD NOT BE SYNCHRONIZED TO THE ETR.
v AN UNRECOVERABLE MACHINE ERROR OCCURRED.
v PHYSICAL VARY FOR THE CPU FAILED.
IEA797W {THE POINTER TO THE CURRENT FRR STACK IS NOT VALID.| AN FRR STACK POINTER IS
DAMAGED.}
Explanation: A recovery termination manager (RTM) first level interruption handler (FLIH) determined that an
interruption is an error. The FLIH issued a CALLRTM macro to recover or to end the routine that caused the error.
While processing the request, RTM found uncorrectable damage to at least one functional recovery routine (FRR)
stack pointer in the recovery stack vector table (PSARSVT) of the prefixed save area (PSA).
System action: The system:
1. Issues this message.
2. Places all processors on this system in non-restartable X'084' wait state, with reason code X'04'.
Operator response: See the operator response for wait state X'084'.
System programmer response: See the system programmer response for wait state X'084'.
Source: Recovery termination manager (RTM)
Detecting Module: IEAVTRTV
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 1
IEA799I AUTOMATIC ALLOCATION OF SVC DUMP DATA SET FAILED DUMPID=dumpid REQUESTED
BY JOB (jobname) reason-text reason text2
Explanation: The system has captured data for a dump with automatic allocation active, but was unable to allocate
a dump data set for the dump.
In the message text:
reason-text
The reason why the system could not automatically allocate a dump data set, as follows:
NO RESOURCES DEFINED
Automatic allocation of dump data sets is active, but no allocation resources are defined.
INSUFFICIENT SPACE
Automatic allocation of dump data sets is active and allocation resources are defined, but there was
insufficient space on any of the resources to allocate a dump data set.
DATA SET NAME NOT UNIQUE
An allocated data set could not be cataloged. The data set has been deleted.
DYNALLOC FAILED RETURN CODE=return-code ERROR RSN CODE=ersn INFO RSN CODE=irsn
The automatic allocation of the dump data set failed because the dynamic allocation (SVC 99) failed. One or
more messages preceded IEA799I further describing the error condition. See z/OS MVS Programming:
Authorized Assembler Services Guide for a description of dynamic allocation return codes, error reason codes,
and information reason codes.
reason-text2
Additional information about the failure, as follows:
SMS RSN CODE=srsn, WILL TRY VOLUME ALLOCATION
The automatic allocation failed for all storage management subsystem (SMS) classes specified using the SMS
parameter of the DUMPDS command. See z/OS MVS Programming: Authorized Assembler Services Guide for a
description of dynamic allocation SMS reason codes. SVC dump attempts to allocate the data set to one of
the DASD volumes available for automatic allocation.
SMS RSN CODE=srsn
The automatic allocation failed for all storage management subsystem (SMS) classes specified using the SMS
parameter of the DUMPDS command. See z/OS MVS Programming: Authorized Assembler Services Guide for a
description of dynamic allocation SMS reason codes.
VOLUME ALLOCATION FAILED
The automatic allocation failed for all volumes available to SVC dump.
System action: SVC Dump processing will attempt to write the dump to a SYS1.DUMP data set. If no SYS1.DUMP
data set is available, message IEA793A is issued.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Use DISPLAY DUMP command to display the status of automatic allocation
resources. Use the DUMPDS command to add allocation resources or de-activate automatic allocation as necessary.
Source: SVC Dump
Detecting Module: IEAVTSCD
IEA806I jjj.sss HAS BEEN TERMINATED DUE TO AN UNCORRECTABLE I/O ERROR ON THE PAGE
DATA SET
Explanation: Because of an I/O error, the system abnormally ended a task with abend X'028'
In the message text:
jjj
The job name.
sss
The step name.
System action: The system issues messages to the job log about the job.
Operator response: Repeated occurrences of this message indicate that the page data set should be reallocated and
formatted at the next IPL.
System programmer response: If the problem recurs and if the program is not in error, search problem reporting
data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center. Provide the messages in the job
log, the JCL for the job, and all printed output and output data sets related to the problem.
Routing Code: 1,10
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA810E UNCORRECTABLE I/O ERROR ON LPA PAGE; CREATE LPA ON NEXT IPL
Explanation: An uncorrectable I/O error occurred while attempting to page in a warm start copy of a link pack area
(LPA) page. Because the external storage for this LPA page cannot be read, the problem will recur on the next IPL
unless a new LPA is created.
System action: The system abnormally ends the task which requested paging of the LPA page.
Operator response: On the next IPL, create a new LPA through the CLPA parameter when specification of system
parameters is requested.
IEA814D DATA SET dsname DRAINING ON PREVIOUS IPL, CONTINUE DRAINING? REPLY ‘YES’ OR
‘NO’
Explanation: On a warm start IPL, the system determined that a data set had been draining on the previous IPL.
The operator must indicate whether the data set is to remain draining or is to be returned to normal system use.
In the message text:
dsname The name of the data set.
System action: The system waits for the operator to reply YES or NO.
Operator response: If the data set should remain in draining status, reply YES and the data set remains read-only. If
the data set should be returned to normal system use, reply NO and the data set becomes eligible for writes.
Source: Auxiliary storage manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRASRM1
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 2
IEA829I SVC num FOR aaa NOT USABLE, MODULE bbb NOT FOUND IN ccc.
Explanation: The system needed a module for a program product or access method Supervisor Call (SVC) request,
but the system could not find the module in either the nucleus (NUC) or link pack area (LPA).
In the message text:
num The program product or access method SVC number
aaa The program product or access method that appeared to be installed
bbb The module needed for the specified SVC request that was not found
ccc One of the following:
LPA for the link pack area
IEA836I PAGE DATA SET dsname NOT ALLOCATED - ERROR CODE err INFORMATION CODE xxxx
Explanation: A request to allocate a page data set resulted in an error.
In the message text:
dsname The name of the data set.
err The error code.
xxxx The information code.
System action: One of the following, depending on the message text:
PAGE
If the system knows from a previous IPL that the page data set contains VIO pages that should be used with
current IPL options, the system issues message IEA930I and continues paging initialization.
All other cases
The system issues message IEA922D to let the operator respecify the data set name before continuing paging
initialization.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Respond according to the error code and information code in the message text.
Source: Auxiliary storage manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRASRM2
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 12
System action: The system continues operation. If warm start data was lost, the system issues message ILR003A to
force a quick start.
Operator response: Reply U to message ILR003A. For a warm start, notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: For a data problem during a warm start, search problem reporting data bases for a
fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: Auxiliary storage manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRASRM2
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA838I SYSMDUMP SUPPRESSED AS A DUPLICATE OF: ORIGINAL: DATE yyddd TIME hh.mm.ss.t CPU
id (symptoms)
Explanation: Dump processing issues this message for any SYSMDUMP ABEND dump suppressed by dump
analysis and elimination (DAE).
In the message text:
yyddd
The date, in years (00 through 99) and in days of the year (000 through 366)
hh.mm.ss.t
The time, in hours (00 through 23), in minutes (00 through 59), in seconds (00 through 59), and in tenths of a
second (0 through 9)
id The processor identifier
symptoms
The symptoms from the dump header record for the original abnormal end
System action: DAE suppresses the SYSMDUMP dump.
Source: Recovery termination manager (RTM)
Detecting Module: IEAVTSYS
Routing Code: 11
Descriptor Code: -
IEA841E {PLPA|COMMON|LOCAL} DATA SET dsname UNUSABLE DUE TO BAD CACHE AT dev
Explanation: The page data set is on a device attached to a cached auxiliary storage subsystem. When the system
tested the cache, the control unit reported the cache cannot be used due to hardware errors.
In the message text:
dsname The name of the data set.
dev The device number.
System action: The system does one of the following:
For a cold start: The system issues message IEA922D. In response, the operator may choose a new data set name or
reply IGNORE.
For a quick start:
v For a PLPA or local data set, the system issues message IEA922D. In response, the operator may choose a new
PLPA or local data set name or the IGNORE option.
v For a COMMON data set, if PLPA pages did not overflow to the data set on the cold start associated with this
quick start, the system issues message IEA922D. In response, the operator may choose a new COMMON data set
name or the IGNORE option.
For a COMMON data set, if PLPA pages overflowed to the data set, the quick start cannot continue. The system
forces a cold start, issues message IEA929I, and then issues message IEA922D. In response, the operator may
choose a new COMMON data set name or the IGNORE option.
System Action and Operator Response: Depending on the system action, the operator does one of the following:
For a cold start: The system issues message IEA922D. In response, choose a new data set name or the IGNORE
option.
For a quick start:
v For a PLPA or local data set, the system issues message IEA922D. In response, choose a new PLPA or local data set
name or the IGNORE option.
v For a COMMON data set, if the PLPA pages did not overflow to the data set on the cold start associated with this
quick start, the system issues message IEA922D. In response, the choose a new COMMON data set name or the
IGNORE option.
For a COMMON data set, if PLPA pages overflowed to the data set, the quick start cannot continue. The system
forces a cold start, issues message IEA929I, and then issues message IEA922D. In response, choose a new
COMMON data set name or the IGNORE option.
--or--
--or--
--or--
--or--
--or--
DUMP SUPPRESSED - ABDUMP MAY NOT DUMP STORAGE FOR KEY 0-7 JOB jobname
Explanation: Depending on the message text, the message means:
Refer to z/OS MVS Programming: Authorized Assembler Services Reference LLA-SDU for a complete description of
the SDUMPX macro return reason codes.
Alternately, a SLIP trap can be set to request that an SVC dump be generated for the ABEND. Also, the
installation may allow the user to receive these dumps by permitting the user to have READ access to the
IEAABD.DMPAKEY FACILITY as described in the z/OS Security Server RACF Security Administrator's Guide.
System action: The system suppresses the ABDUMP. In the case of DEADLOCK AVOIDED, an SVC dump can be
generated, associated with ABEND X'333', reason codeX'30'. LOGREC data contains the name of the resource and the
JOBNAME that the dump was taken for.
Application Programmer Response: If a dump needed to diagnose a problem was suppressed, notify the system
programmer.
System programmer response:
v For INSTALLATION PREDUMP EXIT or NO DUMP WAS PRODUCED make sure that the system does not
suppress needed dumps.
v For USER NOT AUTHORIZED, the security authority can be changed to allow the application programmer to get
the necessary dump by permitting the user to have READ or UPDATE access to the IEAABD.DMPAUTH facility
as described in the z/OS Security Server RACF Security Administrator's Guide.
v For ABDUMP MAY NOT DUMP, the security authority can be changed to allow the application programmer get
the necessary dump. Note that the dump can contain sensitive installation data since fetch protected storage is
included in this dump.
v For DEADLOCK AVOIDED several options are available:
– When an SVC dump is available, analysis of the potential hang condition can be done using the IPCS
VERBEXIT GRSTRACE or ANALYZE RESOURCE command against the dump. Search for the MAJOR names
SYSZTIOT and SYSIEA01. The resource, which ABDUMP detected the possible deadlock condition for, will have
multiple tasks (TCBs) listed for the same MINOR name. One of the following conditions may exist:
- The TCB holding the resource exclusively may have a programming error.
- Multiple ABDUMPs could be processing and the first one is holding the SYSIEA01 enqueue longer than the
TIMEENQ interval allowed.
– The detection interval can be changed if either SVC dumps are being generated too often for the installation, or
if hangs are not being detected quickly enough. The interval can be changed using the CHNGDUMP
SET,ABDUMP,TIMEENQ = nnnn command. Once a value is determined for the installation, the command
should be placed into a COMMNDxx member of PARMLIB. This ensures the setting as the installation default
when the system is IPLed.
– All associated dumps can be suppressed by using the following command:
SLIP SET,C=333,ID=X333,A=NOSVCD,REASON=30,END
Source: Dumping Services
Detecting Module: IEAVTABD
Routing Code: 11
Descriptor Code: 4
P/R-PRV
Permanently resident, private
P/R-STR
Permanently resident, storage
RSV-PUB
Reserved, public
RSV-PRV
Reserved, private
RSV-STR
Reserved, storage
System action: The system processes the entries before the I/O error. The system sets attributes as indicated, unless
subsequent entries override them.
Source: Allocation/unallocation
Detecting Module: IEAVAP00
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4
Descriptor Code: 12
REPLY id,‘END’
If the reply is END, no more VATLST processing is done.
REPLY id,‘xx’
If the reply is xx, VATLSTxx is processed before processing the remaining VATLST members. nn is a new
VATLST member.
The system does not automatically remove this message from the display console. The operator must manually delete
the message.
Operator response: Delete the message from the console with the CONTROL(K) command.
If this ACR was initiated by an earlier response to the excessive spin-loop message IEE331A, enter the CONFIG
command to configure CPU x back online.
If PHYSICAL VARY FAILED appears in the message text, take processor x physically offline with the CONFIG CPU,
OFFLINE command.
Contact hardware support. Provide the logrec data set error record.
Source: Alternate CPU recovery (ACR)
Detecting Module: IEAVTACR
Routing Code: 2,10
Descriptor Code: 4
If the problem persists, search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM
Support Center. Provide:
v The logrec data set error record
v The SVC dump, if available
v The linkage editor output
Source: Region control task (RCT)
Detecting Module: IEAVAR00
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 6
IEA865I SYSTEM ERROR DURING NIP PROCESSING OF prm PARAMETER - IPL TERMINATED
Explanation: A system error was detected while processing the parameter indicated. The error was detected while
attempting to prompt for the parameter and could mean that processing modules have been overlaid or some
necessary data destroyed.
In the message text:
Descriptor Code: 12
The module name can be for an installation-provided post dump exit routine, if the exit name is specified in
IEAVTSEP and the routine is not in SYS1.LINKLIB.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer of this message. If requested by the system programmer, reIPL
the system.
System programmer response: Place the missing modules in the appropriate system library. In the case of LNKLST
or APF changes, dynamic LNKLST or APF changes might be accomplished using SET PROG commands. Otherwise,
reIPL the system to fully enable SVC dumping.
Source: SVC Dump (SDUMP)
Detecting Module: IEAVTSDI, IEAVTDSV
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA885I VALID OPTIONS FOR SYS1.PARMLIB MEMBER mmmmmmmm SDATA= op,op,...,op PDATA=
op,op,...,op
Explanation: During system initialization, the parmlib member that specifies installation options for an ABEND
dump contained incorrect parameters.
In the message text:
mmmmmmmm
The name of the parmlib member.
op An SDATA or PDATA option.
System action: The system uses the correct dump options. The system ignores the incorrect options.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Correct the parmlib member before the next system initialization.
Source: Recovery termination manager (RTM)
Detecting Module: IEAVTABI
Routing Code: 10
Descriptor Code: 4
Note: The apostrophes in the above reply are optional. If you include GMT in your reply, the system converts the
time and date to Greenwich mean time. If you omit GMT, the system assumes the values are the local time and date,
converts them to Greenwich mean time values, and sets the clock(s) with the Greenwich mean time.
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEAVRTOD
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 2
Note: The system automatically issues message IEA888A at IPL time if TOD=PROMPT is included in the active
CLOCKxx member of SYS1.PARMLIB. See the z/OS MVS Initialization and Tuning Reference for details.
Operator response: If the values shown in the text of message IEA888A are acceptable, reply 'U'. If you want to
change the value of the time-of-day (TOD) clock, enter a new date, time, or both as follows:
R id,'[DATE=yyyy.ddd][,CLOCK=hh.mm.ss],UTC|GMT'
If you want to change the value of the local clock, enter a new date, time, or both as follows:
R id,'[DATE=yyyy.ddd][,CLOCK=hh.mm.ss]'
The system tried to create or initialize an address space for a command, but failed. The failure might be caused by
system overload or lack of paging space.
IEA892I MAXUSER=val1 RSVNONR=val2 RSVSTRT=val3 SUM TOO LARGE FOR AVAILABLE SQA
Explanation: The system could not obtain sufficient storage from the system queue area (SQA) to build the address
space vector table (ASVT). One of the following occurred:
v The sum of the MAXUSER, RSVNONR, and RSVSTRT values is too large.
v The SQA is too small.
v Correct the parameters in the IEASYSxx member so that this message will not be issued during every system
initialization using IEASYSxx.
Source: Supervisor control
Detecting Module: IEAVNP09
Routing Code: 2,10
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA893A NOT READY. REPLY U WHEN DEVICES ARE READY, OR NO IF NOT MOUNTING. dev,dev,...
Explanation: To complete processing of the VATLSTxx parmlib member, the system is waiting for devices that are
not ready. In the message text:
dev
The device number of a device that is not ready.
System action: The system waits for the operator to ready the devices, then to respond.
Operator response: When you have readied all of the volumes in message IEA851A that you require on the devices
listed in message IEA860A, REPLY ‘U’ or press ENTER.
If any devices have not been readied, message IEA893A is reissued, listing those devices. Respond as above if there
are more volumes to be mounted. If no more volumes are to be mounted on the devices listed, REPLY ‘NO’.
Source: Allocation/unallocation
Detecting Module: IEAVAP00
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA903A {REPLY U THEN DEPRESS TOD CLOCK SECURITY SWITCH WHEN ENTERED TIME
OCCURS|REPLY U WHEN THE ENTERED TIME OCCURS}
Explanation: The operator responded to message IEA888A or IEA886A in a way that requires the time-of-day (TOD)
clock to be set.
Message REPLY U WHEN THE ENTERED TIME OCCURS is issued when you are running MVS under VM or
PR/SM.
System action: When the message reads REPLY U THEN DEPRESS TOD CLOCK SECURITY SWITCH WHEN
ENTERED TIME OCCURS and when the operator acknowledges receipt of the message, the system attempts to set a
TOD clock for a one-minute interval. If the operator does not press the security switch during that interval, the
system issues message IEA888A or IEA886A again.
When the message reads REPLY U WHEN THE ENTERED TIME OCCURS, the system starts the TOD and continues
processing.
Operator response: When the message reads REPLY U THEN DEPRESS TOD CLOCK SECURITY SWITCH WHEN
ENTERED TIME OCCURS, do the following:
v Enter REPLY id,‘U’ to acknowledge that you received this message.
v Press the security switch at the same time you respond to message IEA888A or IEA886A.
When the message reads REPLY U WHEN THE ENTERED TIME OCCURS, enter REPLY id,‘U’ at the same time
specified in message IEA888A or IEA886A.
Source: Timer supervision
Detecting Module: IEE6603D
Routing Code: 1
Descriptor Code: 2
IEA908I QUICKSTART IS IN PROCESS - SQA PARM IS IGNORED - VALUES USED ARE nnnnK AND
mmmmmmmK
Explanation: The requested system queue area (SQA) size is not the same as the SQA size requested at the previous
system initialization. One of the following occurred:
v A different SQA size was specified at quickstart
v The nucleus size increased since the previous system initialization
In the message text:
nnnnK The size of the SQA for the duration of this initial program load (IPL).
mmmmmmmK
The size of the extended SQA for the duration of this IPL.
System action: The system defaults to the SQA size specified in message IEA908I. The system continues processing.
Source: Virtual storage manager (VSM)
Detecting Module: IEAVNP08
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: -
IEA909I {CSA|SQA} PARM SPECIFIED IS a,b. ONLY xxxxxxxx OF VIRTUAL STORAGE AVAILABLE FOR
{CSA|SQA|ECSA|ESQA}
Explanation: The storage area requested for the system queue area (SQA) or common service area (CSA) is too
large.
In the message text:
a,b The parameter that specified the amount of virtual storage. The parameters are shown as they were
specified in the IEASYSxx parmlib member, where n is a decimal number of one or more digits:
v a can be n, nK, or nM
v b can be n, nK, or nM
xxxxxxxx
The amount of virtual storage available.
System action: The system issues message IEA906A.
Operator response: See the operator response for message IEA906A.
Source: Virtual storage manager (VSM)
Detecting Module: IEAVNP08
Routing Code: Note 9
DUMPid=dumpid REQUESTED BY
JOB (jobname)
FOR ASIDS(id,id,...)
[REMOTE DUMPS
REQUESTED | REMOTE
DUMP FOR SYSNAME: sysname]
INCIDENT TOKEN:incident-token
[SDRSN =
vvvvvvvv wwwwwwww xxxxxxxx
zzzzzzzz]
[reason-text]
[ERRORID = SEQyyyyyy
CPUzz ASIDasid
TIMEhh.mm.ss.f]
[TSOID = tsoid]
[ID = uuuuuuuuuu]
Explanation: The system wrote a complete or partial SVC dump to a pre-allocated dump data set on a direct access
storage device (DASD) or a tape volume.
In the message text:
COMPLETE
The SVC dump contains all of the virtual storage that was requested.
PARTIAL
nn The dump was written to the SYS1.DUMPnn data set. Not all of the virtual storage requested was
collected. However, enough storage may have been dumped to allow the debugging of the problem to
be successful. The codes in the SDRSN field can be used to determine what storage was affected, or
what problems were encountered while SVC dump processing was executing.
dumpid
The 3–character dump identifier.
jobname
The name of the job that requested the dump.
REMOTE DUMPS REQUESTED
The SDUMPX macro or DUMP command that requested this dump also requested dumps on other systems
in the sysplex.
REMOTE DUMP FOR SYSNAME: sysname
The dump was requested by sysname, which is another system in the sysplex.
INCIDENT TOKEN: incident-token
The formatted incident token for the dump.
SDRSN = vvvvvvvv wwwwwwww xxxxxxxx zzzzzzzz
The system wrote a dump.
vvvvvvvv
Partial dump reason code. One of the following:
80000000
A system request block (SRB) for the dump could not be scheduled to the requested address space.
Either no current address space had the requested ASID or the system was ending the address space
with that ASID.
40000000
SVC dump processing could not obtain real storage manager (RSM) serialization because of a hierarchy
problem.
20000000
SVC dump processing could not obtain RSM serialization because of a RSM control problem.
10000000
SVC dump processing could not obtain a central storage buffer from the real storage manager.
08000000
An error in scheduled SVC dump processing caused recovery to receive control.
04000000
An error in summary dump processing caused recovery to receive control.
02000000
An error in summary dump processing or suspend summary dump processing caused recovery to
receive control.
00400000
An error caused the loss of summary dump.
00200000
During suspend summary dump processing, the virtual storage buffer filled up.
00100000
No more summary dump data could be written because the central storage buffer was full.
00080000
While the system was waiting for writing a trace table, an error occurred. The trace table could not be
written.
00008000
The dump of the data above the bar could not be written because the storage buffer was unavailable.
00004000
Option USERTOKEN is not accessible.
00002000
Some private storage above the bar was not collected because the extension range table is full.
00001000
Extended range table has filled while collecting ranges of private storage above the bar.
00000800
Extended range table has filled while collecting ranges of common storage above the bar.
wwwwwwww
Partial dump reason code. One of the following.
00010000
During dump processing of a possibly hung address space, the address was found to be invalid. The
dump data may not be consistent.
00020000
During dump processing of a possibly hung address space, dump processing obtained only fixed
storage for the address space.
80000000|40000000
While processing SVC X'33', the system detected an error and gave recovery control.
20000000
The system detected an error in the SVC dump task and gave recovery control.
10000000
The SVC dump task failed.
08000000
The system detected an error while writing a trace table. The system could not write the trace table.
04000000|02000000
While processing an SVC dump, the system detected an error and gave recovery control.
01000000
The started dump task failed.
00800000
A task abnormally ended, and SVC dump processing took a partial dump. The resource manager for
SVC dump processing receives control.
00400000
The system detected an error in the SVC dump writing task and gave recovery control.
00200000
An address space involved in the dump abnormally ended, and SVC dump took a partial dump. The
resource manager for SVC dump processing receives control.
00100000
The DUMPSRV address space abnormally ended, and SVC dump processing took a partial dump. The
resource manager for SVC dump processing receives control.
00080000
While processing the dump header, the system ran out of space to place data.
00040000
During dump processing of local storage, the system issued a PURGEDQ because a hung address space
was detected. This s will result in the loss of some storage related to the address space.
00020000
During dump processing of a possibly hung address space, dump processing obtained only fixed
storage for the address space.
00010000
During dump processing of a possibly hung address space, the address space was found to be invalid.
The dump data may not be consistent.
xxxxxxxx
Partial dump reason code. One of the following:
80000000
While building the address range table for global storage areas, SVC dump processing filled the table
and remaining entries could not be added.
40000000
While building the address range table for local storage areas, SVC dump processing filled the table and
remaining entries could not be added.
20000000
While building the address range table, SVC dump processing filled the table and remaining entries
could not be added.
10000000
While dump processing was writing to the dump data set, an I/O error occurred.
08000000
The dump data set is full, but more data needs to be dumped.
04000000
An error occurred while writing the summary dump.
02000000
An error occurred while dump processing was obtaining trace data.
01000000
While dump processing was setting up the service request block (SRB) under which the dump was to
be processed, an error occurred.
00800000
An error occurred in an exit routine.
00400000
An error occurred while writing the end-of-data record to the dump data set.
00200000
Some read-only ranges of data could not be added to the range table.
00100000
While dump processing was copying global storage into a data space, an error occurred.
00080000
While dump processing was copying a sub-range of common storage into a data space, an error
occurred.
00040000
An error occurred in the processing of data spaces that were requested through the LISTD keyword on
the SDUMPX macro, or through the DSPNAME parameter on the DUMP command.
00020000
Dump processing could not add some ranges of read/write storage to the range table.
00010000
SVC dump processing truncated the dump because the maximum amount of space was reached.
00008000
While processing the SQA SDATA option, the system filled the range table.
00004000
While processing the CSA SDATA option, the system filled the range table. Remaining entries could not
be added.
00002000
While processing global subpools, the system filled the range table. Remaining entries could not be
added.
00001000
While processing the LSQA SDATA option, the system filled the range table. Remaining entries could
not be added.
00000800
While processing the RGN SDATA option, the system filled the range table. Remaining entries could not
be added.
00000400
While processing private subpools, the system filled the range table. Remaining entries could not be
added.
00000200
While processing the SWA SDATA option, the system filled the range table. Remaining entries could not
be added.
00000100
While copying global data into a data space, dump processing was unable to capture some ranges of
global storage.
00000080
An exit data space could not be created, or the data space was created but an ALET could not be
obtained to access the data space.
00000040
A summary data space could not be created, or the data space was created but an ALET could not be
obtained to access the data space.
00000020
A local data space could not be created, or the data space was created but an ALET could not be
obtained to access the data space.
00000010
A global data space could not be created, or the data space was created but an ALET could not be
obtained to access the data space.
00000008
SVC dump could not create or could not use the data spaces that are required to process the STRLIST
request. Some data will not be included in the dump.
00000002
Exit dataspace is full.
00000001
SVC dump processing truncated the dump because a critical shortage of auxiliary storage existed.
zzzzzzzz
Partial dump reason code. One of the following:
Bits in the first byte indicate a result that occurred because one or more of the following conditions may
exist:
v There is a shortage of central storage
Note: Even though some summary dump records might be missing, IEA911E COMPLETE DUMP
is issued when there are no other data truncation reason bits set. This indicates that the dump
contains all of the virtual storage requested. Only the summary dump records are missing, and
these are usually duplicated in the virtual storage dumped at a slightly later time.).
12 Either (1) the internal SVC dump control blocks are full, so that some data was not dumped, or (2)
dump processing received an error return code when it tried to dump the system trace.
16 SVC dump was not able to process all of the structures specified in the STRLIST parameter list.
20 SDUMP processing could not collect the local storage of at least one of the normally collected
storage address spaces involved in the dump. Refer to the description of the SDRSN bits that are
set for more information.
SYSTEM RESET DISPATCHABLE PRIOR TO DUMP COMPLETION
Dump processing failed or ended with the system set non-dispatchable. The system detected the error and
reset dispatchable.
IEA923D VOLUME ser NEEDED FOR PAGE DATA SET WAS NOT MOUNTED; REPLY ‘GO’ OR ‘IGNORE’
Explanation: The system could not open a page data set because the volume was not mounted. The data set does
not contain any pages of PLPA or VIO that would be missed with the IPL options in effect.
In the message text:
ser The volume serial number.
System action: The system waits for the operator to reply.
If the volume is to be provided (GO), initialization continues. The system issues a mount message. The data set is
used.
If the volume is to be ignored (IGNORE), initialization continues without the data set.
Operator response: Either enter REPLY id,GO and prepare to mount the requested volume, or enter REPLY
xx,IGNORE. Notify the system programmer of this message if you reply IGNORE.
System programmer response: Review space now being used for paging, depending upon which type was ignored.
Ask the operator to enter the PAGEADD command to help system performance if space was insufficient.
Source: Auxiliary storage manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRASRM1
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 2
IEA924D VOLUME ser NEEDED FOR PAGE DATA SET WAS NOT MOUNTED; {CLPA MAY BE
FORCED|NEW PLPA DATA SET MAY BE REQUESTED}; REPLY ‘GO’ OR ‘IGNORE’
Explanation: The system attempted to open a page data set on this volume, but discovered that the volume was not
mounted.
In the message text:
ser The volume serial number.
CLPA MAY BE FORCED
The COMMON page data set resides on this volume.
NEW PLPA DATA SET MAY BE REQUESTED
The PLPA page data set resides on this volume.
System action: The system waits for the operator to reply. If the volume is to be provided (GO), paging
initialization continues. The system issues a mount message. The data set is used.
In most cases, if the volume is not to be provided (IGNORE), message IEA922D requests a new data set name.
If a quick or warm start is in progress, the PLPA page data set overflowed to the COMMON page data set. The
unmounted volume contains this COMMON page data set. Initialization will force a cold start (CLPA) and issue
message IEA929I.
Operator response: Either enter REPLY id,GO and prepare to mount the requested volume, or enter REPLY
id,IGNORE. Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: If a permanent change is desired, update the IEASYSxx parmlib member to reflect
the new PLPA or COMMON page data set name. Otherwise, complete the IPL, correct the problem, and reIPL with
the original data sets.
Source: Auxiliary storage manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRASRIM
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 2
IEA925D VOLUME ser NEEDED FOR PAGE DATA SET WAS NOT MOUNTED; CVIO MAY BE FORCED;
REPLY ‘GO’ OR ‘IGNORE’
Explanation: When the system tried to open a page data set, the volume containing the data set was not mounted.
The volume contains pages of VIO data sets that are required for recovery of one or more VIO data sets.
In the message text:
ser The volume serial number.
System action: The system waits for the operator to reply.
If the volume is to be provided (GO), initialization continues. The system issues a mount message. The page data sets
on that volume are used.
If the volume is not provided (IGNORE), initialization continues without page data sets on that volume. In addition,
the CVIO option is in effect, causing all VIO data sets from previous IPLs to be unrecoverable.
Operator response: Either enter REPLY id,GO and prepare to mount the requested volume, or enter REPLY
xx,IGNORE. Notify the system programmer of this message if the volume is not made available.
System programmer response: Review paging space because the CVIO option is in effect unexpectedly. Only data
sets specified on this IPL is used. Consider asking the operator to enter the PAGEADD command.
Source: Auxiliary storage manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRASRM1
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 2
IEA927I PLPA AND COMMON PAGE DATA SETS FULL FROM PREVIOUS IPL
Explanation: On a previous system initialization, the PLPA and COMMON page data sets were filled up during the
write of the pageable link pack area (PLPA). The common storage area (CSA) and the rest of the PLPA have no
primary slots.
System action: Initialization continues with the DUPLEX page data set. If there is no DUPLEX page data set, the
system issues message IEA935W.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: If a warm start is necessary to clean up work in the system, ensure that the previous
DUPLEX page data set is usable, then ask the operator to reIPL. Otherwise, redefine the PLPA and COMMON page
data sets, then ask the operator to reIPL with the CLPA option.
Source: Auxiliary storage manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRASRIM
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 4
These conditions indicate that the module in the PLPA contains non-contiguous code or large constant areas on the
page referenced by the page table entry. This condition should not occur in a PLPA module.
IEA933I UNABLE TO LOAD FORMAT APPENDAGE xxx. FURTHER RCDS REQUIRING THIS MOD is
DUMPED IN HEX
Explanation: Generalized trace facility (GTF) formatting module was unable to load a format appendage.
In the message text:
xxx The format appendage.
System action: The system continues formatting GTF buffers, dumping in hexadecimal any record that requires the
format appendage for editing.
System programmer response: Collect all printed output and output data sets related to the problem. Search
problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: Generalized trace facility (GTF)
Detecting Module: IGC0F05A
Routing Code: Note 11
Descriptor Code: -
IEA934I INVALID RETURN CODE RECEIVED FROM mod. FURTHER RCDS REQUIRING THIS MOD is
DUMPED IN HEX
Explanation: The system detected an incorrect return code on return from a module.
In the message text:
mod The name of the module.
System action: The system continues formatting GTF buffers, dumping in hexadecimal any record that requires this
module for editing.
System programmer response: Collect all printed output and output data sets related to the problem. Search
problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact the IBM Support Center.
Source: Generalized trace facility (GTF)
Detecting Module: IGC0F05A
Routing Code: Note 11
Descriptor Code: -
IEA936D FUTURE QUICK AND WARM STARTS OF THIS IPL WILL FAIL. RE-IPL OR REPLY ‘GO’ TO
CONTINUE COLD START
Explanation: On a system initialization with the CLPA option, the system needed to write quick/warm start data to
the first records of the PLPA page data set. However, the write failed. None of the information is accessible to a
future initialization. The problem was caused by one of the following:
v Slot availability problem: There were no available slots on the PLPA data set
v Storage availability problem: There was no storage available in order to perform the I/O operation
v I/O error: An I/O error occurred while the system was writing to the PLPA data set
System action: The system waits for the operator to reply.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer. Enter REPLY id,GO to continue with the cold start, or reIPL at
the system programmer's request.
System programmer response: Do one of the following, depending on the problem experienced:
v Slot availability problem: Verify that the PLPA data set is large enough to hold the quick start records.
v Storage availability problem: Look for other messages and abends indicating a storage shortage.
v I/O error: Examine the system log for any messages that may indicate a problem performing I/O to the PLPA data
set. Verify that the volume containing the PLPA data set is defined and configured correctly.
When using this PLPA page data set again, ask the operator to perform an IPL with the CLPA option.
Source: Auxiliary storage manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRQSRIT
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 2
but the time stamp failed to match the time stamp of the PLPA slot information.
System action: If unable to access the COMMON page data set, the system enters a wait state. If the wrong level of
the COMMON page data set is accessed, system operation continues with a cold start (CLPA IPL) forced.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: If the system entered a wait state, correct or replace the COMMON page data set.
Then ask the operator to reIPL with the CLPA option.
If the system did not enter a wait state, and a warm start is necessary, stop the IPL. Make the correct level
COMMON page data set available. Then ask the operator to reIPL.
Source: Auxiliary storage manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRASRIM
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 4
IEA939D QUICK AND WARM START DATA IS INVALID, RE-IPL OR REPLY ‘GO’ FOR COLD START
Explanation: A system initialization without the CLPA option was attempted. Information on the PLPA paging data
set was inaccessible:
v The specified PLPA paging data set must be the same as that used on the previous successful cold start (CLPA
| IPL), and must not be *NONE*.
v If the same data set was being used, then the system could not read the necessary information.
System action: The system waits for the operator to reply.
Operator response: Either enter REPLY id,GO if a cold start is desired, or reIPL with a different data set specified
for PLPA paging. Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Verify that the correct IEASYSxx parmlib member is being used. Also, verify the
previous use of the PLPA paging data set.
Source: Auxiliary storage manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRASRIM
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 2
IEA941D VOLUME ser NEEDED FOR DUPLEX DATA SET NOT MOUNTED DUPLEXING MAY BE
STOPPED, REPLY ‘GO’ OR ‘IGNORE’
Explanation: The system attempted to open a volume, but discovered that the volume was not mounted. If
duplexing is desired for this initialization, the volume must be mounted.
In the message text:
ser The volume serial number.
System action: The system waits for the operator to reply. If the volume is to be provided (GO), initialization
continues; the system issues a mount message and uses the data set. If the volume is not provided (IGNORE),
initialization continues without duplexing.
Operator response: Either enter REPLY id,GO and prepare to mount the requested volume, or enter REPLY
id,IGNORE.
Source: Auxiliary storage manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRASRIM
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 2
IEA944I QUICK OR WARM STARTS FROM THIS IPL WILL HAVE RANDOM RESULTS
Explanation: On a quick or warm start, an attempt to write page data set information to the PLPA page data set has
failed. The failure might have destroyed previous information or might have just left the information down level.
Further use of the information would, therefore, cause unpredictable results.
System action: Initialization continues.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer. Be sure that the device containing the PLPA page data set is not
in READ ONLY status.
If the present IPL status is either specified or forced CVIO, and it is desired to do an IPL without the CVIO option,
then stop the current IPL. If the present IPL did not specify the CVIO option, continue with the current IPL only to
clear up previous VIO-related jobs.
ReIPL according to the system programmer’s instructions.
System programmer response: Evaluate the PLPA page data set, and replace or redefine, as necessary. Then, ask the
operator to reIPL with this PLPA page data set and with the CLPA option.
Source: Auxiliary storage manager (ASM)
Detecting Module: ILRASRM1
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: 12
IEA949A REPLY YES FOR LIST OF ENTRIES THAT is PROCESSED, OR U FOR NO LIST.
Explanation: This message prompts the operator for a reply to message IEA949I.
System action: The system waits for the operator to reply.
Operator response: REPLY ‘YES’ for a list of entries (encountered before the error occurred) that is processed, or ‘U’
if you do not want a list.
Source: Allocation/unallocation
Detecting Module: IEAVAP00
Routing Code: 2
Descriptor Code: 4
After updating the necessary libraries with these modules, reIPL the system to initialize GTF.
Source: Generalized trace facility (GTF)
Detecting Module: IEAVNP17
Routing Code: Note 9
Descriptor Code: -
IEA959I ERROR CAUSED ACTIVE LPA TO BE TRUNCATED, MODULE CONTROL MAY BE LOST
Explanation: Recovery from a system error required the active link pack area (LPA) to be truncated. This means that
modules in the LPA may no longer be invocable and attempts to use them may cause abnormal ending or
unpredictable results.
System action: The system continues processing. The system writes a logrec data set error record.
Operator response: Report this message to the system programmer. If frequent abnormal endings occur, reIPL might
be necessary. Obtain a stand-alone dump if the system programmer requests one.
System programmer response: Search problem reporting data bases for a fix for the problem. If no fix exists, contact
the IBM Support Center. Provide the logrec data set error record and the stand-alone dump, if available.
Source: Contents supervision (CSV)
Routing Code: Note 4
Descriptor Code: 2
n The number of static system symbols currently defined, either implicitly (such as &SYSNAME) or explicitly.
cts Current size of the symbol table in (decimal) bytes. This covers the name, value, and associated control
information for every symbol.
mts Maximum size of the symbol table in (decimal) bytes.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: None.
System programmer response: None.
Problem determination: None.
Source: System initialization (IPL/NIP)
Detecting Module: IEAVESYM
Routing Code: None.
Descriptor Code: 5
text
Explanation: Where text is:
{SYSTEM|USER} COMPLETION CODE=cde [REASON CODE=reason-code]
TIME=hh.mm.ss SEQ=sssss CPU=cccc ASID=asid
{PSW AT TIME OF ERROR xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx ILC x INTC xx |
PSW AT TIME OF ERROR xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
ILC x INTC xx}
{ ACTIVE LOAD MODULE ADDRESS=aaaaaaaa OFFSET=nnnnnnnn |
NO ACTIVE MODULE FOUND}
{NAME=load-module-name|NAME=UNKNOWN}
{DATA AT PSW hhhhhhhh - dddddddd dddddddd dddddddd |
DATA AT PSW IS INACCESSIBLE BY USER |
DATA AT PSW IS UNAVAILABLE AT THIS TIME}
registers
The system issues this message, which is the symptom dump, for all abnormal ends when a SYSABEND,
SYSUDUMP, or SYSMDUMP is requested. You can use the information in this message to assist in problem
determination.
If you want to suppress this message on your system, do one of the following:
v Use the message processing facility (MPF)
v Stop the system from generating symptom dumps by adding the SDATA=NOSYM option to the SYSABEND,
SYSUDUMP, or SYSMDUMP dump options. You can specify the SDATA=NOSYM dump option in the following
ways:
– Use the CHNGDUMP command from an operator console.
– Specify NOSYM in the IEAABD00, IEADMP00, and IEADMR00 parmlib members.
TIME=hh.mm.ss
The time that the dump was written in hours (00 through 23), in minutes (00 through 59), and in seconds (00
through 59).
SEQ=sssss
Sequence number for the dump.
CPU=cccc
The central processor identifier. If cccc is 0000, the system did not determine on which processor the abend
occurred.
ASID=asid
The address space identifier (ASID) of the failing task.
PSW AT TIME OF ERROR xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx ILC x INTC xx
- OR -
PSW AT TIME OF ERROR xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
ILC x INTC xx
The 16-byte program status word (PSW) at the time of the restart interruption. The format of the PSW may
appear on one or two lines. If the error address is located below 2G, the information appears on one line; if the
error address is located above 2G, the PSW information appears on two lines.
ILC x
Instruction length code for the failing instruction.
INTC xx
Interrupt code for the failing instruction.
ACTIVE LOAD MODULE
ADDRESS=aaaaaaaa
Address of the load module, if the PSW points to one of the following:
v A module running under the current task
v A module loaded by the current task.
NAME=load-module-name
Load module name, if the PSW points to an active load module.
NAME=UNKNOWN
The system cannot ascertain the load module name because the PSW does not point to an active load module.
OFFSET=nnnnnnnn
Offset into the load module of the failing instruction, if the PSW points to an active load module.
DATA AT PSW hhhhhhhh - dddddddd dddddddd dddddddd
Address in the PSW minus six, followed by the contents of the three words beginning at the address in
hhhhhhhh.
registers
The content of the general purpose registers at the time of error. If the PSW at the time of error is in AR ASC
mode, the access registers will appear. For a detailed description of the registers displayed, see the following
explanations.
The registers displayed in this message include all registers that contain something other than zero. The output varies
depending on whether the system is running in ESA/390 or z/Architecture mode, whether the ARs are all zero, and
whether the high halves of the GPRs are all zero.
Case 1: The system is running in ESA/390 mode (or z/Architecture mode when all the high halves of the GPRs are
zero) and all ARs are zero:
GR 0: gggggggg 1: gggggggg
2: gggggggg 3: gggggggg
4: gggggggg 5: gggggggg
6: gggggggg 7: gggggggg
8: gggggggg 9: gggggggg
A: gggggggg B: gggggggg
C: gggggggg D: gggggggg
E: gggggggg F: gggggggg
Case 2: The system is running in ESA/390 mode (or z/Architecture mode when all the high halves of the GPRs are
zero) and not all ARs are zero:
AR/GR 0: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg 1: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg
2: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg 3: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg
4: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg 5: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg
6: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg 7: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg
8: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg 9: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg
A: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg B: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg
C: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg D: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg
E: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg F: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg
Case 3: The system is running in z/Architecture mode, the high halves of the GPRs are not all zero, and and all ARs
are zero:
GR 0: gggggggg_gggggggg 1: gggggggg_gggggggg
2: gggggggg_gggggggg 3: gggggggg_gggggggg
4: gggggggg_gggggggg 5: gggggggg_gggggggg
6: gggggggg_gggggggg 7: gggggggg_gggggggg
8: gggggggg_gggggggg 9: gggggggg_gggggggg
A: gggggggg_gggggggg B: gggggggg_gggggggg
C: gggggggg_gggggggg D: gggggggg_gggggggg
E: gggggggg_gggggggg F: gggggggg_gggggggg
Case 4: The system is running in z/Architecture mode, the high halves of the GPRs are not all zero, and the ARs are
not all zero:
AR/GR 0: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg 1: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg
2: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg 3: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg
4: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg 5: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg
6: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg 7: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg
8: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg 9: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg
A: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg B: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg
C: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg D: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg
E: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg F: aaaaaaaa/gggggggg_gggggggg
Source: Recovery termination manager (RTM)
Detecting Module: IEAVTSYM
Routing Code: 11
Descriptor Code: 6
An error occurred as indicated by the reason code. The explanation of the hex reason code is as follows:
Routing Code: 11
Descriptor Code: 6
IEAH701I The recommended automatic allocation of SVC DUMP data sets is not being used
Explanation: The installation is not taking advantage of allowing SDUMP to automatically allocate its dump data
sets.
System action: SDUMP will either use an available pre-allocated SYS1.DUMPxx dump data set or leave the dump
captured in virtual storage. This use of virtual storage can negatively impact the paging subsystem.
Operator response: Report this information to the system programmer.
System programmer response: IBM Suggestion: See the "Using Automatically Allocated Dump Data Sets" section of
z/OS MVS Diagnosis: Tools and Service Aids for setup information. One advantage is the efficiency of using a system
determined blocksize to write the dump to DASD. Another benefit is the dump will always fit into the space
allocated for the data set.
Problem determination: n/a
Source: SDUMP (SCDMP)
Reference Documentation: ieav100t
Automation: n/a
Detecting Module: IEAVTSHG
Routing Code: n/a
Descriptor Code: n/a
IEAH703E The SVC dump facility has been disabled by the CHNGDUMP
command.
Explanation: The SVC dump collection function has been disabled by the CHNGDUMP SET,SDUMP,NODUMP
command. The system will not be able to generate SVC dumps that gather problem information.
System action: SVC dumps are not generated.
Operator response: Report this situation to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Action: Restore the dump options using the CHNGDUMP SET options found in
your installation's COMMNDxx member (or defaulted in IEACMD00) to re-establish the ability of the system to
collect SVC dumps. SVC dumps may have been disabled due to resource constraints. However, once those
constraints were dealt with, it is advantageous to re-enable this serviceability function.
IBM Suggestion: Always keep the ability of the system to take SVC Dumps enabled. A couple dire circumstances
where the taking of SVC dumps may need to be disabled are: when an application appears to be generating an
endless stream of SVC dumps; or when paging resources are running low due to a number of SVC dumps being
captured.
Problem determination: n/a
Source: SDUMP (SCDMP)
Reference Documentation: z/OS MVS System Commands
Automation: n/a
Detecting Module: IEAVTSHG
Routing Code: n/a
Descriptor Code: n/a
IEATH003I The timer synchronization mode in use on this system is Server Time Protocol.
Explanation: CHECK(IBMTIMER, ZOSMIGREC_SUP_TIMER_INUSE) ran successfully and found no exceptions.
The migration action to migrate from a Sysplex Timer to Server Time Protocol is not applicable to this system.
System action: Processing continues.
Operator response: N/A
System programmer response: N/A
Problem determination: N/A
Source: Timer Supervisor (TIMER)
Automation: N/A
IEATH009E The hardware server type for this system could not be determined for STP feature applicability.
Explanation: CHECK(IBMTIMER, ZOSMIGREC_SUP_TIMER_INUSE) could not determine the hardware server
level of this system. This check tries to determine the hardware server level to determine if STP is eligible to run on
that hardware server level.
System action: Processing terminates
Operator response: N/A
System programmer response: Report this problem to IBM.
Problem determination: N/A
Source: N/A
Reference Documentation: N/A
Automation: N/A
Detecting Module: N/A
Routing Code: N/A
Descriptor Code: 12 is the default set by this check .
IEATH010I This system is running on hardware server type processor_name. This server is not eligible to run the
STP feature.
Explanation: CHECK(IBMTIMER, ZOSMIGREC_SUP_TIMER_INUSE) determined that the hardware server level of
this system was either z800 or z900. z800 and z900 are not eligible to have the STP feature. The check succeeds, since
migration to STP is not applicable to this level hardware server.
System action: Processing continues.
Operator response: N/A
System programmer response: N/A
Problem determination: N/A
Source: N/A
Automation: N/A
Detecting Module: N/A
Routing Code: N/A
Descriptor Code: 12 is the default set by this check .
-or-
IEAVEH010I
jobname (num)
Explanation: Check IEA_ASIDS lists jobs that have terminated resulting in permanently non-reusable ASIDs.
In the message text:
jobname
The name of the job
num
The number of jobs of this name that have so terminated
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: N/A
System programmer response: N/A
Problem determination: N/A
jobname (num)
Explanation: Check IEA_ASIDS lists connectors to potentially reusable ASIDs.
In the message text:
jobname
The name of the job
num
The number of potentially reusable ASIDs to which this job is connected
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: N/A
System programmer response: N/A
Problem determination: N/A
Source: Supervisor control
Reference Documentation: N/A
Automation: N/A
Detecting Module: IEAVEHCK,IEAVEHMS
Routing Code: N/A
Descriptor Code: N/A
IEAVEH031I
IEAVEH040I
Summary of LX usage
Limit Avail InUse Total
avail
The number available
inuse
The number that are in use
total
The total of available plus inuse
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: N/A
System programmer response: N/A
Problem determination: N/A
Source: Supervisor control
Reference Documentation: N/A
Automation: N/A
Detecting Module: IEAVEHCK,IEAVEHMS
Routing Code: N/A
Descriptor Code: N/A
IEAVEH060E At the current rate of depletion, the system will run out of
ASIDs in
n
days.
This is below the limit
Explanation: The number of days before which the system is anticipated to run out of ASIDs is not greater than the
checkowner_or_installation-specified limit of specified.
System action: The system continues processing. The value is based on current data. The average depletion rate
might change and should be watched. If the current rate is maintained, a re-IPL will be necessary.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Continue to monitor the depletion rate and schedule a re-IPL as necessary.
Problem determination: N/A
Source: Supervisor Control
Reference Documentation: z/OS MVS Initialization and Tuning Reference
Automation: N/A
Detecting Module: IEAVEHCK,IEAVEHMS
Routing Code: See note 35.
Descriptor Code: 12 is the default set by this check. See note 1.
IEAVEH061I The system has been IPLed for between lowbound and highbound days. On the average depletion
ASIDs have become non-reusable per day. At the current rate of depletion, the system will run out
of ASIDs in n days.
Explanation: Check IEA_ASIDs has found that over the life of the IPL, ASIDs have become non-reusable at the
indicated rate. If the trend continues, eventually insufficient ASIDs will remain available and a re-IPL will have to be
scheduled.
The average depletion rate is based on current data. The rate might change and should be watched. If depletion
continues at the current rate, a re-IPL will be necessary.
In the message text:
lowbound
The number of days rounded down
highbound
The number of days rounded up
depletion
The number of ASIDs that have become non-reusable per day, rounded up
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: N/A
System programmer response: Continue to monitor the depletion rate and schedule a re-IPL as necessary.
Problem determination: N/A
Source: Supervisor Control
Reference Documentation: z/OS MVS Initialization and Tuning Reference
Automation: N/A
Detecting Module: IEAVEHCK,IEAVEHMS
Routing Code: N/A
Descriptor Code: N/A
| On any z/OS release running on IBM System z10 hardware, HiperDispatch disabled is the default. On IBM System
| z10, customers are encouraged to try running with HiperDispatch enabled.
| Beginning with z/OS V1R13 on zEnterprise 196 hardware, HiperDispatch enabled is the default. With zEnterprise 196
| hardware, z/OS partitions with share greater than two physical processors will typically experience improved
| processor efficiency with HiperDispatch enabled.
| IBM recommends that all partitions that see improved or equivalent processor efficiency with HiperDispatch enabled
| run with HiperDispatch enabled.
| In the message text:
| state
| HiperDispatch's current state (enabled or disabled)
| System action: The system continues to run in its current HiperDispatch state.
| Operator response: N/A
| System programmer response: Prior to enabling HiperDispatch for the first time, review the "Planning
| Considerations for HiperDispatch Mode" White Paper located on IBM Techdocs at http://www-03.ibm.com/
| support/techdocs/atsmastr.nsf/WebIndex/WP101229.
| If HiperDispatch is enabled, none.
| If HiperDispatch is disabled, consider migrating the partition to HiperDispatch enabled in the future.
| Problem determination: N/A
| Source: Supervisor Control
| Reference Documentation: "IEAOPTxx (OPT) Parameters" in z/OS MVS Initialization and Tuning Reference .
| "SET Command" in z/OS MVS System Commands.
| "Planning Considerations for HiperDispatch Mode" White Paper located on IBM Techdocs at http://www-
| 03.ibm.com/support/techdocs/atsmastr.nsf/WebIndex/WP101229
| Automation: N/A
| Detecting Module: IEAVEHCK,IEAVEHMS
| Routing Code: N/A
| Descriptor Code: N/A
| expected
| HiperDispatch's expected state (enabled or disabled)
| actual
| HiperDispatch's actual state (enabled or disabled)
| System action: The system continues to run in its current HiperDispatch state.
| Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
| System programmer response: Prior to enabling HiperDispatch for the first time, review the "Planning
| Considerations for HiperDispatch Mode" White Paper located on IBM Techdocs at http://www-03.ibm.com/
| support/techdocs/atsmastr.nsf/WebIndex/WP101229.
| To address the exception from IEAVEH071E, do one of the following:
| 1. Make the actual machine's HiperDispatch state equivalent to the check's expected HiperDispatch state by enabling
| or disabling HiperDispatch on the machine. Do this by updating the IEAOPTxx parmlib member to specify
| HIPERDISPATCH=YES or HIPERDISPATCH=NO.
| 2. Update the check's expected HiperDispatch state to be consistent with the actual HiperDispatch state of the
| machine by supplying a check parameter of HIPERDISPATCH(YES) or HIPERDISPATCH(NO).
| 2A. When the machine is not a IBM System z10 and HIPERDISPATCH(NO) is specified, make sure that the
| MachTypes list includes the machine type where the partition runs.
| Then rerun this Health Check.
| Problem determination: N/A
| Source: Supervisor Control
| Reference Documentation: "IEAOPTxx (OPT) Parameters" in z/OS MVS Initialization and Tuning Reference .
| "SET Command" in z/OS MVS System Commands.
| "Planning Considerations for HiperDispatch Mode" White Paper located on IBM Techdocs at http://www-
| 03.ibm.com/support/techdocs/atsmastr.nsf/WebIndex/WP101229
| Automation: N/A
| Detecting Module: IEAVEHCK,IEAVEHMS
| Routing Code: See note 35.
| Descriptor Code: 12 is the default set by this check. See note 1.
IEAVEH081E CPU CONFIGURATION VALID WITH HIPERDISPATCH DISABLED. numcpus MORE CPU(S) CAN
BE ADDED WITH HIPERDISPATCH DISABLED.
Explanation: While HiperDispatch mode is disabled, less than CpusLeftB4NeedHd(n) CPUs can be installed and
used. You can currently install and use numcpus more CPUs. CPU ID 3Fx is the last CPU ID that can be installed and
used.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Notify the system programmer.
System programmer response: Enable HiperDispatch or adjust CpusLeftB4NeedHd to make this check succeed.
Problem determination: N/A
Source: z/OS
Automation: N/A
Detecting Module: IEAVEHCK
Routing Code: See note 35.
Descriptor Code: 12 is the default set by this check. See note 1.
IEAVEH090I The residency mode (RMODE) of the LCCA control block (macro IHALCCA) is actual which
matches what is expected.
Explanation: CHECK(IBMSUP,SUP_LCCA_ABOVE_16M) determined that the LCCA control blocks have the correct
residency mode (RMODE).
In the message text:
actual
The residency mode. "31" indicates RMODE 31, above 16M. "24" indicates RMODE 24, below 16M.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: N/A
System programmer response: N/A
Problem determination: N/A
Source: Supervisor Control
Reference Documentation: CBLOC parameter of the DIAGxx parmlib member" in z/OS MVS Initialization and
Tuning Reference.
Automation: N/A
Detecting Module: IEAVEHCK,IEAVEHMS
Routing Code: N/A
Descriptor Code: N/A
IEAVEH091E The residency mode (RMODE) of the LCCA control block (macro
IHALCCA) is expected to be expected but is actual
Explanation: CHECK(IBMSUP,SUP_LCCA_ABOVE_16M) determined that the LCCA control blocks do not have the
correct residency mode (RMODE).
In the message text:
expected
The expected residency mode. "31" indicates RMODE 31, above 16M. "24" indicates RMODE 24, below 16M.
actual
The actual residency mode. "31" indicates RMODE 31, above 16M. "24" indicates RMODE 24, below 16M.
System action: The system continues processing.
IEAVEH100I The residency mode (RMODE) of the PCCA control block (macro IHAPCCA) is actual which
matches what is expected.
Explanation: CHECK(IBMRCF,RCF_PCCA_ABOVE_16M) determined that the PCCA control blocks have the correct
residency mode (RMODE).
In the message text:
actual
The residency mode. "31" indicates RMODE 31, above 16M. "24" indicates RMODE 24, below 16M.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: N/A
System programmer response: N/A
Problem determination: N/A
Source: Reconfiguration
Reference Documentation: CBLOC parameter of the DIAGxx parmlib member" in z/OS MVS Initialization and
Tuning Reference.
Automation: N/A
Detecting Module: IEAVEHCK,IEAVEHMS
Routing Code: N/A
Descriptor Code: N/A
IEAVEH101E The residency mode (RMODE) of the PCCA control block (macro
IHAPCCA) is expected to be expected but is actual
Explanation: CHECK(IBMRCF,RCF_PCCA_ABOVE_16M) determined that the PCCA control blocks do not have the
correct residency mode (RMODE).
In the message text:
expected
The expected residency mode. "31" indicates RMODE 31, above 16M. "24" indicates RMODE 24, below 16M.
actual
The actual residency mode. "31" indicates RMODE 31, above 16M. "24" indicates RMODE 24, below 16M.
System action: The system continues processing.
Operator response: Report this problem to the system programmer.
System programmer response: Use the CBLOC option of the DIAGxx parmlib member to specify the desired
RMODE to take effect on the next IPL. Alternately, update the expected RMODE to be consistent with the current
Using Resource Managers in z/OS MVS Programming: Authorized Assembler Services Guide.
Automation: N/A
Detecting Module: IEAVTRHC
Routing Code: N/A
Descriptor Code: N/A
Using Resource Managers in z/OS MVS Programming: Authorized Assembler Services Guide.
Automation: N/A
Detecting Module: IEAVTRHC
Routing Code: N/A
Descriptor Code: N/A
If a resource manager module name is still required in IEAVTRML, use check parameter 'NEW(value)' to set the check
to accept any current module names and to only flag future additions to IEAVTRML as exceptions. The 'NEW(value)'
parameter and the resource manager module names that it specifies as acceptable persist across restarts of this check
including across IPLs.
Problem determination: N/A
Source: Recovery Termination Manager (RTM)
Reference Documentation: For additional information about defining an End of Task and End of Memory resource
manager to the system, see
Using Resource Managers in z/OS MVS Programming: Authorized Assembler Services Guide.
Automation: N/A
IEAVTRH05I The parameter NEW is missing its value. A unique value is required each time NEW is specified:
PARM('NEW(value)')
Explanation: A value was not provided when the NEW keyword was specified.
Message IEAVTRH07I is also issued to provide information about the valid parameters for this check.
System action: The check is stopped.
Operator response: N/A
System programmer response: Use the MODIFY hzsproc command to specify a unique value for the parameter
NEW.
F hzsproc,UPDATE,CHECK(IBMRTM,RTM_IEAVTRML),PARM('NEW(value)')
Problem determination: Look for additional messages in the message buffer.
Source: Recovery Termination Manager (RTM)
Reference Documentation: For addtional information about syntax for HZSPRMxx commands, see
Syntax and Parameters for HZSPRMxx and MODIFY hzsproc command in IBM Health Checker for z/OS: User's Guide.
Automation: N/A
Detecting Module: IEAVTRHC
Routing Code: N/A
Descriptor Code: N/A
F hzsproc,UPDATE,CHECK(IBMRTM,RTM_IEAVTRML), PARM('NEW(value)')
The NEW parameter causes RTM_IEAVTRML to suppress an exception condition until a new error is found.
F hzsproc,UPDATE,CHECK(IBMRTM,RTM_IEAVTRML),PARM('ALL')
The ALL parameter will report an exception condition if any error is detected by RTM_IEAVTRML.
Problem determination: Look for additional messages in the message buffer.
Source: Recovery Termination Manager (RTM)
Reference Documentation: For additional information about syntax for HZSPRMxx commands, see
Syntax and Parameters for HZSPRMxx and MODIFY hzsproc command in IBM Health Checker for z/OS: User's Guide.
Automation: N/A
PARM('NEW(value)'): Use the NEW parameter to indicate that any module names currently in
IEAVTRML are acceptable and that exceptions should only be issued when new module names are
added to IEAVTRML. The value supplied with the NEW parameter must be different than the last
time that the parameters were changed. IBM suggests that you supply the date and time as the
value, in order to make the parameter self-document when you accepted the current list of module
names in IEAVTRML.The 'NEW(value)' parameter and the resource manager module names that it
specifies as acceptable persist across restarts of this check including across IPLs.
PARM('ALL'): Use the ALL parameter to indicate that an exception should be issued if any module
names are found in IEAVTRML.
F hzsproc,UPDATE,CHECK(IBMRTM,RTM_IEAVTRML), PARM('NEW(value)')
Problem determination: N/A
Source: Recovery Termination Manager (RTM)
Reference Documentation: For additional information about syntax for HZSPRMxx commands, see
Syntax and Parameters for HZSPRMxx and MODIFY hzsproc command in IBM Health Checker for z/OS: User's Guide.
Automation: N/A
Detecting Module: IEAVTRHC
Routing Code: N/A
Descriptor Code: N/A
z/OS information
z/OS information is accessible using screen readers with the Library Server
versions of z/OS books in the Internet library at:
http://www.ibm.com/systems/z/os/zos/bkserv/
IBM may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document in
other countries. Consult your local IBM representative for information on the
products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to an IBM
product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM
product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product,
program, or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may
be used instead. However, it is the user's responsibility to evaluate and verify the
operation of any non-IBM product, program, or service.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter
described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you
any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing
IBM Corporation
North Castle Drive
Armonk, NY 10504-1785
U.S.A
The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other
country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law:
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or
implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply
to you.
Any references in this information to non-IBM Web sites are provided for
convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web
sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this IBM
product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.
Licensees of this program who wish to have information about it for the purpose
of enabling: (i) the exchange of information between independently created
programs and other programs (including this one) and (ii) the mutual use of the
information which has been exchanged, should contact:
Site Counsel
IBM Corporation
2455 South Road
Poughkeepsie, NY 12601-5400
USA
The licensed program described in this information and all licensed material
available for it are provided by IBM under terms of the IBM Customer Agreement,
IBM International Program License Agreement, or any equivalent agreement
between us.
All statements regarding IBM's future direction or intent are subject to change or
withdrawal without notice, and represent goals and objectives only.
If you are viewing this information softcopy, the photographs and color
illustrations may not appear.
Trademarks
IBM, the IBM logo, and ibm.com are trademarks or registered trademarks of
International Business Machines Corp., registered in many jurisdictions worldwide.
Other product and service names might be trademarks of IBM or other companies.
A current list of IBM trademarks is available on the Web at “Copyright and
trademark information” at www.ibm.com/legal/copytrade.shtml.
Microsoft and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States, other countries, or both.
Printed in USA
SA22-7636-24